Translation Greek
Only Books 1–3 carry any indication of when or where Marcus wrote them; the rest cannot be securely dated. These introductions therefore orient each book by its themes rather than by a timeline.
This book stands apart from all that follow: not meditation but a reckoning of debts — what
Marcus owed, and to whom. He moves person by person through his family and teachers, naming the single quality each gave him: even temper from his grandfather
Verus, modesty and manliness from his father, plain living and generosity from his mother. He reserves his longest, warmest passage for his adoptive father, the emperor
Antoninus Pius, whose unshowy sense of duty he returns to throughout the work. Among his teachers are
Rusticus, who first set him reading philosophy;
Apollonius and
Sextus, who modeled steadiness; and
Diognetus, who turned him from superstition. It closes by thanking the gods. Most scholars think Marcus wrote it last, as a preface; read it as a man accounting for how he was made.
1.1.1 Παρὰ τοῦ πάππου
Οὐήρου τὸ καλόηθες καὶ ἀόργητον.
1.2.1 Παρὰ τῆς δόξης καὶ μνήμης τῆς περὶ
τοῦ γεννήσαντος τὸ αἰδῆμον καὶ ἀρρενικόν.
1.3.1 From
my mother: piety and open-handedness; to hold back not only from doing wrong but even from forming such thoughts in the first place; and further, plainness in the way I live, far from the manner of the rich.
Παρὰ
τῆς μητρὸς τὸ θεοσεβὲς καὶ μεταδοτικὸν καὶ ἀφεκτικὸν οὐ μόνον τοῦ κακοποιεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῦ ἐπὶ ἐννοίας γίνεσθαι τοιαύτης· ἔτι δὲ τὸ λιτὸν κατὰ τὴν δίαιταν καὶ πόρρω τῆς πλουσιακῆς διαγωγῆς.
1.4.1 From my great-grandfather: not to have gone to the public schools, but to have had good teachers at home, and to know that on such things one ought to spend without stint.
Παρὰ τοῦ προπάππου τὸ μὴ εἰς δημοσίας διατριβὰς φοιτῆσαι καὶ τὸ ἀγαθοῖς διδασκάλοις κατ’ οἶκον χρήσασθαι καὶ τὸ γνῶναι ὅτι εἰς τὰ τοιαῦτα δεῖ ἐκτενῶς ἀναλίσκειν.
1.6.1 From
Diognetus: not to spend my zeal on empty things; not to credit what the wonder-workers and sorcerers say about charms and the driving-off of spirits and the like; not to breed quails for the pit, nor to be carried away by such pursuits; to put up with plain speaking; to have become at home in philosophy, and to have heard first
Bacchius, then
Tandasis and
Marcianus; to have written dialogues as a boy; and to have set my heart on the camp-bed and the hide, and all the rest that belongs to the Greek training.
Παρὰ
Διογνήτου τὸ ἀκενόσπουδον· καὶ τὸ ἀπιστητικὸν τοῖς ὑπὸ τῶν τερατευομένων καὶ γοήτων περὶ ἐπῳδῶν καὶ περὶ δαιμόνων ἀποπομπῆς καὶ τῶν τοιούτων λεγομένοις· καὶ τὸ μὴ ὀρτυγοτροφεῖν μηδὲ περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐπτοῆσθαι· καὶ τὸ ἀνέχεσθαι παρρησίας· καὶ τὸ οἰκειωθῆναι φιλοσοφίᾳ καὶ τὸ ἀκοῦσαι πρῶτον μὲν
Βακχείου, εἶτα
Τανδάσιδος καὶ
Μαρκιανοῦ· καὶ τὸ γράψαι διαλόγους ἐν παιδί· καὶ τὸ σκίμποδος καὶ δορᾶς ἐπιθυμῆσαι καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα τῆς Ἑλληνικῆς ἀγωγῆς ἐχόμενα.
1.7.1 From
Rusticus: to take in the impression that my character needed correcting and tending; not to be turned aside into a passion for sophistry, nor to write treatises on theoretical questions, nor to deliver little exhortations to virtue, nor to parade myself, all show, as a man of discipline or of good works;
Παρὰ
Ῥουστίκου τὸ λαβεῖν φαντασίαν τοῦ χρῄζειν διορθώσεως καὶ θεραπείας τοῦ ἤθους· καὶ τὸ μὴ ἐκτραπῆναι εἰς ζῆλον σοφιστικόν, μηδὲ τὸ συγγράφειν περὶ τῶν θεωρημάτων, ἢ προτρεπτικὰ λογάρια διαλέγεσθαι, ἢ φαντασιοπλήκτως τὸν ἀσκητικὸν ἢ τὸν ἐνεργητικὸν ἄνδρα ἐπιδείκνυσθαι·
1.7.2 to stand clear of rhetoric and poetry and pretty turns of phrase; not to walk about indoors in formal dress, nor to do such things; to write my letters plainly, as he himself wrote the one to my mother from
Sinuessa;
καὶ τὸ ἀποστῆναι ῥητορικῆς καὶ ποιητικῆς καὶ ἀστειολογίας· καὶ τὸ μὴ ἐν στολῇ κατ’ οἶκον περιπατεῖν μηδὲ τὰ τοιαῦτα ποιεῖν· καὶ τὸ τὰ ἐπιστόλια ἀφελῶς γράφειν, οἷον τὸ ὑπ̓ αὐτοῦ τούτου ἀπὸ
Σινοέσσης τῇ μητρί μου γραφέν·
1.7.3 toward those who have lost their temper and done me wrong, to be readily recalled and easily reconciled the moment they themselves are willing to come back; to read with precision and not be content with grasping things in the rough, nor to give my quick assent to those who talk on and on; and to have met with the
memoranda of Epictetus, which he supplied from his own store.
καὶ τὸ πρὸς τοὺς χαλεπήναντας καὶ πλημμελήσαντας εὐανακλήτως καὶ εὐδιαλλάκτως, ἐπειδὰν τάχιστα αὐτοὶ ἐπανελθεῖν ἐθελήσωσι, διακεῖσθαι· καὶ τὸ ἀκριβῶς ἀναγινώσκειν καὶ μὴ ἀρκεῖσθαι περινοοῦντα ὁλοσχερῶς μηδὲ τοῖς περιλαλοῦσι ταχέως συγκατατίθεσθαι· καὶ τὸ ἐντυχεῖν τοῖς
Ἐπικτητείοις ὑπομνήμασιν, ὧν οἴκοθεν μετέδωκεν.
1.8.1 From
Apollonius: freedom of mind, and a purpose that beyond all doubt leaves nothing to the dice; to look to nothing else, not even for a moment, but to reason; to be always the same, in sharp pains, in the loss of a child, in long illnesses; to see vividly, in a living example, that one and the same man can be both utterly intense and at ease;
Παρὰ
Ἀπολλωνίου τὸ ἐλεύθερον καὶ ἀναμφιβόλως ἀκύβευτον καὶ πρὸς μηδὲν ἄλλο ἀποβλέπειν μηδὲ ἐπ’ ὀλίγον ἢ πρὸς τὸν λόγον· καὶ τὸ ἀεὶ ὅμοιον, ἐν ἀλγηδόσιν ὀξείαις, ἐν ἀποβολῇ τέκνου, ἐν μακραῖς νόσοις· καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ παραδείγματος ζῶντος ἰδεῖν ἐναργῶς ὅτι δύναται ὁ αὐτὸς σφοδρότατος εἶναι καὶ ἀνειμένος·
1.8.2 not to be peevish in expounding things; and to see a man who plainly counted as the least of his merits his experience and his deftness in handing on his doctrines; and to learn how one ought to take what pass for favors from friends, neither selling oneself short for them nor letting them go by unfeelingly.
καὶ τὸ ἐν ταῖς ἐξηγήσεσι μὴ δυσχεραντικόν· καὶ τὸ ἰδεῖν ἄνθρωπον σαφῶς ἐλάχιστον τῶν ἑαυτοῦ καλῶν ἡγούμενον τὴν ἐμπειρίαν καὶ τὴν ἐντρέχειαν τὴν περὶ τὸ παραδιδόναι τὰ θεωρήματα· καὶ τὸ μαθεῖν πῶς δεῖ λαμβάνειν τὰς δοκούσας χάριτας παρὰ φίλων, μήτε ἐξηττώμενον διὰ ταῦτα μήτε ἀναισθήτως παραπέμποντα.
1.9.1 From
Sextus: graciousness; and the example of a household governed as a father governs; and the idea of living in accordance with Nature; dignity without affectation; an attentive care for the interests of friends; forbearance with the unschooled and with those whose opinions are unconsidered;
Παρὰ
Σέξτου τὸ εὐμενές· καὶ τὸ παράδειγμα τοῦ οἴκου τοῦ πατρονομουμένου· καὶ τὴν ἔννοιαν τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν ζῆν· καὶ τὸ σεμνὸν ἀπλάστως· καὶ τὸ στοχαστικὸν τῶν φίλων κηδεμονικῶς· καὶ τὸ ἀνεκτικὸν τῶν ἰδιωτῶν καὶ τὸ ἀθεώρητον οἰομένων·
1.9.2 a fitness toward all men, so that his company was more winning than any flattery, and yet at that very time he was held in the deepest reverence by those same men; and a sure, methodical power of discovering and marshaling the doctrines necessary for life;
καὶ τὸ πρὸς πάντας εὐάρμοστον, ὥστε κολακείας μὲν πάσης προσηνεστέραν εἶναι τὴν ὁμιλίαν αὐτοῦ, αἰδεσιμώτατον δὲ αὐτοῖς ἐκείνοις παρ’ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν εἶναι· καὶ τὸ καταληπτικῶς καὶ ὁδῷ ἐξευρετικόν τε καὶ τακτικὸν τῶν εἰς βίον ἀναγκαίων δογμάτων·
1.9.3 never to give the least show of anger or of any other passion, but to be at once wholly free from passion and most affectionate; to give praise without noise, and to carry vast learning without display.
καὶ τὸ μηδὲ ἔμφασίν ποτε ὀργῆς ἢ ἄλλου τινὸς πάθους παρασχεῖν, ἀλλὰ ἅμα μὲν ἀπαθέστατον εἶναι, ἅμα δὲ φιλοστοργότατον· καὶ τὸ εὔφημον ἀψοφητὶ καὶ τὸ πολυμαθὲς ἀνεπιφάντως.
1.10.1 From
Alexander the grammarian: not to be quick to find fault, and not to round reproachfully on those who let slip a barbarism or a solecism or some harsh-sounding phrase, but deftly to bring in just that one thing which ought to have been said, by way of an answer, or a confirmation, or a joint inquiry into the matter itself and not the wording, or by some other such graceful prompting.
Παρὰ
Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ γραμματικοῦ τὸ ἀνεπίπληκτον καὶ τὸ μὴ ὀνειδιστικῶς ἐπιλαμβάνεσθαι τῶν βάρβαρον ἢ σόλοικόν τι ἢ ἀπηχὲς προενεγκαμένων, ἀλλ’ ἐπιδεξίως αὐτὸ μόνον ἐκεῖνο ὃ ἔδει εἰρῆσθαι προφέρεσθαι ἐν τρόπῳ ἀποκρίσεως ἢ συνεπιμαρτυρήσεως ἢ συνδιαλήψεως περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ πράγματος, οὐχὶ περὶ τοῦ ῥήματος, ἢ δι’ ἑτέρας τινὸς τοιαύτης ἐμμελοῦς παρυπομνήσεως.
1.11.1 From
Fronto: to mark what envy and craft and hypocrisy a tyranny breeds, and that, on the whole, those among us who are called
patricians are somehow rather wanting in natural affection.
Παρὰ
Φρόντωνος τὸ ἐπιστῆσαι οἵα ἡ τυραννικὴ βασκανία καὶ ποικιλία καὶ ὑπόκρισις, καὶ ὅτι ὡς ἐπίπαν οἱ καλούμενοι οὗτοι παρ’ ἡμῖν
εὐπατρίδαι ἀστοργότεροί πως εἰσί.
1.12.1 From
Alexander the Platonist: not to say to anyone often, or without need, nor to write in a letter, that I am too busy; and not in this way to keep begging off the duties owed by my relations to those I live among, pleading the press of circumstance.
Παρὰ
Ἀλεξάνδρου τοῦ Πλατωνικοῦ τὸ μὴ πολλάκις μηδὲ χωρὶς ἀνάγκης λέγειν πρός τινα ἢ ἐν ἐπιστολῇ γράφειν ὅτι ἄσχολός εἰμι, μηδὲ διὰ τούτου τοῦ τρόπου συνεχῶς παραιτεῖσθαι τὰ κατὰ τὰς πρὸς τοὺς συμβιοῦντας σχέσεις καθήκοντα, προβαλλόμενον τὰ περιεστῶτα πράγματα.
1.13.1 From
Catulus: not to make light of a friend’s complaint, even when he happens to complain without reason, but to try to restore him to his usual temper; to speak of one’s teachers with whole-hearted praise, as the stories tell of
Domitius and
Athenodotus; and a true love for one’s children.
Παρὰ
Κατούλου τὸ μὴ ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν φίλου αἰτιωμένου τι, κἂν τύχῃ ἀλόγως αἰτιώμενος, ἀλλὰ πειρᾶσθαι καὶ ἀποκαθιστάναι ἐπὶ τὸ σύνηθες· καὶ τὸ περὶ τῶν διδασκάλων ἐκθύμως εὔφημον, οἷα τὰ περὶ
Δομιτίου καὶ
Ἀθηνοδότου ἀπομνημονευόμενα· καὶ τὸ περὶ τὰ τέκνα ἀληθινῶς ἀγαπητικόν.
1.14.1 From my brother
Severus: love of family, love of truth, love of justice; and through him to have come to know
Thrasea,
Helvidius,
Cato,
Dio,
Brutus, and to take in the conception of a commonwealth under equal law, administered by equality and equal right of speech, and of a kingship that honors above all else the liberty of the governed.
Παρὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ μου
Σεουήρου τὸ φιλοίκειον καὶ φιλάληθες καὶ φιλοδίκαιον· καὶ τὸ δι’ αὐτοῦ γνῶναι
Θρασέαν,
Ἑλβίδιον,
Κάτωνα,
Δίωνα,
Βροῦτον, καὶ φαντασίαν λαβεῖν πολιτείας ἰσονόμου, κατ’ ἰσότητα καὶ ἰσηγορίαν διοικουμένης, καὶ βασιλείας τιμώσης πάντων μάλιστα τὴν ἐλευθερίαν τῶν ἀρχομένων·
1.14.2 And further, from the same man: an evenness and a steady pitch in the honoring of philosophy; to do good, and to give freely without stint; to be of good hope and to trust in the love of one’s friends; to use no concealment toward those who came under his condemnation; and that his friends had no need to guess what he wished or did not wish—it was plain.
καὶ ἔτι παρὰ τοῦ αὐτοῦ τὸ ὁμαλὲς καὶ ὁμότονον ἐν τῇ τιμῇ τῆς · καὶ τὸ εὐποιητικὸν καὶ τὸ εὐμετάδοτον ἐκτενῶς καὶ τὸ εὔελπι καὶ τὸ πιστευτικὸν περὶ τοῦ ὑπὸ τῶν φίλων φιλεῖσθαι· καὶ τὸ ἀνεπίκρυπτον πρὸς τοὺς καταγνώσεως ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ τυγχάνοντας· καὶ τὸ μὴ δεῖσθαι στοχασμοῦ τοὺς φίλους αὐτοῦ περὶ τοῦ τί θέλει ἢ τί οὐ θέλει, ἀλλὰ δῆλον εἶναι.
1.15.1 From
Maximus: mastery of oneself, and to be swept off course by nothing; good cheer in the rest of one’s circumstances and in sickness alike; a character well-blended, gentle, and grave; to get through the work set before me without grumbling;
Παρὰ
Μαξίμου τὸ κρατεῖν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ κατὰ μηδὲν περίφορον εἶναι· καὶ τὸ εὔθυμον ἔν τε ταῖς ἄλλαις περιστάσεσι καὶ ἐν ταῖς νόσοις· καὶ τὸ εὔκρατον τοῦ ἤθους καὶ μειλίχιον καὶ γεραρόν· καὶ τὸ οὐ σχετλίως κατεργαστικὸν τῶν προκειμένων·
1.15.2 that everyone trusted, of whatever he said, that he meant it, and of whatever he did, that he meant no harm; never to be amazed or thunderstruck, never anywhere hurried or hanging back or at a loss, never crestfallen or with a forced smile, and again never enraged or full of suspicion;
καὶ τὸ πάντας αὐτῷ πιστεύειν περὶ ὧν λέγοι ὅτι οὕτως φρονεῖ, καὶ περὶ ὧν πράττοι ὅτι οὐ κακῶς πράττει. καὶ τὸ ἀθαύμαστον καὶ ἀνέκπληκτον καὶ μηδαμοῦ ἐπειγόμενον ἢ ὀκνοῦν ἢ ἀμηχανοῦν ἢ κατηφὲς ἢ προσσεσηρός, ἢ πάλιν θυμούμενον ἢ ὑφορώμενον·
1.15.3 to be beneficent, ready to forgive, free of all falsehood; to give the impression of a man who could not be bent crooked rather than of one being straightened out; and that no one could ever have thought himself looked down on by him, nor would have ventured to suppose himself the better man; and a graceful turn of wit.
καὶ τὸ εὐεργετικὸν καὶ τὸ συγγνωμονικὸν καὶ τὸ ἀψευδές· καὶ τὸ ἀδιαστρόφου μᾶλλον ἢ διορθουμένου φαντασίαν παρέχειν· καὶ ὅτι οὔτε ᾠήθη ἄν ποτέ τις ὑπερορᾶσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ οὔτε ὑπέμεινεν ἂν κρείττονα αὐτοῦ αὑτὸν ὑπολαβεῖν· καὶ τὸ εὐχαριεντίζεσθαι.
1.16.1 From
my father: gentleness, and an unshakable steadiness in judgments arrived at by examination; no vanity over what passes for honors; love of work and perseverance; an open ear to any who had something to contribute for the common good; an unswerving readiness to give each man his due according to his worth; and the experience to know where there is need for effort and where for ease;
Παρὰ
τοῦ πατρὸς τὸ ἥμερον καὶ μενετικὸν ἀσαλεύτως ἐπὶ τῶν ἐξητασμένως κριθέντων· καὶ τὸ ἀκενόδοξον περὶ τὰς δοκούσας τιμάς· καὶ τὸ φιλόπονον καὶ ἐνδελεχές· καὶ τὸ ἀκουστικὸν τῶν ἐχόντων τι κοινωφελὲς εἰσφέρειν· καὶ τὸ ἀπαρατρέπτως τοῦ κατ’ ἀξίαν ἀπονεμητικὸν ἑκάστῳ· καὶ τὸ ἔμπειρον ποῦ μὲν χρεία ἐντάσεως, ποῦ δὲ ἀνέσεως·
1.16.2 and that he put a stop to the passions for boys; his fellow-feeling, and his leave to his friends neither always to dine with him nor of necessity to travel with him, so that those who had been kept away by some need always found him the same; and his careful, persistent way of searching things out in council, never breaking off the inquiry too soon, content with first impressions; and his keeping of his friends, never tiring of them, never doting on them; self-sufficiency in everything, and a cheerful face;
καὶ τὸ παῦσαι τὰ περὶ τοὺς ἔρωτας τῶν· μειρακίων· καὶ ἡ κοινονοημοσύνη καὶ τὸ ἐφεῖσθαι τοῖς φίλοις μήτε συνδειπνεῖν αὐτῷ πάντως μήτε συναποδημεῖν ἐπάναγκες, ἀεὶ δὲ ὅμοιον αὐτὸν καταλαμβάνεσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν διὰ χρείας τινὰς ἀπολειφθέντων· καὶ τὸ ζητητικὸν ἀκριβῶς ἐν τοῖς συμβουλίοις καὶ ἐπίμονον, ἀλλ’ οὐ τὸ προαπέστη τῆς ἐρεύνης, ἀρκεσθεὶς ταῖς προχείροις φαντασίαις· καὶ τὸ διατηρητικὸν τῶν φίλων καὶ μηδαμοῦ ἁψίκορον μηδὲ ἐπιμανές· καὶ τὸ αὔταρκες ἐν παντὶ καὶ τὸ φαιδρόν·
1.16.3 foresight from far off, and a quiet ordering beforehand of the smallest matters, with no dramatics; the checking, in his presence, of all acclamations and every kind of flattery; an unbroken watch over what the empire required, and a steward’s care of the public revenue, and the patience to bear the faultfinding that such things drew; no superstition toward the gods, and toward men no courting of the mob, no fawning, no playing to the crowd, but soberness in all things and steadiness, and nowhere any vulgarity or hunger for novelty;
καὶ τὸ πόρρωθεν προνοητικὸν καὶ τῶν ἐλαχίστων προδιοικητικὸν ἀτραγῴδως· καὶ τὸ τὰς ἐπιβοήσεις καὶ πᾶσαν κολακείαν ἐπ’ αὐτοῦ συσταλῆναν καὶ τὸ φυλακτικὸν ἀεὶ τῶν ἀναγκαίων τῇ ἀρχῇ καὶ ταμιευτικὸν τῆς χορηγίας καὶ ὑπομενετικὸν τῆς ἐπὶ τῶν τοιούτων τινῶν καταιτιάσεως· καὶ τὸ μήτε περὶ θεοὺς δεισίδαιμον μήτε περὶ ἀνθρώπους δημοκοπικὸν ἢ ἀρεσκευτικὸν ἢ ὀχλοχαρές, ἀλλὰ νῆφον ἐν πᾶσι καὶ βέβαιον καὶ μηδαμοῦ ἀπειρόκαλον μηδὲ καινοτόμον·
1.16.4 as for the things that make for ease of life, of which fortune gave him abundance, to use them without conceit and without apology, so that when they were present he laid hold of them without fuss, and when they were absent he did not miss them; and that no one could say of him that he was a sophist, or a glib house-servant of letters, or a pedant, but that he was a ripe man, complete, beyond the reach of flattery, able to preside over his own affairs and others’.
καὶ τὸ τοῖς εἰς εὐμάρειαν βίου φέρουσί τι, ὧν ἡ τύχη παρεῖχε δαψίλειαν, χρηστικὸν ἀτύφως ἅμα καὶ ἀπροφασίστως, ὥστε παρόντων μὲν ἀνεπιτηδεύτως ἅπτεσθαι, ἀπόντων δὲ μὴ δεῖσθαι· καὶ τὸ μηδὲ ἄν τινα εἰπεῖν μήτε ὅτι σοφιστὴς μήτε ὅτι οὐερνάκλος μήτε ὅτι σχολαστικός, ἀλλ’ ὅτι ἀνὴρ πέπειρος, τέλειος, ἀκολάκευτος, προεστάναι δυνάμενος καὶ τῶν ἑαυτοῦ καὶ ἄλλων.
1.16.5 Beyond this, his honoring of those who truly practiced philosophy, while toward the rest he was neither reproachful nor, for that matter, easily led by them; his easy and gracious bearing, but not to excess; and the measured care of his own body, neither as one in love with life, nor for adornment, nor yet neglectfully, but so that, by his own attention to it, he had almost no need of medicine or of drugs and outward applications;
πρὸς τούτοις δὲ καὶ τὸ τιμητικὸν τῶν ἀληθῶς φιλοσοφούντων, τοῖς δὲ ἄλλοις οὐκ ἐξονειδιστικὸν οὐδὲ μὴν εὐπαράγωγον ὑπ’ αὐτῶν· ἔτι δὲ τὸ εὐόμιλον καὶ εὔχαρι οὐ κατακόρως· καὶ τὸ τοῦ ἰδίου σώματος ἐπιμελητικὸν ἐμμέτρως, οὔτε ὡς ἄν τις φιλόζωος οὔτε πρὸς καλλωπισμὸν οὔτε μὴν ὀλιγώρως, ἀλλ’ ὥστε διὰ τὴν ἰδίαν προσοχὴν εἰς ὀλίγιστα ἰατρικῆς χρῄζειν ἢ φαρμάκων καὶ ἐπιθεμάτων ἐκτός·
1.16.6 and most of all, his readiness to give way, without grudging, to those who had acquired some power—say in the art of speaking, or in the knowledge of laws or customs or other matters—and his zeal to help them on, so that each might gain repute according to his own gifts; doing everything by the customs of our fathers, yet not even making a show of this very thing, of keeping the ancestral ways.
μάλιστα δὲ τὸ παραχωρητικὸν ἀβασκάνως τοῖς δύναμίν τινα κεκτημένοις, οἷον τὴν φραστικὴν ἢ τὴν ἐξ ἱστορίας νόμων ἢ ἐθῶν ἢ ἄλλων τινῶν πραγμάτων, καὶ συσπουδαστικὸν αὐτοῖς, ἵνα ἕκαστοι κατὰ τὰ ἴδια προτερήματα εὐδοκιμῶσι· πάντα δὲ κατὰ τὰ πάτρια πράσσων, οὐδὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐπιτηδεύων φαίνεσθαι, τὸ τὰ πάτρια φυλάσσειν.
1.16.7 Further: not easily moved or sent flying this way and that, but content to stay in the same places and the same pursuits; and that after the bouts of his headache he was at once fresh and at full strength for his accustomed work; and that he had few secrets, very few and very rare, and these only on matters of state; and his good sense and restraint in the holding of public shows, in the building of works, in distributions, and the like—the mark of a man who looks to what must be done, and not to the glory that will follow from the doing.
ἔτι δὲ τὸ μὴ εὐμετακίνητον καὶ ῥιπταστικόν, ἀλλὰ καὶ τόποις καὶ πράγμασι τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἐνδιατριπτικόν· καὶ τὸ μετὰ τοὺς παροξυσμοὺς τῆς κεφαλαλγίας νεαρὸν εὐθὺς καὶ ἀκμαῖον πρὸς τὰ συνήθη ἔργα· καὶ τὸ μὴ εἶναι αὐτῷ πολλὰ τὰ ἀπόρρητα, ἀλλ’ ὀλίγιστα καὶ σπανιώτατα καὶ ταῦτα ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν μόνων· καὶ τὸ ἔμφρον καὶ μεμετρημένον ἔν τε θεωριῶν ἐπιτελέσει καὶ ἔργων κατασκευαῖς καὶ διανομαῖς καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις, ὅ ἐστιν ἀνθρώπου πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ δέον πραχθῆναι δεδορκότος, οὐ πρὸς τὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς πραχθεῖσιν εὐδοξίαν.
1.16.8 No bather at odd hours; no builder of houses; no fancier of food; no connoisseur of the weave and color of clothes, or of the bloom of young bodies. His dress, brought up from the lower estate at
Lorium; his way of life mostly at
Lanuvium; how he dealt with the customs-collector at
Tusculum who begged his pardon—and the whole manner of the man was like that.
οὐκ ἀωρὶ λούστης, οὐχὶ φιλοικοδόμος, οὐ περὶ τὰς ἐδωδὰς ἐπινοητής, οὐ περὶ ἐσθήτων ὑφὰς καὶ χρόας, οὐ περὶ σωμάτων ὥρας. ἡ ἀπὸ
Λωρίου στολὴ ἀνάγουσα ἀπὸ τῆς κάτω ἐπαύλεως· χιτὼν ἐν
Λανουβίῳ τὰ πολλά· τῷ φελώνῃ ἐν
Τούσκλοις παραιτουμένῳ ὡς ἐχρήσατο καὶ πᾶς ὁ τοιοῦτος τρόπος.
1.16.9 Nothing harsh in him, nothing relentless, nothing violent, nor anything that would make one say "to the point of sweat"; but everything reckoned out separately, as though at leisure—untroubled, in good order, vigorous, all of a piece with itself. There would fit him what is told of
Socrates, that he could both abstain from and enjoy the very things that most men are too weak to abstain from and too ready to enjoy.
οὐδὲν ἀπηνὲς οὐδὲ μὴν ἀδυσώπητον οὐδὲ λάβρον οὐδὲ ὥστ’ ἄν τινα εἰπεῖν ποτε· ἕως ἱδρῶτος· ἀλλὰ πάντα διειλημμένα λελογίσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ σχολῆς, ἀταράχως, τεταγμένως, ἐρρωμένως, συμφώνως ἑαυτοῖς. ἐφαρμόσειε δ’ ἂν αὐτῷ τὸ περὶ τοῦ
Σωκράτους μνημονευόμενον, ὅτι καὶ ἀπέχεσθαι καὶ ἀπολαύειν ἐδύνατο τούτων, ὧν οἱ πολλοὶ πρός τε τὰς ἀποχὰς ἀσθενῶς καὶ πρὸς τὰς ἀπολαύσεις ἐνδοτικῶς ἔχουσι.
1.16.10 But to be strong, and to hold out, and to keep sober in either case is the mark of a man whose soul is rounded and unconquered, as Maximus showed in his sickness.
τὸ δὲ ἰσχύειν καὶ ἐγκαρτερεῖν καὶ ἐννήφειν ἑκατέρῳ ἀνδρός ἐστιν ἄρτιον καὶ ἀήττητον ψυχὴν ἔχοντος, οἷον ἐν τῇ νόσῳ τῇ Μαξίμου.
1.17.1 From
the gods: to have had good grandfathers, good parents, a good sister, good teachers, good household, kinsmen, friends—nearly all of them; and that, toward none of them did I stumble into giving offense, though I had the kind of disposition from which, had the occasion come, I might well have done such a thing; but it was the kindness of the gods that no concurrence of circumstances arose that would have shown me up.
Παρὰ
τῶν θεῶν τὸ ἀγαθοὺς πάππους, ἀγαθοὺς γονέας, ἀγαθὴν ἀδελφήν, ἀγαθοὺς διδασκάλους, ἀγαθοὺς οἰκείους, συγγενεῖς, φίλους σχεδὸν ἅπαντας ἔχειν· καὶ ὅτι περὶ οὐδένα αὐτῶν προέπεσον πλημμελῆσαί τι, καίτοι διάθεσιν ἔχων τοιαύτην, ἀφ’ ἧς, εἰ ἔτυχε, κἂν ἔπραξά τι τοιοῦτο· τῶν θεῶν δὲ εὐποιία τὸ μηδεμίαν συνδρομὴν πραγμάτων γενέσθαι, ἥτις ἔμελλέ με ἐλέγξειν.
1.17.2 And that I was not reared longer than I was in my grandfather’s concubine’s house; that I kept the bloom of my youth; that I did not come to manhood before my time, but rather took my full span of it.
καὶ τὸ μὴ ἐπὶ πλέον τραφῆναι παρὰ τῇ παλλακῇ τοῦ πάππου καὶ τὸ τὴν ὥραν διασῶσαι καὶ τὸ μὴ πρὸ ὥρας ἀνδρωθῆναι, ἀλλ’ ἔτι καὶ ἐπιλαβεῖν τοῦ χρόνου.
1.17.3 That I was made subject to a ruler and a father who was to strip from me all conceit and bring me to the thought that it is possible to live in a court without wanting bodyguards, or showy robes, or torches and statues and the like display—that a man may draw himself in close to the measure of a private citizen, and not for that grow any lower or slacker in what must be done, as a ruler, on behalf of the common good.
τὸ ἄρχοντι καὶ πατρὶ ὑποταχθῆναι, ὃς ἔμελλε πάντα τὸν τῦφον ἀφαιρήσειν μου καὶ εἰς ἔννοιαν ἄξειν τοῦ ὅτι δυνατόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐλῇ βιοῦντα μήτε δορυφορήσεων χρῄζειν μήτε ἐσθήτων σημειωδῶν μήτε λαμπάδων καὶ ἀνδριάντων τοιῶνδέ τινων καὶ τοῦ ὁμοίου κόμπου, ἀλλ̓ ἔξεστιν ἐγγυτάτω ἰδιώτου συστέλλειν ἑαυτὸν καὶ μὴ διὰ τοῦτο ταπεινότερον ἢ ῥᾳθυμότερον ἔχειν πρὸς τὰ ὑπὲρ τῶν κοινῶν ἡγεμονικῶς πραχθῆναι δέοντα.
1.17.4 That I had such a brother, able by his character to rouse me to the care of myself, and at the same time gladdening me by his regard and affection; that my children were not born without wit, nor deformed in body; that I made no further progress in rhetoric and poetry and the other pursuits in which I might well have been caught fast, had I felt myself going forward easily in them.
τὸ ἀδελφοῦ τοιούτου τυχεῖν, δυναμένου μὲν διὰ ἤθους ἐπεγεῖραί με πρὸς ἐπιμέλειαν ἐμαυτοῦ, ἅμα δὲ καὶ τιμῇ καὶ στοργῇ εὐφραίνοντός με· τὸ παιδία μοι ἀφυῆ μὴ γενέσθαι μηδὲ κατὰ τὸ σωμάτιον διάστροφα. τὸ μὴ ἐπὶ πλέον με προκόψαι ἐν ῥητορικῇ καὶ ποιητικῇ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιτηδεύμασιν, ἐν οἷς ἴσως ἂν κατεσχέθην, εἰ ᾐσθόμην ἐμαυτὸν εὐόδως προιόντα.
1.17.5 That I was quick to set those who reared me in the rank they seemed to wish for, and did not put it off on the hope that, since they were still young, I would do it later; that I came to know Apollonius, Rusticus, Maximus.
τὸ φθάσαι τοὺς τροφέας ἐν ἀξιώματι καταστῆσαι, οὗ δὴ ἐδόκουν μοι ἐπιθυμεῖν, καὶ μὴ ἀναβαλέσθαι ἐλπίδι τοῦ με, ἐπεὶ νέοι ἔτι ἦσαν, ὕστερον αὐτὸ πράξειν. τὸ γνῶναι Ἀπολλώνιον, Ῥούστικον, Μάξιμον.
1.17.6 That it was given me to picture clearly, and again and again, what the life according to Nature is like; so that, as far as concerns the gods and the gifts and aids and inspirations that come from them, nothing now hinders me from living according to Nature—and that I still fall short of it through my own fault, and through not keeping in mind the reminders, and almost the teachings, of the gods.
τὸ φαντασθῆναι περὶ τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν βίου ἐναργῶς καὶ πολλάκις οἷός τίς ἐστιν, ὥστε, ὅσον ἐπὶ τοῖς θεοῖς καὶ ταῖς ἐκεῖθεν διαδόσεσι καὶ συλλήψεσι καὶ ἐπιπνοίαις, μηδὲν κωλύειν ἤδη κατὰ φύσιν ζῆν με, ἀπολείπεσθαι δὲ ἔτι τούτου παρὰ τὴν ἐμὴν αἰτίαν καὶ παρὰ τὸ μὴ διατηρεῖν τὰς ἐκ τῶν θεῶν ὑπομνήσεις καὶ μονονουχὶ διδασκαλίας·
1.17.7 That my body has held out so long in such a life; that I never touched
Benedicta or
Theodotus, but that even after I had fallen into the passions of love I was cured; that, though I was often angered at Rusticus, I never went further, so as to do anything I would have repented; that my mother, though fated to die young, yet lived with me her last years.
τὸ ἀντισχεῖν μοι τὸ σῶμα ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἐν τοιούτῳ βίῳ· τὸ μήτε
Βενεδίκτης ἅψασθαι μήτε
Θεοδότου, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὕστερον ἐν ἐρωτικοῖς πάθεσι γενόμενον ὑγιᾶναι· τὸ χαλεπήναντα πολλάκις Ῥουστίκῳ μηδὲν πλέον πρᾶξαι, ἐφ’ ᾧ ἂν μετέγνων· τὸ μέλλουσαν νέαν τελευτᾶν τὴν τεκοῦσαν ὅμως οἰκῆσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ τὰ τελευταῖα ἔτη.
1.17.8 That, as often as I wished to come to the aid of someone in poverty or in some other need, I never had to hear that I had no funds from which it might be done; and that no like need ever befell me, of having to take help from another; that
my wife is what she is—so obedient, so affectionate, so without pretense; that I was well supplied with suitable people to rear my children.
τὸ ὁσάκις ἐβουλήθην ἐπικουρῆσαί τινι πενομένῳ ἢ εἰς ἄλλο τι χρῄζοντι, μηδέποτε ἀκοῦσαί με, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστι μοι χρήματα, ὅθεν γένηται, καὶ τὸ αὐτῷ ἐμοὶ χρείαν ὁμοίαν, ὡς παρ’ ἑτέρου μεταλαβεῖν, μὴ συμπεσεῖν· τὸ
τὴν γυναῖκα τοιαύτην εἶναι, οὑτωσὶ μὲν πειθήνιον, οὕτω δὲ φιλόστοργον, οὕτω δὲ ἀφελῆ· τὸ ἐπιτηδείων τροφέων εἰς τὰ παιδία εὐπορῆσαι.
1.17.9 And that helps were given me through dreams, both others and how not to spit blood and not to be dizzy; and the answer at
Caieta, "as you shall use it"; and that, when I had set my heart on philosophy, I did not fall in with some sophist, nor sit down to write out treatises or to resolve syllogisms or busy myself with the study of the heavens. For all these things "have need of the gods’ help, and of fortune." Written among
the Quadi, on
the Granua.
τὸ δι’ ὀνειράτων βοηθήματα δοθῆναι ἄλλα τε καὶ ὡς μὴ πτύειν αἷμα καὶ μὴ ἰλιγγιᾶν, καὶ τούτου ἐν
Καιήτῃ ὥσπερ χρήσῃ· τὸ ὅπως ἐπεθύμησα φιλοσοφίας, μὴ ἐμπεσεῖν εἴς τινα σοφιστὴν μηδὲ ἀποκαθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸ συγγράφειν ἢ συλλογισμοὺς ἀναλύειν ἢ περὶ τὰ μετεωρολογικὰ καταγίνεσθαι. πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα ʽθεῶν βοηθῶν καὶ τύχης δεῖται.ʼ Τὰ ἐν
Κουάδοις πρὸς τῷ
Γρανούᾳ.
The manuscripts head this book “among the
Quadi, on the river
Granua” — the Danube frontier during the Marcomannic Wars, about AD 172, with
Marcus in the field directing a long, grinding campaign. It opens with the work's most quoted lines: a dawn rehearsal for meeting “the meddler, the ungrateful, the arrogant” without anger, because they too share in reason. The notes that recur here are the shortness of life, the duty to do the work in front of you, and death as nothing to fear. This is the true beginning of the private notebook — an emperor, far from
Rome and surrounded by war, talking himself into calm at first light.
2.1.1 Say to yourself at dawn, beforehand: I shall meet with a busybody, an ingrate, a bully, a cheat, an envious man, a man who shuns his fellows. All these things have come upon them through their ignorance of good and evil. But I, who have seen that the nature of the good is the beautiful and the nature of evil the shameful, and that the nature of the wrongdoer himself is akin to mine—not of the same blood or seed, but sharing in mind and in a portion of the divine—I can be harmed by none of them, for no one will fasten the shameful upon me; nor can I be angry with my kinsman or hate him. For we were born for working together, like feet, like hands, like eyelids, like the rows of the upper and the lower teeth. To work against one another, then, is contrary to Nature; and to be vexed at another and turn from him is to work against him.
Ἕωθεν προλέγειν ἑαυτῷ· συντεύξομαι περιέργῳ, ἀχαρίστῳ, ὑβριστῇ, δολερῷ, βασκάνῳ, ἀκοινωνήτῳ· πάντα ταῦτα συμβέβηκεν ἐκείνοις παρὰ τὴν ἄγνοιαν τῶν ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν. ἐγὼ δὲ τεθεωρηκὼς τὴν φύσιν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ὅτι καλόν, καὶ τοῦ κακοῦ ὅτι αἰσχρόν, καὶ τὴν αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἁμαρτάνοντος φύσιν ὅτι μοι συγγενής, οὐχὶ αἵματος ἢ σπέρματος τοῦ αὐτοῦ, ἀλλὰ νοῦ καὶ θείας ἀπομοίρας μέτοχος, οὔτε βλαβῆναι ὑπό τινος αὐτῶν δύναμαι· αἰσχρῷ γάρ με οὐδεὶς περιβαλεῖ· οὔτε ὀργίζεσθαι τῷ συγγενεῖ δύναμαι οὔτε ἀπέχθεσθαι αὐτῷ. γεγόναμεν γὰρ πρὸς συνεργίαν ὡς πόδες, ὡς χεῖρες, ὡς βλέφαρα, ὡς οἱ στοῖχοι τῶν ἄνω καὶ κάτω ὀδόντων. τὸ οὖν ἀντιπράσσειν ἀλλήλοις παρὰ φύσιν· ἀντιπρακτικὸν δὲ τὸ ἀγανακτεῖν καὶ ἀποστρέφεσθαι.
2.2.1 Whatever this is that I am, it is flesh and a little breath and the ruling faculty. Put away your books; be distracted no longer—it is not granted you. Rather, as one already dying, hold the flesh in contempt: gore and bones and a flimsy web woven of nerves, little veins, arteries. Consider too what the breath is: wind, and never the same, but every hour belched out and gulped in again. Third, then, is the ruling faculty. Think of it thus: you are old; let it be a slave no longer, no longer be jerked like a puppet by unsocial impulse, no longer chafe at your lot in the present or look askance at it in what is to come.
Ὅ τί ποτε τοῦτό εἰμι, σαρκία ἐστὶ καὶ πνευμάτιον καὶ τὸ ἡγεμονικόν. ἄφες τὰ βιβλία· μηκέτι σπῶ. οὐ δέδοται, ἀλλ’ ὡς ἤδη ἀποθνῄσκων τῶν μὲν σαρκίων καταφρόνησον· λύθρος καὶ ὀστάρια καὶ κροκύφαντος, ἐκ νεύρων, φλεβίων, ἀρτηριῶν πλεγμάτιον. θέασαι δὲ καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα ὁποῖόν τί ἐστιν· ἄνεμος, οὐδὲ ἀεὶ τὸ αὐτό, ἀλλὰ πάσης ὥρας ἐξεμούμενον καὶ πάλιν ῥοφούμενον. τρίτον οὖν ἐστι τὸ ἡγεμονικόν. ὧδε ἐπινοήθητι· γέρων εἶ· μηκέτι τοῦτο ἐάσῃς δουλεῦσαι, μηκέτι καθ’ ὁρμὴν ἀκοινώνητον νευροσπαστηθῆναι, μηκέτι τὸ εἱμαρμένον ἢ παρὸν δυσχερᾶναι ἢ μέλλον ὑπιδέσθαι.
2.3.1 The works of the gods are full of providence. The works of fortune are not apart from Nature, nor from the spinning and interweaving of the things governed by providence. From there all things flow; and there is added necessity, and the benefit of the whole kosmos, of which you are a part. Now to every part of Nature that is good which the nature of the Whole brings, and which preserves that Whole; and the kosmos is preserved as much by the changes of the compounds as by those of the elements. Let this suffice you; let it stand as your doctrine. But throw away your thirst for books, that you may not die grumbling, but truly serene, and from the heart grateful to the gods.
Τὰ τῶν θεῶν προνοίας μεστά. τὰ τῆς τύχης οὐκ ἄνευ φύσεως ἢ συγκλώσεως καὶ ἐπιπλοκῆς τῶν προνοίᾳ διοικουμένων. πάντα ἐκεῖθεν ῥεῖ· πρόσεστι δὲ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον καὶ τὸ τῷ ὅλῳ κόσμῳ συμφέρον, οὗ μέρος εἶ. παντὶ δὲ φύσεως μέρει ἀγαθόν, ὃ φέρει ἡ τοῦ ὅλου φύσις καὶ ὃ ἐκείνης ἐστὶ σωστικόν. σῴζουσι δὲ κόσμον, ὥσπερ αἱ τῶν στοιχείων, οὕτως καὶ αἱ τῶν συγκριμάτων μεταβολαί. ταῦτά σοι ἀρκείτω καὶ δόγματα ἔστω. τὴν δὲ τῶν βιβλίων δίψαν ῥῖψον, ἵνα μὴ γογγύζων ἀποθάνῃς, ἀλλὰ ἵλεως ἀληθῶς καὶ ἀπὸ καρδίας εὐχάριστος τοῖς θεοῖς.
2.4.1 Remember how long you have been putting these things off, and how many times you have received a term from the gods and have not used it. Now at last you must perceive of what kosmos you are a part, and from what governor of the kosmos you came forth as an emanation; and that a limit of your time has been marked out, and if you do not use it to clear your skies, it will be gone, and you will be gone, and it will never come again.
Μέμνησο ἐκ πόσου ταῦτα ἀναβάλλῃ καὶ ὁποσάκις προθεσμίας λαβὼν παρὰ τῶν θεῶν οὐ χρᾷ αὐταῖς. δεῖ δὲ ἤδη ποτὲ αἰσθέσθαι τίνος κόσμου μέρος εἶ καὶ τίνος διοικοῦντος τὸν κόσμον ἀπόρροια ὑπέστης καὶ ὅτι ὅρος ἐστί σοι περιγεγραμμένος τοῦ χρόνου, ᾧ ἐὰν εἰς τὸ ἀπαιθριάσαι μὴ χρήσῃ, οἰχήσεται οἰχήσῃ καὶ αὖθις οὐκ ἐξέσται.
2.5.1 Every hour, set your mind, soundly, as a Roman and a man, to do the task in hand with exact and unfeigned dignity, and affection, and freedom, and justice; and to give yourself rest from all other impressions. And you will give it, if you carry out each act as though it were the last of your life, freed from all randomness and from the passionate turning away from the rule of reason, and from pretense and self-love and discontent with what is allotted you. You see how few are the things a man must master to live a life of smooth flow and reverence toward the gods; for of the man who keeps these the gods will ask nothing more.
Πάσης ὥρας φρόντιζε στιβαρῶς ὡς Ῥωμαῖος καὶ ἄρρην τὸ ἐν χερσὶ μετὰ τῆς ἀκριβοῦς καὶ ἀπλάστου σεμνότητος καὶ φιλοστοργίας καὶ ἐλευθερίας καὶ δικαιότητος πράσσειν καὶ σχολὴν σαυτῷ ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν ἄλλων φαντασιῶν πορίζειν. ποριεῖς δέ, ἂν ὡς ἐσχάτην τοῦ βίου ἑκάστην πρᾶξιν ἐνεργῇς, ἀπηλλαγμένος πάσης εἰκαιότητος καὶ ἐμπαθοῦς ἀποστροφῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ αἱροῦντος λόγου καὶ ὑποκρίσεως καὶ φιλαυτίας καὶ δυσαρεστήσεως πρὸς τὰ συμμεμοιραμένα. ὁρᾷς πῶς ὀλίγα ἐστίν, ὧν κρατήσας τις δύναται εὔρουν καὶ θεουδῆ βιῶσαι βίον· καὶ γὰρ οἱ θεοὶ πλέον οὐδὲν ἀπαιτήσουσι παρὰ τοῦ ταῦτα φυλάσσοντος.
2.6.1 Do yourself violence, do yourself violence, my soul; yet the time to honor yourself you will have no more. Each man’s life is one, and yours is nearly spent, and you have had no reverence for yourself, but have placed your own well-being in the souls of others.
Ὕβριζε, ὕβριζε σεαυτήν, ὦ ψυχή· τοῦ δὲ τιμῆσαι σεαυτὴν οὐκέτι καιρὸν ἕξεις· εἷς γὰρ ὁ βίος ἑκάστῳ, οὗτος δέ σοι σχεδὸν διήνυσται, μὴ αἰδουμένῃ σεαυτήν, ἀλλ’ ἐν ταῖς ἄλλων ψυχαῖς τιθεμένῃ τὴν σὴν εὐμοιρίαν.
2.7.1 Do the things that fall upon you from outside distract you? Then give yourself the leisure to learn some further good, and stop being whirled about. But you must guard against the other kind of straying too: for they are triflers, also, who through their very actions have worn themselves out in living, and have no goal toward which to direct every impulse and, in sum, every impression.
Περισπᾷ τί σε τὰ ἔξωθεν ἐμπίπτοντα; καὶ σχολὴν πάρεχε σεαυτῷ τοῦ προσμανθάνειν ἀγαθόν τι καὶ παῦσαι ῥεμβόμενος. ἤδη δὲ καὶ τὴν ἑτέραν περιφορὰν φυλακτέον· ληροῦσι γὰρ καὶ διὰ πράξεων οἱ κεκμηκότες τῷ βίῳ καὶ μὴ ἔχοντες σκοπόν, ἐφ’ ὃν πᾶσαν ὁρμὴν καὶ καθάπαξ φαντασίαν ἀπευθύνουσιν.
2.8.1 For failing to mark what passes in another man’s soul, a man is not easily seen to be wretched; but those who do not follow the movements of their own soul must of necessity be wretched.
Παρὰ μὲν τὸ μὴ ἐφιστάνειν, τί ἐν τῇ ἄλλου ψυχῇ γίνεται, οὐ ῥᾳδίως τις ὤφθη κακοδαιμονῶν· τοὺς δὲ τοῖς τῆς ἰδίας ψυχῆς κινήμασι μὴ παρακολουθοῦντας ἀνάγκη κακοδαιμονεῖν.
2.9.1 These things one must always remember: what the Nature of the Whole is, and what my own nature is, and how this stands to that, and what sort of part it is of what sort of whole; and that no one can hinder you from always doing and saying what accords with the Nature of which you are a part.
Τούτων ἀεὶ δεῖ μεμνῆσθαι, τίς ἡ τῶν ὅλων φύσις καὶ τίς ἡ ἐμὴ καὶ πῶς αὕτη πρὸς ἐκείνην ἔχουσα καὶ ὁποῖόν τι μέρος ὁποίου τοῦ ὅλου οὖσα καὶ ὅτι οὐδεὶς ὁ κωλύων τὰ ἀκόλουθα τῇ φύσει, ἧς μέρος εἶ, πράσσειν τε ἀεὶ καὶ λέγειν.
2.10.1 Theophrastus, in his comparison of wrongdoings—comparing them as one would in the common way—says, and says it philosophically, that offenses committed through desire are graver than those committed through anger. For the angry man seems to turn away from reason with a certain pain and a hidden flinching; but the man who does wrong through desire, overcome by pleasure, shows himself somehow more unbridled and less manly in his wrongdoing. Rightly, then, and in a way worthy of philosophy, he said that the wrong done with pleasure stands open to a heavier charge than the wrong done with pain. For, all in all, the one is more like a man already wronged and driven by pain into anger, while the other set out of his own accord toward wrongdoing, carried along to do something at the bidding of desire.
Φιλοσόφως ὁ
Θεόφραστος ἐν τῇ συγκρίσει τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων, ὡς ἄν τις κοινότερον τὰ τοιαῦτα συγκρίνειε, φησὶ βαρύτερα εἶναι τὰ κατ’ ἐπιθυμίαν πλημμελούμενα τῶν κατὰ θυμόν. ὁ γὰρ θυμούμενος μετά τινος λύπης καὶ λεληθυίας συστολῆς φαίνεται τὸν λόγον ἀποστρεφόμενος· ὁ δὲ κατ’ ἐπιθυμίαν ἁμαρτάνων, ὑφ’ ἡδονῆς ἡττώμενος ἀκολαστότερός πως φαίνεται καὶ θηλύτερος ἐν ταῖς ἁμαρτίαις. ὀρθῶς οὖν καὶ φιλοσοφίας ἀξίως ἔφη μείζονος ἐγκλήματος ἔχεσθαι τὸ μεθ’ ἡδονῆς ἁμαρτανόμενον ἤπερ τὸ μετὰ λύπης· ὅλως τε ὁ μὲν προηδικημένῳ μᾶλλον ἔοικε καὶ διὰ λύπης ἠναγκασμένῳ θυμωθῆναι· ὁ δὲ αὐτόθεν πρὸς τὸ ἀδικεῖν ὥρμηται, φερόμενος ἐπὶ τὸ πρᾶξαί τι κατ’ ἐπιθυμίαν.
2.11.1 Act, speak, and frame every thought as one who can depart from life this very moment. But to go away from among men, if there are gods, is nothing to dread; for they would not involve you in evil. And if there are no gods, or if they take no thought for human affairs, what is it to me to live in a kosmos empty of gods, empty of providence?
Ὡς ἤδη δυνατοῦ ὄντος ἐξιέναι τοῦ βίου, οὕτως ἕκαστα ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν καὶ διανοεῖσθαι. τὸ δὲ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀπελθεῖν, εἰ μὲν θεοὶ εἰσίν, οὐδὲν δεινόν· κακῷ γάρ σε οὐκ ἂν περιβάλοιεν· εἰ δὲ ἤτοι οὐκ εἰσὶν ἢ οὐ μέλει αὐτοῖς τῶν ἀνθρωπείων, τί μοι ζῆν ἐν κόσμῳ κενῷ θεῶν ἢ προνοίας κενῷ;
2.11.2 But there are gods, and they do take thought for human affairs; and against the things that are truly evils they have put it wholly in man’s own power not to fall into them. And of the rest, had any been an evil, they would have provided for this too, that it should lie in everyone’s power not to fall into it. But how could that which does not make a man worse make a man’s life worse?
ἀλλὰ καὶ εἰσὶ καὶ μέλει αὐτοῖς τῶν ἀνθρωπείων καὶ τοῖς μὲν κατ’ ἀλήθειαν κακοῖς ἵνα μὴ περιπίπτῃ ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐπ’ αὐτῷ τὸ πᾶν ἔθεντο· τῶν δὲ λοιπῶν εἴ τι κακὸν ἦν, καὶ τοῦτο ἂν προείδοντο, ἵνα ἐπὶ παντὶ ᾖ τὸ μὴ περιπίπτειν αὐτῷ. ὃ δὲ χείρω μὴ ποιεῖ ἄνθρωπον, πῶς ἂν τοῦτο βίον ἀνθρώπου χείρω ποιήσειεν;
2.11.3 The Nature of the Whole would not have overlooked these things, neither through ignorance, nor knowing them yet powerless to guard against or set them right; nor would it have erred so greatly, whether through incapacity or want of skill, that good things and bad should befall good men and bad alike, in confusion.
οὔτε δὲ κατ’ ἄγνοιαν οὔτε εἰδυῖα μέν, μὴ δυναμένη δὲ προφυλάξασθαι ἢ διορθώσασθαι ταῦτα ἡ τῶν ὅλων φύσις παρεῖδεν ἄν, οὔτ’ ἂν τηλικοῦτον ἥμαρτεν ἤτοι παρ’ ἀδυναμίαν ἢ παρ’ ἀτεχνίαν, ἵνα τὰ ἀγαθὰ καὶ τὰ κακὰ ἐπίσης τοῖς τε ἀγαθοῖς ἀνθρώποις καὶ τοῖς κακοῖς πεφυρμένως συμβαίνῃ.
2.11.4 But death and life, repute and disrepute, pain and pleasure, wealth and poverty—all these befall men, the good and the bad alike, being neither honorable nor shameful. They are, therefore, neither good nor evil.
θάνατος δέ γε καὶ ζωή, δόξα καὶ ἀδοξία, πόνος καὶ ἡδονή, πλοῦτος καὶ πενία, πάντα ταῦτα ἐπίσης συμβαίνει ἀνθρώπων τοῖς τε ἀγαθοῖς καὶ τοῖς κακοῖς, οὔτε καλὰ ὄντα οὔτε αἰσχρά. οὔτ’ ἄρ’ ἀγαθὰ οὔτε κακά ἐστι.
2.12.1 How quickly all things vanish—the bodies themselves into the kosmos, the memory of them into eternity. What sort of things are all the objects of sense, and most of all those that lure with pleasure, or terrify with pain, or are cried up by vanity—how cheap, how contemptible, how grubby, how perishable, how dead: this it is the work of the thinking faculty to mark. What are these men, whose judgments and voices confer good repute? What is it to die? And that, if a man looks at death by itself, and by the dividing-up of the notion dissolves the things imagined of it, he will hold it to be nothing other than a work of Nature—and to fear a work of Nature is to be a child; and this is not only a work of Nature, but a thing to her benefit. And [remember] how a man touches the divine, and by what part of himself, and when that little portion of the man is so disposed.
Πῶς πάντα ταχέως ἐναφανίζεται, τῷ μὲν κόσμῳ αὐτὰ τὰ σώματα, τῷ δὲ αἰῶνι αἱ μνῆμαι αὐτῶν. οἶά ἐστι τὰ αἰσθητὰ πάντα καὶ μάλιστα τὰ ἡδονῇ δελεάζοντα ἢ τῷ πόνῳ φοβοῦντα ἢ τῷ τύφῳ διαβεβοημένα· πῶς εὐτελῆ καὶ εὐκαταφρόνητα καὶ ῥυπαρὰ καὶ εὔφθαρτα καὶ νεκρά, νοερᾶς δυνάμεως ἐφιστάναι. τί εἰσιν οὗτοι, ὧν αἱ ὑπολήψεις καὶ αἱ φωναὶ τὴν εὐδοξίαν παρέχουσι. τί ἐστι τὸ ἀποθανεῖν, καὶ ὅτι, ἐάν τις αὐτὸ μόνον ἴδῃ καὶ τῷ μερισμῷ τῆς ἐννοίας διαλύσῃ τὰ ἐμφανταζόμενα αὐτῷ, οὐκέτι ἄλλο τι ὑπολήψεται αὐτὸ εἶναι ἢ φύσεως ἔργον· φύσεως δὲ ἔργον εἴ τις φοβεῖται, παιδίον ἐστί· τοῦτο μέντοι οὐ μόνον φύσεως ἔργον ἐστίν, ἀλλὰ καὶ συμφέρον αὐτῇ. πῶς ἅπτεται θεοῦ ἄνθρωπος καὶ κατὰ τί ἑαυτοῦ μέρος καὶ ὅταν πῶς ἔχῃ διακέηται τὸ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦτο μόριον.
2.13.1 Nothing is more pitiable than the man who circles round all things, and “searches the places beneath the earth,” as
the poet says, and seeks by guesswork into the souls of his neighbors, without perceiving that it is enough to be present to the divinity within himself alone, and to serve it in good faith. And to serve it is to keep it pure of passion and of randomness and of discontent with what comes about from gods and men. For what comes from the gods is to be revered for its excellence; what comes from men is dear by kinship, and at times, in a way, pitiable through their ignorance of good and evil—a maiming no less than the one that robs the eyes of telling white from black.
Οὐδὲν ἀθλιώτερον τοῦ πάντα κύκλῳ ἐκπεριερχομένου καὶ ʽτὰ νέρθεν γᾶς (φησὶν) ἐρευνῶντοςʼ καὶ τὰ ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς τῶν πλησίον διὰ τεκμάρσεως ζητοῦντος, μὴ αἰσθομένου δέ, ὅτι ἀρκεῖ πρὸς μόνῳ τῷ ἔνδον ἑαυτοῦ δαίμονι εἶναι καὶ τοῦτον γνησίως θεραπεύειν. θεραπεία δὲ αὐτοῦ, καθαρὸν πάθους διατηρεῖν καὶ εἰκαιότητος καὶ δυσαρεστήσεως τῆς πρὸς τὰ ἐκ θεῶν καὶ ἀνθρώπων γινόμενα. τὰ μὲν γὰρ ἐκ θεῶν αἰδέσιμα δι’ ἀρετήν· τὰ δὲ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων φίλα διὰ συγγένειαν, ἔστι δὲ ὅτε καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἐλεεινὰ δι’ ἄγνοιαν ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν· οὐκ ἐλάττων ἡ πήρωσις αὕτη τῆς στερισκούσης τοῦ διακρίνειν τὰ λευκὰ καὶ μέλανα.
2.14.1 Even if you were to live three thousand years, or ten thousand times that, still remember that no one loses any other life than the one he is living, nor lives any other than the one he loses. So the longest and the shortest come to the same. For the present is equal for all, and so what is being lost is equal, and what is cast off shows itself thus a mere instant. For no one can lose either the past or the future; how could a man be robbed of what he does not have?
Κἂν τρὶς χίλια ἔτη βιώσεσθαι μέλλῃς, κἂν τοσαυτάκις μύρια, ὅμως μέμνησο ὅτι οὐδεὶς ἄλλον ἀποβάλλει βίον ἢ τοῦτον ὃν ζῇ, οὐδὲ ἄλλον ζῇ ἢ ὃν ἀποβάλλει. εἰς ταὐτὸν οὖν καθίσταται τὸ μήκιστον τῷ βραχυτάτῳ. τὸ γὰρ παρὸν πᾶσιν ἴσον καὶ τὸ ἀπολλύμενον οὖν ἴσον καὶ τὸ ἀποβαλλόμενον οὕτως ἀκαριαῖον ἀναφαίνεται. οὔτε γὰρ τὸ παρῳχηκὸς οὔτε τὸ μέλλον ἀποβάλοι ἄν τις· ὃ γὰρ οὐκ ἔχει, πῶς ἄν τις τοῦτο αὐτοῦ ἀφέλοιτο;
2.14.2 These two things, then, must be remembered: one, that all things from everlasting are of one form and run in cycles, and it makes no difference whether one sees the same things for a hundred years, or two hundred, or for unbounded time; the other, that the longest-lived and the soonest to die lose an equal thing. For the present alone is what he stands to be deprived of, since this alone is what he has; and what a man does not have, he does not lose.
τούτων οὖν τῶν δύο δεῖ μεμνῆσθαι· ἑνὸς μέν, ὅτι πάντα ἐξ ἀιδίου ὁμοειδῆ καὶ ἀνακυκλούμενα καὶ οὐδὲν διαφέρει, πότερον ἐν ἑκατὸν ἔτεσιν ἢ ἐν διακοσίοις ἢ ἐν τῷ ἀπείρῳ τὰ αὐτά τις ὄψεται· ἑτέρου δέ, ὅτι καὶ ὁ πολυχρονιώτατος καὶ ὁ τάχιστα τεθνηξόμενος τὸ ἴσον ἀποβάλλει. τὸ γὰρ παρόν ἐστι μόνον, οὗ στερίσκεσθαι μέλλει, εἴπερ γε ἔχει καὶ τοῦτο μόνον καὶ ὃ μὴ ἔχει τις οὐκ ἀποβάλλει.
2.15.1 That everything is opinion. For what was said to
Monimus the Cynic is plain; and plain too is the usefulness of the saying, if a man takes the savor of it as far as the truth.
Ὅτι πᾶν ὑπόληψις. δῆλα μὲν γὰρ τὰ πρὸς τὸν
Κυνικὸν Μόνιμον λεγόμενα· δῆλον δὲ καὶ τὸ χρήσιμον τοῦ λεγομένου, ἐάν τις αὐτοῦ τὸ νόστιμον μέχρι τοῦ ἀληθοῦς δέχηται.
2.16.1 The soul of man does violence to itself, most of all when it becomes, so far as it can, an abscess and a kind of tumor upon the kosmos; for to be vexed at any of the things that happen is a secession from Nature, in which the natures of all other things are severally contained. Next, when it turns away from any human being, or even moves against him to do harm, as the souls of the angry do. Third, it does violence to itself when it is overcome by pleasure or by pain. Fourth, when it plays a part, and does or says anything feigned and untrue. Fifth, when it lets loose some act or impulse of its own toward no goal, but acts at random and without attention, when even the smallest things ought to be done with reference to the end. And the end of rational creatures is to follow the reason and the ordinance of the most venerable city and commonwealth.
Ὑβρίζει ἑαυτὴν ἡ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ψυχὴ μάλιστα μέν, ὅταν ἀπόστημα καὶ οἷον φῦμα τοῦ κόσμου, ὅσον ἐφ̓ ἑαυτῇ, γένηται· τὸ γὰρ δυσχεραίνειν τινὶ τῶν γινομένων ἀπόστασίς ἐστι τῆς φύσεως, ἧς ἐν μέρει αἱ ἑκάστου τῶν λοιπῶν φύσεις περιέχονται. ἔπειτα δέ, ὅταν ἄνθρωπόν τινα ἀποστραφῇ ἢ καὶ ἐναντία φέρηται ὡς βλάψουσα, οἷαί εἰσιν αἱ τῶν ὀργιζομένων. τρίτον ὑβρίζει ἑαυτήν, ὅταν ἡσσᾶται ἡδονῆς ἢ πόνου. τέταρτον, ὅταν ὑποκρίνηται καὶ ἐπιπλάστως καὶ ἀναλήθως τι ποιῇ ἢ λέγῃ. πέμπτον, ὅταν πρᾶξίν τινα ἑαυτῆς καὶ ὁρμὴν ἐπ’ οὐδένα σκοπὸν ἀφιῇ, ἀλλ’ εἰκῇ καὶ ἀπαρακολουθήτως ὁτιοῦν ἐνεργῇ, δέον καὶ τὰ μικρότατα κατὰ τὴν ἐπὶ τὸ τέλος ἀναφορὰν γίνεσθαι· τέλος δὲ λογικῶν ζῴων τὸ ἕπεσθαι τῷ τῆς πόλεως καὶ πολιτείας τῆς πρεσβυτάτης λόγῳ καὶ θεσμῷ.
2.17.1 Of human life, the time is a point; the substance, in flux; the perception, dim; the constitution of the whole body, quick to rot; the soul, a spinning-top; fortune, hard to read; fame, undiscerning. In a word: all that belongs to the body is a river, and what belongs to the soul, dream and vapor; life is a war and a stranger’s sojourn, and the fame that comes after, oblivion.
Τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου βίου ὁ μὲν χρόνος στιγμή, ἡ δὲ οὐσία ῥέουσα, ἡ δὲ αἴσθησις ἀμυδρά, ἡ δὲ ὅλου τοῦ σώματος σύγκρισις εὔσηπτος, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ῥόμβος, ἡ δὲ τύχη δυστέκμαρτον, ἡ δὲ φήμη ἄκριτον· συνελόντι δὲ εἰπεῖν, πάντα τὰ μὲν τοῦ σώματος ποταμός, τὰ δὲ τῆς ψυχῆς ὄνειρος καὶ τῦφος, ὁ δὲ βίος πόλεμος καὶ ξένου ἐπιδημία, ἡ δὲ ὑστεροφημία λήθη.
2.17.2 What, then, can see a man through? One thing and one alone: philosophy. And this consists in keeping the divinity within free of violence and unharmed, master of pleasures and pains, doing nothing at random, nothing falsely or with pretense, in no need of another’s doing or not doing anything; and further, in receiving what befalls and is allotted as coming from there, wherever it was that he himself came from; and above all, in awaiting death with a gracious mind, as nothing but a loosing of the elements of which every living thing is compounded. But if for the elements themselves there is nothing dreadful in each continually changing into another, why should a man look with suspicion on the change and dissolution of all things? For it is according to Nature; and nothing is evil that is according to Nature. Written at
Carnuntum.
τί οὖν τὸ παραπέμψαι δυνάμενον; ἓν καὶ μόνον φιλοσοφία· τοῦτο δὲ ἐν τῷ τηρεῖν τὸν ἔνδον δαίμονα ἀνύβριστον καὶ ἀσινῆ, ἡδονῶν καὶ πόνων κρείσσονα, μηδὲν εἰκῇ ποιοῦντα μηδὲ διεψευσμένως καὶ μεθ̓ ὑποκρίσεως, ἀνενδεῆ τοῦ ἄλλον ποιῆσαί τι ἢ μὴ ποιῆσαι· ἔτι δὲ τὰ συμβαίνοντα καὶ ἀπονεμόμενα δεχόμενον ὡς ἐκεῖθέν ποθεν ἐρχόμενα, ὅθεν αὐτὸς ἦλθεν· ἐπὶ πᾶσι δὲ τὸν θάνατον ἵλεῳ τῇ γνώμῃ περιμένοντα ὡς οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ λύσιν τῶν στοιχείων, ἐξ ὧν ἕκαστον ζῷον συγκρίνεται. εἰ δὲ αὐτοῖς τοῖς στοιχείοις μηδὲν δεινὸν ἐν τῷ ἕκαστον διηνεκῶς εἰς ἕτερον μεταβάλλειν, διὰ τί ὑπίδηταί τις τὴν πάντων μεταβολὴν καὶ διάλυσιν; κατὰ φύσιν γάρ· οὐδὲν δὲ κακὸν κατὰ φύσιν. Τὰ ἐν
Καρνούντῳ.
This book carries the heading “at
Carnuntum,” the legionary base on the Danube where
Marcus wintered during the campaigns of the early 170s. Its tone is urgent about time running out: he warns himself that a man may lose the use of his mind before he loses his life, so the work of becoming good cannot be postponed. He returns often to the ruling faculty — the part of us that judges and chooses — and to keeping it undefiled by the body's pains and by other people's opinions. There are vivid asides on finding beauty even in nature's by-products: the cracks in a baking loaf, the gaping of ripe figs.
3.1.1 You must reckon not only with this—that life is being spent day by day, and a smaller part of it left—but with this too: that even if a man should live longer, it is uncertain whether his understanding will still suffice, as before, for the grasp of affairs and for the contemplation that strains toward experience of things divine and human. For if he begins to dote, the breathing and the nourishing, the imagining and the impulse, and all such things, will not fail him; but the use of himself, the exact reckoning of the numbers of duty, the articulating of what appears before him, the judging whether the time has come to take himself off—all such things, which need a thoroughly trained reason, are quenched before the rest. One must press on, then, not only because each day we come nearer to death, but because the grasp of things and the close attention to them give out before the end.
Οὐχὶ τοῦτο μόνον δεῖ λογίζεσθαι, ὅτι καθ’ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἀπαναλίσκεται ὁ βίος καὶ μέρος ἔλαττον αὐτοῦ καταλείπεται, ἀλλὰ κἀκεῖνο λογιστέον, ὅτι, εἰ ἐπὶ πλέον βιῴη τις, ἐκεῖνό γε ἄδηλον, εἰ ἐξαρκέσει ὁμοία αὖθις ἡ διάνοια πρὸς τὴν σύνεσιν τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τῆς θεωρίας τῆς συντεινούσης εἰς τὴν ἐμπειρίαν τῶν τε θείων καὶ τῶν ἀνθρωπείων. ἐὰν γὰρ παραληρεῖν ἄρξηται, τὸ μὲν διαπνεῖσθαι καὶ τρέφεσθαι καὶ φαντάζεσθαι καὶ ὁρμᾶν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτα, οὐκ ἐνδεήσει· τὸ δὲ ἑαυτῷ χρῆσθαι καὶ τοὺς τοῦ καθήκοντος ἀριθμοὺς ἀκριβοῦν καὶ τὰ προφαινόμενα διαρθροῦν καὶ περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ εἰ ἤδη ἐξακτέον αὑτὸν ἐφιστάνειν καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα λογισμοῦ συγγεγυμνασμένου πάνυ χρῄζει, προαποσβέννυται. χρὴ οὖν ἐπείγεσθαι οὐ μόνον τῷ ἐγγυτέρω τοῦ θανάτου ἑκάστοτε γίνεσθαι, ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τὸ τὴν ἐννόησιν τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ τὴν παρακολούθησιν προαπολήγειν.
3.2.1 One must observe even such things as these: that the by-products of natural processes have a certain charm and allure. When bread is baked, some parts crack open; and these gaping parts, which in a way fall outside the baker’s intent, are somehow becoming, and in their own particular way stir the appetite.
Χρὴ καὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα παραφυλάσσειν, ὅτι καὶ τὰ ἐπιγινόμενα τοῖς φύσει γινομένοις ἔχει τι εὔχαρι καὶ ἐπαγωγόν. οἷον ἄρτου ὀπτωμένου παραρρήγνυταί τινα μέρη· καὶ ταῦτα οὖν τὰ διέχοντα οὕτως καὶ τρόπον τινὰ παρὰ τὸ ἐπάγγελμα τῆς ἀρτοποιίας ἔχοντα ἐπιπρέπει πως καὶ προθυμίαν πρὸς τὴν τροφὴν ἰδίως ἀνακινεῖ.
3.2.2 Again, figs gape widest when they are ripest; and in olives ripened on the tree, the very nearness to rotting adds a beauty of its own to the fruit. The ears of corn bending down, the lion’s beetling brow, the foam flowing from the boar’s mouth, and much else besides—if one looked at them singly they are far from comely, yet, because they attend upon the processes of Nature, they add to her order and beguile us;
πάλιν τε τὰ σῦκα ὁπότε ὡραιότατά ἐστι, κέχηνε καὶ ἐν ταῖς δρυπεπέσιν ἐλαίαις αὐτὸ τὸ ἐγγὺς τῇ σήψει ἴδιόν τι κάλλος τῷ καρπῷ προστίθησι. καὶ οἱ στάχυες κάτω νεύοντες καὶ τὸ τοῦ λέοντος ἐπισκύνιον καὶ ὁ τῶν συῶν ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ῥέων ἀφρὸς καὶ πολλὰ ἕτερα, κατ’ ἰδίαν εἴ τις σκοποίη, πόρρω ὄντα τοῦ εὐειδοῦς, ὅμως διὰ τὸ τοῖς φύσει γινομένοις ἐπακολουθεῖν συνεπικοσμεῖ καὶ ψυχαγωγεῖ·
3.2.3 so that, if a man has feeling and a deeper insight into what comes about in the Whole, there is scarcely anything, even among the incidental consequences, that will not present itself to him as in some way pleasing. Such a man will look on the real gaping jaws of wild beasts with no less pleasure than on those that painters and sculptors show in imitation; and in an old woman and an old man he will be able, with his own chaste eyes, to see a kind of ripeness and bloom, and the charm in children. Many such things there are, not convincing to all, but they will strike home only to the man who has become truly at home with Nature and her works.
ὥστε, εἴ τις ἔχει πάθος καὶ ἔννοιαν βαθυτέραν πρὸς τὰ ἐν τῷ ὅλῳ γινόμενα, σχεδὸν οὐδὲν οὐχὶ δόξει αὐτῷ καὶ τῶν κατ̓ ἐπακολούθησιν συμβαινόντων ἡδέως πως διασυνίστασθαι. οὗτος δὲ καὶ θηρίων ἀληθῆ χάσματα οὐχ ἧσσον ἡδέως ὄψεται ἢ ὅσα γραφεῖς καὶ πλάσται μιμούμενοι δεικνύουσιν, καὶ γραὸς καὶ γέροντος ἀκμήν τινα καὶ ὥραν καὶ τὸ ἐν παισὶν ἐπαφρόδιτον τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ σώφροσιν ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁρᾶν δυνήσεται· καὶ πολλὰ τοιαῦτα οὐ παντὶ πιθανά, μόνῳ δὲ τῷ πρὸς τὴν φύσιν καὶ τὰ ταύτης ἔργα γνησίως ᾠκειωμένῳ προσπεσεῖται.
3.3.1 Hippocrates, after curing many diseases, himself fell sick and died.
The Chaldeans foretold the deaths of many, and then their own fated hour overtook them too.
Alexander and
Pompey and
Gaius Caesar, after so often razing whole cities to the ground and cutting down in battle so many myriads of horse and foot, themselves at last departed from life.
Heraclitus, after so much natural philosophy about the conflagration of the kosmos, was filled within with water, plastered himself with cow-dung, and died. Vermin killed
Democritus, and other vermin Socrates. What of it? You embarked, you sailed, you have made port: step ashore. If to another life, nothing is empty of gods, not even there; if to insensibility, you will cease to endure pains and pleasures, and to be the servant of a vessel as much meaner than the thing it serves—for the one is mind and divinity, the other earth and gore.
Ἱπποκράτης πολλὰς νόσους ἰασάμενος αὐτὸς νοσήσας ἀπέθανεν.
οἱ Χαλδαῖοι πολλῶν θανάτους προηγόρευσαν, εἶτα καὶ αὐτοὺς τὸ πεπρωμένον κατέλαβεν.
Ἀλέξανδρος καὶ
Πομπήιος καὶ
Γάιος Καῖσαρ, ὅλας πόλεις ἄρδην τοσαυτάκις ἀνελόντες καὶ ἐν παρατάξει πολλὰς μυριάδας ἱππέων καὶ πεζῶν κατακόψαντες, καὶ αὐτοί ποτε ἐξῆλθον τοῦ βίου.
Ἡράκλειτος περὶ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ἐκπυρώσεως τοσαῦτα φυσιολογήσας, ὕδατος τὰ ἐντὸς πληρωθείς, βολβίτῳ κατακεχρισμένος ἀπέθανε.
Δημόκριτον δὲ οἱ φθεῖρες, Σωκράτην δὲ ἄλλοι φθεῖρες ἀπέκτειναν. τί ταῦτα; ἐνέβης, ἔπλευσας, κατήχθης· ἔκβηθι. εἰ μὲν ἐφ’ ἕτερον βίον, οὐδὲν θεῶν κενὸν οὐδὲ ἐκεῖ· εἰ δὲ ἐν ἀναισθησίᾳ, παύσῃ πόνων καὶ ἡδονῶν ἀνεχόμενος καὶ λατρεύων τοσούτῳ χείρονι τῷ ἀγγείῳ ἤπερ ἐστὶ τὸ ὑπηρετοῦν· τὸ μὲν γὰρ νοῦς καὶ δαίμων, τὸ δὲ γῆ καὶ λύθρος.
3.4.1 Do not waste the part of life that is left in imaginings about other people, whenever you are not referring them to something for the common good; for you are robbing yourself of other work—that is, imagining what so-and-so is doing and why, what he is saying, what he is thinking, what he is contriving, and all such things, and so straying from the watch over your own ruling faculty.
Μὴ κατατρίψῃς τὸ ὑπολειπόμενον τοῦ βίου μέρος ἐν ταῖς περὶ ἑτέρων φαντασίαις, ὁπόταν μὴ τὴν ἀναφορὰν ἐπί τι κοινωφελὲς ποιῇ (ἤτοι γὰρ ἄλλου ἔργου στέρῃ). τουτέστι φανταζόμενος τί ὁ δεῖνα πράσσει καὶ τίνος ἕνεκεν καὶ τί λέγει καὶ τί ἐνθυμεῖται καὶ τί τεχνάζεται καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα ποιεῖ ἀπορρέμβεσθαι τῆς τοῦ ἰδίου ἡγεμονικοῦ παρατηρήσεως.
3.4.2 One must keep out of the train of one’s impressions whatever is random and aimless, and most of all whatever is meddlesome and ill-natured; a man must train himself to imagine only those things about which, if someone suddenly asked, “What are you thinking now?”, he could at once answer frankly, “this and that”—so that from the answer it is immediately plain that everything in him is simple and kindly, the thought of a creature made for fellowship, one heedless of pleasurable or wholly self-indulgent fancies, of any rivalry, envy, suspicion, or anything else he would blush to admit he had in mind.
χρὴ μὲν οὖν καὶ τὸ εἰκῇ καὶ μάτην ἐν τῷ εἱρμῷ τῶν φαντασιῶν περιίστασθαι, πολὺ δὲ μάλιστα τὸ περίεργον καὶ κακόηθες καὶ ἐθιστέον ἑαυτὸν μόνα φαντάζεσθαι, περὶ ὧν εἴ τις ἄφνω ἐπανέροιτο· τί νῦν διανοῇ; μετὰ παρρησίας παραχρῆμα ἂν ἀποκρίναιο ὅτι τὸ καὶ τό· ὡς ἐξ αὐτῶν εὐθὺς δῆλα εἶναι, ὅτι πάντα ἁπλᾶ καὶ εὐμενῆ καὶ ζῴου κοινωνικοῦ καὶ ἀμελοῦντος ἡδονικῶν ἢ καθάπαξ ἀπολαυστικῶν φαντασμάτων ἢ φιλονεικίας τινὸς ἢ βασκανίας καὶ ὑποψίας ἢ ἄλλου τινός, ἐφ’ ᾧ ἂν ἐρυθριάσειας ἐξηγούμενος, ὅτι ἐν νῷ αὐτὸ εἶχες.
3.4.3 For such a man, no longer putting off being already among the best, is a kind of priest and minister of the gods, making use also of that which is seated within him—the thing that keeps the man unstained by pleasures, unwounded by any pain, untouched by any insult, insensible to all wickedness; a wrestler in the greatest contest, that of being thrown by no passion; dyed deep in justice; welcoming with his whole soul all that befalls and is allotted; and not often, nor without some great and common need, imagining what another is saying or doing or thinking. For he has only his own acts to occupy him, and ever ponders what is spun for him out of the Whole; the first he makes noble, and of the second he is persuaded that it is good. For the lot assigned to each is both carried along with him and carries him along.
ὁ γάρ τοι ἀνὴρ ὁ τοιοῦτος, οὐκέτι ὑπερτιθέμενος τὸ ὡς ἐν ἀρίστοις ἤδη εἶναι, ἱερεύς τίς ἐστι καὶ ὑπουργὸς θεῶν, χρώμενος καὶ τῷ ἔνδον ἱδρυμένῳ αὐτῷ, ὃ παρέχεται τὸν ἄνθρωπον ἄχραντον ἡδονῶν, ἄτρωτον ὑπὸ παντὸς πόνου, πάσης ὕβρεως ἀνέπαφον, πάσης ἀναίσθητον πονηρίας, ἀθλητὴν ἄθλου τοῦ μεγίστου, τοῦ ὑπὸ μηδενὸς πάθους καταβληθῆναι, δικαιοσύνῃ βεβαμμένον εἰς βάθος, ἀσπαζόμενον μὲν ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς τὰ συμβαίνοντα καὶ ἀπονεμόμενα πάντα, μὴ πολλάκις δὲ μηδὲ χωρὶς μεγάλης καὶ κοινωφελοῦς ἀνάγκης φανταζόμενον τί ποτε ἄλλος λέγει ἢ πράσσει ἢ διανοεῖται. μόνα γὰρ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς ἐνέργειαν † ἔχει καὶ τὰ ἑαυτῷ ἐκ τῶν ὅλων συγκλωθόμενα διηνεκῶς ἐννοεῖ κἀκεῖνα μὲν καλὰ παρέχεται, ταῦτα δὲ ἀγαθὰ εἶναι πέπεισται· ἡ γὰρ ἑκάστῳ νεμομένη μοῖρα συνεμφέρεταί τε καὶ συνεμφέρει.
3.4.4 He remembers, too, that everything rational is akin, and that to care for all men is according to the nature of man; and that one must hold fast not to the opinion of all, but only of those who live in agreement with Nature. As for those who do not live so, he keeps constantly in mind what kind of men they are at home and abroad, by night and by day, and with what sort of company they are mixed up. He takes no account, then, even of the praise of such men, who are not even pleasing to themselves.
μέμνηται δὲ καὶ ὅτι συγγενὲς πᾶν τὸ λογικόν, καὶ ὅτι κήδεσθαι μὲν πάντων ἀνθρώπων κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ἀνθρώπου φύσιν ἐστί, δόξης δὲ οὐχὶ τῆς παρὰ πάντων ἀνθεκτέον, ἀλλὰ τῶν ὁμολογουμένως τῇ φύσει βιούντων μόνων. οἱ δὲ μὴ οὕτως βιοῦντες ὁποῖοί τινες οἴκοι τε καὶ ἔξω τῆς οἰκίας καὶ νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν, οἷοι μεθʼ οἵων φύρονται, μεμνημένος διατελεῖ. οὐ τοίνυν οὐδὲ τὸν παρὰ τῶν τοιούτων ἔπαινον ἐν λόγῳ τίθεται, οἵγε οὐδὲ αὐτοὶ ἑαυτοῖς ἀρέσκονται.
3.5.1 Do not act unwillingly, nor selfishly, nor without examination, nor under cross-pulling. Let no affectation dress up your thought. Be neither a great talker nor a great meddler. Further, let the god within you be the patron of a living being that is male, and mature, and a statesman, and a Roman, and a ruler—one who has posted himself like a man awaiting the recall-signal from life, ready to march off, needing neither an oath nor any human witness. And let there be in you cheerfulness, and no need of help from outside, nor of the quiet that others supply. A man must stand upright, not be held upright.
Μήτε ἀκούσιος ἐνέργει μήτε ἀκοινώνητος μήτε ἀνεξέταστος μήτε ἀνθελκόμενος· μήτε κομψεία τὴν διάνοιάν σου καλλωπιζέτω· μήτε πολυρρήμων μήτε πολυπράγμων ἔσο. ἔτι δὲ ὁ ἐν σοὶ θεὸς ἔστω προστάτης ζῴου ἄρρενος καὶ πρεσβύτου καὶ πολιτικοῦ καὶ Ῥωμαίου καὶ ἄρχοντος, ἀνατεταχότος ἑαυτόν, οἷος ἂν εἴη τις περιμένων τὸ ἀνακλητικὸν ἐκ τοῦ βίου εὔλυτος, μήτε ὅρκου δεόμενος μήτε ἀνθρώπου τινὸς μάρτυρος. ἐνέστω δὲ τὸ φαιδρὸν καὶ τὸ ἀπροσδεὲς τῆς ἔξωθεν ὑπηρεσίας καὶ τὸ ἀπροσδεὲς ἡσυχίας, ἣν ἄλλοι παρέχουσιν. ὀρθὸν οὖν εἶναι χρή, οὐχὶ ὀρθούμενον.
3.6.1 If you find, in human life, anything better than justice, truth, self-control, courage—in short, than your own mind’s contentment with itself in those things wherein it sets you to act according to right reason, and with destiny in what is allotted apart from your choice—if, I say, you see anything better than this, then turn to it with your whole soul and enjoy the best you have found.
Εἰ μὲν κρεῖττον εὑρίσκεις ἐν τῷ ἀνθρωπίνῳ βίῳ δικαιοσύνης, ἀληθείας, σωφροσύνης, ἀνδρείας καὶ καθάπαξ τοῦ ἀρκεῖσθαι ἑαυτῇ τὴν διάνοιάν σου, ἐν οἷς κατὰ τὸν λόγον τὸν ὀρθὸν πράσσοντά σε παρέχεται, καὶ ἐν τῇ εἱμαρμένῃ ἐν τοῖς ἀπροαιρέτως ἀπονεμομένοις· εἰ τούτου, φημί, κρεῖττόν τι ὁρᾷς, ἐπʼ ἐκεῖνο ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς τραπόμενος τοῦ ἀρίστου εὑρισκομένου ἀπόλαυε.
3.6.2 But if nothing shows itself better than the divinity seated within you, which has brought its own impulses under itself, scrutinizes its impressions, has drawn itself back (as Socrates used to say) from the persuasions of the senses, has subjected itself to the gods and cares for men—if you find all else smaller and cheaper than this, give place to nothing else; for once you have inclined and turned toward it, you will no longer be able, undistracted, to prefer that good which is your own and yours alone.
εἰ δὲ μηδὲν κρεῖττον φαίνεται αὐτοῦ τοῦ ἐνιδρυμένου ἐν σοὶ δαίμονος, τάς τε ἰδίας ὁρμὰς ὑποτεταχότος ἑαυτῷ καὶ τὰς φαντασίας ἐξετάζοντος καὶ τῶν αἰσθητικῶν πείσεων, ὡς ὁ Σωκράτης ἔλεγεν, ἑαυτὸν ἀφειλκυκότος καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς ὑποτεταχότος ἑαυτὸν καὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων προκηδομένου· εἰ τούτου πάντα τὰ ἄλλα μικρότερα καὶ εὐτελέστερα εὑρίσκεις, μηδενὶ χώραν δίδου ἑτέρῳ, πρὸς ὃ ῥέψας ἅπαξ καὶ ἀποκλίνας οὐκέτι ἀπερισπάστως τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἐκεῖνο, τὸ ἴδιον καὶ τὸ σόν, προτιμᾶν δυνήσῃ.
3.6.3 For it is not lawful that anything of a different kind should set itself against the rational and civic good—such as the praise of the many, or offices, or wealth, or the enjoyment of pleasures. All these, even if for a little they seem to fit, suddenly master a man and carry him off. But you, I say, simply and freely choose the better, and hold to it. “But the better is the useful.” If the useful to you as a rational being, keep it; if as a mere animal, say so, and guard your judgment without conceit—only see that you make the examination safely.
ἀντικαθῆσθαι γὰρ τῷ λογικῷ καὶ πολιτικῷ ἀγαθῷ οὐ θέμις οὐδʼ ὁτιοῦν ἑτερογενές, οἷον τὸν παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν ἔπαινον ἢ ἀρχὰς ἢ πλοῦτον ἢ ἀπολαύσεις ἡδονῶν· πάντα ταῦτα, κἂν πρὸς ὀλίγον ἐναρμόζειν δόξῃ, κατεκράτησεν ἄφνω καὶ παρήνεγκεν. σὺ δέ, φημί, ἁπλῶς καὶ ἐλευθέρως ἑλοῦ τὸ κρεῖττον καὶ τούτου ἀντέχου· “κρεῖττον δὲ τὸ συμφέρον.” εἰ μὲν τὸ ὡς λογικῷ, τοῦτο τήρει· εἰ δὲ τὸ ὡς ζῴῳ, ἀπόφηναι, καὶ ἀτύφως φύλασσε τὴν κρίσιν· μόνον ὅπως ἀσφαλῶς τὴν ἐξέτασιν ποιήσῃ.
3.7.1 Never prize as advantageous to yourself anything that will one day force you to break faith, to abandon shame, to hate someone, to suspect, to curse, to play a part, to crave anything that needs walls and curtains. For the man who has chosen before all else his own mind and divinity, and the holy rites of its excellence, makes no tragedy, does not groan, will need neither solitude nor a crowd; and, greatest of all, he will live neither pursuing nor fleeing. Whether for a longer or a shorter span of time he is to use his soul wrapped in the body, he does not care in the least; for even if he must depart this moment, he goes off as readily as he would set about any other act that can be done with decency and order, guarding all his life against this one thing only: that his thought should ever come to be in a state foreign to a reasoning and civic creature.
Μὴ τιμήσῃς ποτὲ ὡς συμφέρον σεαυτοῦ, ὃ ἀναγκάσει σέ ποτε τὴν πίστιν παραβῆναι, τὴν αἰδῶ ἐγκαταλιπεῖν, μισῆσαί τινα, ὑποπτεῦσαι, καταράσασθαι, ὑποκρίνασθαι, ἐπιθυμῆσαί τινος τοίχων καὶ παραπετασμάτων δεομένου. ὁ γὰρ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ νοῦν καὶ δαίμονα καὶ τὰ ὄργια τῆς τούτου ἀρετῆς προελόμενος τραγῳδίαν οὐ ποιεῖ, οὐ στενάζει, οὐκ ἐρημίας, οὐ πολυπληθείας δεήσεται· τὸ μέγιστον, ζήσει μήτε διώκων μήτε φεύγων, πότερον δὲ ἐπὶ πλέον διάστημα χρόνου τῷ σώματι περιεχομένῃ τῇ ψυχῇ ἢ ἐπ’ ἔλασσον χρήσεται, οὐδ᾽ ὁτιοῦν αὐτῷ μέλει· κἂν γὰρ ἤδη ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι δέῃ, οὕτως εὐλύτως ἄπεισιν, ὡς ἄλλο τι τῶν αἰδημόνως καὶ κοσμίως ἐνεργεῖσθαι δυναμένων ἐνεργήσων, τοῦτο μόνον παρ’ ὅλον τὸν βίον εὐλαβούμενος, τὸ τὴν διάνοιαν ἔν τινι ἀνοικείῳ νοεροῦ καὶ πολιτικοῦ ζῴου τροπῇ γενέσθαι.
3.8.1 In the mind of the man who is chastened and purified you would find nothing festering, nothing defiled, no hidden sore. Nor does his fated hour catch his life unfinished, as one might say of a tragic actor who quits before completing and playing out his part. Further, there is in him nothing servile, nothing affected, nothing too tightly bound, nothing torn loose, nothing called to account, nothing skulking.
Οὐδὲν ἂν ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ τοῦ κεκολασμένου καὶ ἐκκεκαθαρμένου πυῶδες οὐδὲ μὴν μεμολυσμένον οὐδὲ ὕπουλον εὕροις· οὐδὲ ἀσυντελῆ τὸν βίον αὐτοῦ ἡ πεπρωμένη καταλαμβάνει, ὡς ἄν τις εἴποι τὸν τραγῳδὸν πρὸ τοῦ τελέσαι καὶ διαδραματίσαι ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι· ἔτι δὲ οὐδὲν δοῦλον οὐδὲ κομψὸν οὐδὲ προσδεδεμένον οὐδὲ ἀπεσχισμένον οὐδὲ ὑπεύθυνον οὐδὲ ἐμφωλεῦον.
3.9.1 Revere the faculty of judgment. On it everything turns, that there arise no longer in your ruling faculty a judgment out of keeping with Nature and with the constitution of a rational creature. This faculty promises freedom from rashness, kinship with men, and a following of the gods.
Τὴν ὑποληπτικὴν δύναμιν σέβε. ἐν ταύτῃ τὸ πᾶν, ἵνα ὑπόληψις τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ σου μηκέτι ἐγγένηται ἀνακόλουθος τῇ φύσει καὶ τῇ τοῦ λογικοῦ ζῴου κατασκευῇ, αὕτη δὲ ἐπαγγέλλεται ἀπροπτωσίαν καὶ τὴν πρὸς ἀνθρώπους οἰκείωσιν καὶ τὴν τοῖς θεοῖς ἀκολουθίαν.
3.10.1 Throw all else away, then, and hold fast to these few things; and remember, besides, that each man lives only this present, the instant. The rest is either already lived or is in the dark. Small, then, is what each man lives; small the little corner of the earth where he lives; small, too, even the longest after-fame, and this passed on by a succession of poor mortals soon to die, who do not know even themselves, much less the man long ago dead.
Πάντα οὖν ῥίψας ταῦτα μόνα τὰ ὀλίγα σύνεχε καὶ ἔτι συμμνημόνευε, ὅτι μόνον ζῇ ἕκαστος τὸ παρὸν τοῦτο, τὸ ἀκαριαῖον· τὰ δὲ ἄλλα ἢ βεβίωται ἢ ἐν ἀδήλῳ, μικρὸν μὲν οὖν ὃ ζῇ ἕκαστος· μικρὸν δὲ τὸ τῆς γῆς γωνίδιον ὅπου ζῇ· μικρὸν δὲ καὶ ἡ μηκίστη ὑστεροφημία καὶ αὕτη δὲ κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἀνθρωπαρίων τάχιστα τεθνηξομένων καὶ οὐκ εἰδότων οὐδὲ ἑαυτοὺς οὐδέ γε τὸν πρόπαλαι τεθνηκότα.
3.11.1 To the precepts already given let one more be added: always to make a definition or outline of the object that meets the imagination, so as to see it as it is in its essence, naked, whole, in all its parts severally, and to say over to oneself its proper name and the names of the things of which it was compounded and into which it will be resolved.
Τοῖς δὲ εἰρημένοις παραστήμασιν ἓν ἔτι προσέστω, τὸ ὅρον ἢ ὑπογραφὴν ἀεὶ ποιεῖσθαι τοῦ ὑποπίπτοντος φανταστοῦ, ὥστε αὐτὸ ὁποῖόν ἐστι κατ’ οὐσίαν, γυμνόν, ὅλον δι’ ὅλων διῃρημένως βλέπειν καὶ τὸ ἴδιον ὄνομα αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα ἐκείνων, ἐξ ὧν συνεκρίθη καὶ εἰς ἃ ἀναλυθήσεται, λέγειν παρ’ ἑαυτῷ.
3.11.2 For nothing is so productive of greatness of mind as the power to test, methodically and truthfully, each thing that meets us in life, and always so to look at it as to take in together what kind of kosmos it serves, and what use it renders to it—what worth it has in relation to the Whole, and what in relation to man, who is a citizen of the highest city, of which the other cities are as households: what it is, of what compounded, and how long it is in its nature to last—this thing that now produces the impression in me—and what virtue I have need of toward it, such as gentleness, courage, good faith, simplicity, self-sufficiency, and the rest.
οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως μεγαλοφροσύνης ποιητικόν, ὡς τὸ ἐλέγχειν ὁδῷ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ ἕκαστον τῶν τῷ βίῳ ὑποπιπτόντων δύνασθαι καὶ τὸ ἀεὶ οὕτως εἰς αὐτὰ ὁρᾶν, ὥστε συνεπιβάλλειν ὁποίῳ τινὶ τῷ κόσμῳ ὁποίαν τινὰ τοῦτο χρείαν παρεχόμενον τίνα μὲν ἔχει ἀξίαν ὡς πρὸς τὸ ὅλον, τίνα δὲ ὡς πρὸς τὸν ἄνθρωπον, πολίτην ὄντα πόλεως τῆς ἀνωτάτης, ἧς αἱ λοιπαὶ πόλεις ὥσπερ οἰκίαι εἰσίν· τί ἐστὶ καὶ ἐκ τίνων συγκέκριται καὶ πόσον χρόνον πέφυκε παραμένειν τοῦτο τὸ τὴν φαντασίαν μοι νῦν ποιοῦν καὶ τίνος ἀρετῆς πρὸς αὐτὸ χρεία, οἷον ἡμερότητος, ἀνδρείας, πίστεως, ἀφελείας, αὐταρκείας, τῶν λοιπῶν.
3.11.3 Therefore one must say of each thing: this has come from a god; this by the allotment and the spun-together web and such concurrence and chance; and this from my fellow-tribesman and kinsman and partner, who, however, does not know what is according to his own nature. But I know; and for that reason I treat him, by the natural law of fellowship, with kindness and justice—while at the same time, in things indifferent, I aim at his true worth.
διὸ δεῖ ἐφ̓ ἑκάστου λέγειν· τοῦτο μὲν παρὰ θεοῦ ἥκει, τοῦτο δὲ κατὰ τὴν σύλληξιν καὶ τὴν συμμηρυομένην σύγκλωσιν καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην σύντευξίν τε καὶ τύχην, τοῦτο δὲ παρὰ τοῦ συμφύλου καὶ συγγενοῦς καὶ κοινωνοῦ, ἀγνοοῦντος μέντοι ὅ τι αὐτῷ κατὰ φύσιν ἐστίν. ἀλλ’ ἐγὼ οὐκ ἀγνοῶ· διὰ τοῦτο χρῶμαι αὐτῷ κατὰ τὸν τῆς κοινωνίας φυσικὸν νόμον εὔνως καὶ δικαίως, ἅμα μέντοι τοῦ κατ’ ἀξίαν ἐν τοῖς μέσοις συστοχάζομαι.
3.12.1 If you carry out the present task following right reason, in earnest, with vigor, with good will, and admit no by-purpose, but keep your own divinity pure, standing as though you had this very moment to give it back; if you couple with this an awaiting of nothing and a fleeing of nothing, content with present activity according to Nature and with a heroic truthfulness in all you say and utter—then you will live well. And there is no one who can hinder this.
Ἐὰν τὸ παρὸν ἐνεργῇς ἑπόμενος τῷ ὀρθῷ λόγῳ, ἐσπουδασμένως, ἐρρωμένως, εὐμενῶς, καὶ μηδὲν παρεμπόρευμα, ἀλλὰ τὸν ἑαυτοῦ δαίμονα καθαρὸν ἑστῶτα τηρῇς, ὡσεὶ καὶ ἤδη ἀποδοῦναι δέοι· ἐὰν τοῦτο συνάπτῃς μηδὲν περιμένων μηδὲ Φεύγων, ἀλλὰ τῇ παρούσῃ κατὰ Φύσιν ἐνεργείᾳ καὶ τῇ ὧν λέγεις καὶ Φθέγγῃ ἡρωικῇ ἀληθείᾳ ἀρκούμενος, εὐζωήσεις. ἔστι δὲ οὐδεὶς ὁ τοῦτο κωλῦσαι δυνάμενος.
3.13.1 As physicians always keep their instruments and knives ready to hand for sudden cases, so keep your doctrines ready for the knowing of things divine and human, and for doing everything, even the smallest, as one mindful of the bond of the two with each other. For you will do nothing human well without referring it to the divine, nor the reverse.
Ὥσπερ οἱ ἰατροὶ ἀεὶ τὰ ὄργανα καὶ σιδήρια πρόχειρα ἔχουσι πρὸς τὰ αἰφνίδια τῶν θεραπευμάτων, οὕτω τὰ δόγματα σὺ ἕτοιμα ἔχε πρὸς τὸ τὰ θεῖα καὶ ἀνθρώπινα εἰδέναι, καὶ πᾶν καὶ τὸ μικρότατον οὕτω ποιεῖν ὡς τῆς ἀμφοτέρων πρὸς ἄλληλα συνδέσεως μεμνημένον. οὔτε γὰρ ἀνθρώπινόν τι ἄνευ τῆς ἐπὶ τὰ θεῖα συναναφορᾶς εὖ πράξεις οὔτ̓ ἔμπαλιν.
3.14.1 Wander no more. For you are not going to read your own little notebooks, nor the deeds of the ancient Romans and Greeks, nor the extracts from books that you were laying by for your old age. Hasten, then, to the end; and casting away vain hopes, come to your own aid—if you care at all for yourself—while still you may.
Μηκέτι πλανῶ· οὔτε γὰρ τὰ ὑπομνημάτιά σου μέλλεις ἀναγινώσκειν οὔτε τὰς τῶν ἀρχαίων Ῥωμαίων καὶ Ἑλλήνων πράξεις καὶ τὰς ἐκ τῶν συγγραμμάτων ἐκλογάς, ἃς εἰς τὸ γῆρας σαυτῷ ἀπετίθεσο. σπεῦδε οὖν εἰς τέλος καὶ τὰς κενὰς ἐλπίδας ἀφεὶς σαυτῷ βοήθει, εἴ τί σοι μέλει σαυτοῦ, ἕως ἔξεστιν.
3.15.1 They do not know how many things are meant by stealing, by sowing, by buying, by keeping quiet, by seeing what must be done—which is done not with the eyes but with another kind of sight.
Οὐκ ἴσασι, πόσα σημαίνει τὸ κλέπτειν, τὸ σπείρειν, τὸ ὠνεῖσθαι, τὸ ἡσυχάζειν, τὸ ὁρᾶν τὰ πρακτέα, ὃ οὐκ ὀφθαλμοῖς γίνεται ἀλλ’ ἑτέρᾳ τινὶ ὄψει.
3.16.1 Body, soul, mind: to the body belong sensations, to the soul impulses, to the mind doctrines. To be stamped by impressions belongs even to cattle; to be jerked by impulse like a puppet belongs even to wild beasts, and to androgynes, and to a
Phalaris and a
Nero. To have the mind for guide toward what appears to be one’s duty belongs even to those who do not believe in gods, and who desert their country, and who do their deeds once they have shut the doors.
Σῶμα, ψυχή, νοῦς· σώματος αἰσθήσεις, ψυχῆς ὁρμαί, νοῦ δόγματα. τὸ μὲν τυποῦσθαι φανταστικῶς καὶ τῶν βοσκημάτων· τὸ δὲ νευροσπαστεῖσθαι ὁρμητικῶς καὶ τῶν θηρίων καὶ τῶν ἀνδρογύνων καὶ
Φαλάριδος καὶ
Νέρωνος· τὸ δὲ τὸν νοῦν ἡγεμόνα ἔχειν ἐπὶ τὰ φαινόμενα καθήκοντα καὶ τῶν θεοὺς μὴ νομιζόντων καὶ τῶν τὴν πατρίδα ἐγκαταλειπόντων καὶ τῶν ποιούντων, ἐπειδὰν κλείσωσι τὰς θύρας.
3.16.2 If, then, all the rest is shared with those just named, what is left as the good man’s own is to love and welcome what befalls and is spun together with him; and not to defile the divinity seated within his breast, nor to confound it with a throng of impressions, but to keep it serene, decorously following god, uttering nothing contrary to the truth, doing nothing contrary to justice. And if all men disbelieve that he lives simply and modestly and cheerfully, he is angry with none of them, nor turns aside from the road that leads to the end of life, at which he must arrive pure, at peace, ready to be loosed, fitted without constraint to his own lot.
εἰ οὖν τὰ λοιπὰ κοινά ἐστι πρὸς τὰ εἰρημένα, λοιπὸν τὸ ἴδιόν ἐστι τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ φιλεῖν μὲν καὶ ἀσπάζεσθαι τὰ συμβαίνοντα καὶ συγκλωθόμενα αὐτῷ, τὸν δὲ ἔνδον ἐν τῷ στήθει ἱδρυμένον δαίμονα μὴ φύρειν μηδὲ θορυβεῖν ὄχλῳ φαντασιῶν, ἀλλὰ ἵλεων διατηρεῖν, κοσμίως ἑπόμενον θεῷ, μήτε φθεγγόμενόν τι παρὰ τὰ ἀληθῆ μήτε ἐνεργοῦντα παρὰ τὰ δίκαια. εἰ δὲ ἀπιστοῦσιν αὐτῷ πάντες ἄνθρωποι, ὅτι ἁπλῶς καὶ αἰδημόνως καὶ εὐθύμως βιοῖ, οὔτε χαλεπαίνει τινὶ τούτων οὔτε παρατρέπεται τῆς ὁδοῦ τῆς ἀγούσης ἐπὶ τὸ τέλος τοῦ βίου, ἐφ’ ὃ δεῖ ἐλθεῖν καθαρόν, ἡσύχιον, εὔλυτον, ἀβιάστως τῇ ἑαυτοῦ μοίρᾳ συνηρμοσμένον.
Undated, like the books that follow. Its most famous image is the retreat: men look for escapes in the countryside, the shore, the hills, but you can withdraw at any moment into yourself, and nowhere is more peaceful than your own soul. Here
Marcus develops the view from above — picturing human affairs as small and fleeting, seen from a great height — and the steady refrain that all things change and pass, and that the present moment is all anyone really has or can lose. He reasons about flux and the common nature of things, with a nod to
Heraclitus.
4.1.1 The inner sovereign part, when it is in accord with Nature, stands so disposed toward what happens that it always shifts easily to what is possible and given. For it has no fondness for any appointed material, but sets out toward its chief objects with a reservation, and makes material for itself of whatever it meets instead—like a fire, when it masters what falls into it, by which a little lamp would have been put out: the bright fire very quickly makes its own what is heaped upon it, consumes it, and from those very things rises higher.
Τὸ ἔνδον κυριεῦον, ὅταν κατὰ φύσιν ἔχῃ, οὕτως ἕστηκε πρὸς τὰ συμβαίνοντα, ὥστε ἀεὶ πρὸς τὸ δυνατὸν καὶ διδόμενον μετατίθεσθαι ῥᾳδίως. ὕλην γὰρ ἀποτεταγμένην οὐδεμίαν φιλεῖ, ἀλλὰ ὁρμᾷ μὲν πρὸς τὰ προηγούμενα μεθ’ ὑπεξαιρέσεως, τὸ δὲ ἀντεισαγόμενον ὕλην ἑαυτῷ ποιεῖ, ὥσπερ τὸ πῦρ, ὅταν ἐπικρατῇ τῶν ἐπεμπιπτόντων, ὑφ’ ὧν ἂν μικρός τις λύχνος ἐσβέσθη· τὸ δὲ λαμπρὸν πῦρ τάχιστα ἐξῳκείωσεν ἑαυτῷ τὰ ἐπιφορούμενα καὶ κατηνάλωσε καὶ ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐκείνων ἐπὶ μεῖζον ἤρθη.
4.2.1 Let no act be done at random, nor otherwise than according to a principle that brings the art to completion.
Μηδὲν ἐνέργημα εἰκῇ μηδὲ ἄλλως ἢ κατὰ θεώρημα συμπληρωτικὸν τῆς τέχνης ἐνεργείσθω.
4.3.1 Men seek retreats for themselves—country places, shores, mountains; and you too are wont to long for such things above all. But this is the mark of the most ordinary man, since it is in your power, whenever you wish, to retreat into yourself. For nowhere can a man retreat more quiet and untroubled than into his own soul, especially he who has within such things that, bending over them, he is at once in perfect ease; and by ease I mean nothing but good order. Give yourself, then, this retreat continually, and renew yourself. Let your maxims be brief and elemental, such as, met at once, will suffice to wash away all grief and send you back without vexation to the things you return to.
Ἀναχωρήσεις αὑτοῖς ζητοῦσιν ἀγροικίας καὶ αἰγιαλοὺς καὶ ὄρη, εἴωθας δὲ καὶ σὺ τὰ τοιαῦτα μάλιστα ποθεῖν. ὅλον δὲ τοῦτο ἰδιωτικώτατόν ἐστιν ἐξόν, ἧς ἂν ὥρας ἐθελήσῃς, εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἀναχωρεῖν. οὐδαμοῦ γὰρ οὔτε ἡσυχιώτερον οὔτε ἀπραγμονέστερον ἄνθρωπος ἀναχωρεῖ ἢ εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν, μάλισθʼ ὅστις ἔχει ἔνδον τοιαῦτα, εἰς ἃ ἐγκύψας ἐν πάσῃ εὐμαρείᾳ εὐθὺς γίνεται· τὴν δὲ εὐμάρειαν οὐδὲν ἄλλο λέγω ἢ εὐκοσμίαν. συνεχῶς οὖν δίδου σεαυτῷ ταύτην τὴν ἀναχώρησιν καὶ ἀνανέου σεαυτόν· βραχέα δὲ ἔστω καὶ στοιχειώδη ἃ εὐθὺς ἀπαντήσαντα ἀρκέσει εἰς τὸ πᾶσαν λύπην ἀποκλύσαι καὶ ἀποπέμψαι σε μὴ δυσχεραίνοντα ἐκείνοις ἐφʼ ἃ ἐπανέρχῃ.
4.3.2 For at what will you be vexed? The wickedness of men? Call to mind the judgment that rational creatures came into being for one another, that forbearance is a part of justice, that they do wrong unwillingly; and consider how many, having lived in enmity, suspicion, hatred, at spear-point, are now laid out and burned to ashes—and cease at last. Or will you be vexed at your portion from the Whole? Renew the alternative: “either providence, or atoms”; and recall from how many proofs it was shown that the kosmos is as it were a city. Or will the things of the body still lay hold of you? Consider that the mind, once it has taken itself apart and come to know its own power, does not mingle with the breath, move it smoothly or roughly as it may; and recall, besides, all you have heard and assented to about pain and pleasure.
τίνι γὰρ δυσχερανεῖς; τῇ τῶν ἀνθρώπων κακίᾳ; ἀναλογισάμενος τὸ κρῖμα, ὅτι τὰ λογικὰ ζῷα ἀλλήλων ἕνεκεν γέγονε καὶ ὅτι τὸ ἀνέχεσθαι μέρος τῆς δικαιοσύνης καὶ ὅτι ἄκοντες ἁμαρτάνουσι καὶ πόσοι ἤδη διεχθρεύσαντες, ὑποπτεύσαντες, μισήσαντες, διαδορατισθέντες ἐκτέτανται, τετέφρωνται, παύου ποτέ. ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς ἐκ τῶν ὅλων ἀπονεμομένοις δυσχερανεῖς; ἀνανεωσάμενος τὸ διεζευγμένον τό· ἤτοι πρόνοια ἢ ἄτομοι, καὶ ἐξ ὅσων ἀπεδείχθη ὅτι ὁ κόσμος ὡσανεὶ πόλις. ἀλλὰ τὰ σωματικά σου ἅψεται ἔτι; ἐννοήσας ὅτι οὐκ ἐπιμίγνυται λείως ἢ τραχέως κινουμένῳ πνεύματι ἡ διάνοια, ἐπειδὰν ἅπαξ ἑαυτὴν ἀπολάβῃ καὶ γνωρίσῃ τὴν ἰδίαν ἐξουσίαν, καὶ λοιπὸν ὅσα περὶ πόνου καὶ ἡδονῆς ἀκήκοας καὶ συγκατέθου.
4.3.3 Or will the bit of fame distract you? Look at the swiftness with which all things are forgotten, at the chaos of boundless time on either side, at the hollowness of applause, at the fickleness and want of judgment in those who seem to praise, and at the narrowness of the place in which it is confined. For the whole earth is a point, and of this what a tiny corner is this dwelling of yours; and here, how many will praise you, and what sort of men are they?
ἀλλὰ τὸ δοξάριόν σε περισπάσει; ἀπιδὼν εἰς τὸ τάχος τῆς πάντων λήθης καὶ τὸ χάος τοῦ ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα ἀπείρου αἰῶνος καὶ τὸ κενὸν τῆς ἀπηχήσεως καὶ τὸ εὐμετάβολον καὶ ἄκριτον τῶν εὐφημεῖν δοκούντων καὶ τὸ στενὸν τοῦ τόπου, ἐν ᾧ περιγράφεται· ὅλη τε γὰρ ἡ γῆ στιγμὴ καὶ ταύτης πόστον γωνίδιον ἡ κατοίκησις αὕτη; καὶ ἐνταῦθα πόσοι καὶ οἷοί τινες οἱ ἐπαινεσόμενοι;
4.3.4 So, then, remember the withdrawal into this little field of your own; and above all, do not be torn or strained, but be free, and look at things as a man, as a human being, as a citizen, as a mortal creature. And among the maxims most ready to hand, into which you will dip, let there be these two: one, that things do not touch the soul, but stand outside it, unmoving, and that the disturbances come only from the judgment within; the other, that all these things you see change in a moment and will be no more—and keep constantly in mind how many changes you have yourself already witnessed. The kosmos is alteration; life is opinion.
λοιπὸν οὖν μέμνησο τῆς ὑποχωρήσεως τῆς εἰς τοῦτο τὸ ἀγρίδιον ἑαυτοῦ καὶ πρὸ παντὸς μὴ σπῶ μηδὲ κατεντείνου, ἀλλὰ ἐλεύθερος ἔσο καὶ ὅρα τὰ πράγματα ὡς ἀνήρ, ὡς ἄνθρωπος, ὡς πολίτης, ὡς θνητὸν ζῷον. ἐν δὲ τοῖς προχειροτάτοις, εἰς ἃ ἐγκύψεις, ταῦτα ἔστω τὰ δύο· ἕν μέν, ὅτι τὰ πράγματα οὐχ ἅπτεται τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀλλʼ ἔξω ἕστηκεν ἀτρεμοῦντα, αἱ δὲ ὀχλήσεις ἐκ μόνης τῆς ἔνδον ὑπολήψεως· ἕτερον δέ, ὅτι πάντα ταῦτα, ὅσα ὁρᾷς, ὅσον οὐδέπω μεταβαλεῖ καὶ οὐκ ἔτι ἔσται· καὶ ὅσων ἤδη μεταβολαῖς αὐτὸς παρατετύχηκας, συνεχῶς διανοοῦ. ὁ κόσμος ἀλλοίωσις, ὁ βίος ὑπόληψις.
4.4.1 If the intellectual part is common to us, then the reason too, by which we are rational, is common; and if so, then the reason that commands what is to be done and not done is common; and if so, then law is common; and if so, we are fellow citizens; and if so, we share in some commonwealth; and if so, the kosmos is as it were a city. For of what other common commonwealth will anyone say that the whole human race partakes? And from there, from this common city, comes the very intellectual and rational and law-abiding part in us—from where else? For just as the earthy in me has been parcelled off from some earth, and the watery from another element, and the breath from some source, and the hot and fiery from a source of its own (for nothing comes from nothing, just as nothing departs into what is not), so too the intellectual has come from somewhere.
Εἰ τὸ νοερὸν ἡμῖν κοινόν, καὶ ὁ λόγος, καθʼ ὃν λογικοί ἐσμεν, κοινός· εἰ τοῦτο, καὶ ὁ προστακτικὸς τῶν ποιητέων ἢ μὴ λόγος κοινός· εἰ τοῦτο, καὶ ὁ νόμος κοινός· εἰ τοῦτο, πολῖταί ἐσμεν· εἰ τοῦτο, πολιτεύματός τινος μετέχομεν· εἰ τοῦτο, ὁ κόσμος ὡσανεὶ πόλις ἐστί· τίνος γὰρ ἄλλου φήσει τις τὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων πᾶν γένος κοινοῦ πολιτεύματος μετέχειν; ἐκεῖθεν δέ, ἐκ τῆς κοινῆς ταύτης πόλεως, καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ νοερὸν καὶ λογικὸν καὶ νομικὸν ἡμῖν ἢ πόθεν; ὥσπερ γὰρ τὸ γεῶδές μοι ἀπό τινος γῆς ἀπομεμέρισται καὶ τὸ ὑγρὸν ἀφʼ ἑτέρου στοιχείου καὶ τὸ πνευματικὸν ἀπὸ πηγῆς τινος καὶ τὸ θερμὸν καὶ πυρῶδες ἔκ τινος ἰδίας πηγῆς (οὐδὲν γὰρ ἐκ τοῦ μηδενὸς ἔρχεται, ὥσπερ μηδʼ εἰς τὸ οὐκ ὂν ἀπέρχεται), οὕτω δὴ καὶ τὸ νοερὸν ἥκει ποθέν.
4.5.1 Death is such a thing as birth, a mystery of Nature: a combining out of the same elements, a dissolution into the same. In sum, it is nothing a man should be ashamed of, for it is not out of keeping with a reasoning creature, nor against the principle of his constitution.
Ὁ θάνατος τοιοῦτον, οἷον γένεσις, φύσεως μυστήριον· σύγκρισις ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν στοιχείων, εἰς ταὐτὰ λύσις. ὅλως δὲ οὐκ ἐφʼ ᾧ ἄν τις αἰσχυνθείη· οὐ γὰρ παρὰ τὸ ἑξῆς τῷ νοερῷ ζῴῳ οὐδὲ παρὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς κατασκευῆς.
4.6.1 These things naturally come about thus, of necessity, from such men; and he who would not have it so would have the fig tree bear no juice. In sum, remember this: that within a very little while both you and he will be dead, and soon after not even your name will be left.
Ταῦτα οὕτως ὑπὸ τῶν τοιούτων πέφυκε γίνεσθαι ἐξ ἀνάγκης, ὁ δὲ τοῦτο μὴ θέλων θέλει τὴν συκῆν ὀπὸν μὴ ἔχειν. ὅλως δὲ ἐκείνου μέμνησο, ὅτι ἐντὸς ὀλιγίστου χρόνου καὶ σὺ καὶ οὗτος τεθνήξεσθε, μετὰ βραχὺ δὲ οὐδὲ ὄνομα ὑμῶν ὑπολειφθήσεται.
4.7.1 Take away the judgment, and “I have been harmed” is taken away; take away “I have been harmed,” and the harm itself is taken away.
Ἆρον τὴν ὑπόληψιν, ἦρται τὸ βέβλαμμαι· ἆρον τὸ βέβλαμμαι, ἦρται ἡ βλάβη.
4.8.1 What does not make a man worse in himself does not make his life worse either, nor harm him from without or within.
Ὃ χείρω αὐτὸν ἑαυτοῦ ἄνθρωπον οὐ ποιεῖ, τοῦτο οὐδὲ τὸν βίον αὐτοῦ χείρω ποιεῖ οὐδὲ βλάπτει οὔτε ἔξωθεν οὔτε ἔνδοθεν.
4.9.1 The nature of the beneficial was constrained to act thus.
Ἠνάγκασται ἡ τοῦ συμφέροντος φύσις τοῦτο ποιεῖν.
4.10.1 That “all that happens, happens justly.” If you watch closely, you will find it so. I do not mean merely in due sequence, but according to justice, and as though by one who apportions to each his desert. Watch, then, as you have begun; and whatever you do, do it joined with this—with being good, in the sense in which the good man is properly conceived. Keep this in every action.
Ὅτι “πᾶν τὸ συμβαῖνον δικαίως συμβαίνει” · ὃ ἐὰν ἀκριβῶς παραφυλάσσῃς, εὑρήσεις· οὐ λέγω μόνον κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς, ἀλλʼ ὅτι κατὰ τὸ δίκαιον καὶ ὡς ἂν ὑπό τινος ἀπονέμοντος τὸ κατʼ ἀξίαν. παραφύλασσε οὖν ὡς ἤρξω, καί, ὅ τι ἂν ποιῇς, σὺν τούτῳ ποίει, σὺν τῷ ἀγαθὸς εἶναι, καθὸ νενόηται ἰδίως ὁ ἀγαθός. τοῦτο ἐπὶ πάσης ἐνεργείας σῷζε.
4.11.1 Do not hold things to be such as he who insults you judges them, or as he wishes you to judge them; but see them as they are in truth.
Μὴ τοιαῦτα ὑπολάμβανε, οἷα ὁ ὑβρίζων κρίνει ἢ οἷά σε κρίνειν βούλεται, ἀλλὰ ἴδε αὐτά, ὁποῖα κατʼ ἀλήθειάν ἐστιν.
4.12.1 These two readinesses one must always have: the one, to do only what the reason of the kingly and lawgiving faculty suggests for the benefit of men; the other, to change course, if indeed someone is at hand to set you right and turn you from an opinion. But the turning must always proceed from some persuasion of justice or common benefit, and what is preferred must be of that kind only—not because it appeared pleasant or brought repute.
Δύο ταύτας ἑτοιμότητας ἔχειν ἀεὶ δεῖ· τὴν μὲν πρὸς τὸ πρᾶξαι μόνον ὅπερ ἂν ὁ τῆς βασιλικῆς καὶ νομοθετικῆς λόγος ὑποβάλλῃ ἐπʼ ὠφελείᾳ ἀνθρώπων· τὴν δὲ πρὸς τὸ μεταθέσθαι, ἐὰν ἄρα τις παρῇ διορθῶν καὶ μετάγων ἀπό τινος οἰήσεως. τὴν μέντοι μεταγωγὴν ἀεὶ ἀπό τινος πιθανότητος, ὡς δικαίου ἢ κοινωφελοῦς, γίνεσθαι καὶ τὰ προηγμένα τοιαῦτα μόνον εἶναι δεῖ, οὐχ ὅτι ἡδὺ ἢ ἔνδοξον ἐφάνη.
4.13.1 “Have you reason?” “I have.” “Why, then, do you not use it? For if this does its own work, what more do you want?”
“Λόγον ἔχεις;” “ἔχω.” “τί οὖν οὐ χρᾷ; τούτου γὰρ τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ποιοῦντος τί ἄλλο θέλεις;”
4.14.1 You came to subsist as a part. You will vanish into that which begot you; or rather, you will be taken back, by change, into its generative reason.
Ἐνυπέστης ὡς μέρος. ἐναφανισθήσῃ τῷ γεννήσαντι· μᾶλλον δὲ ἀναληφθήσῃ εἰς τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ τὸν σπερματικὸν κατὰ μεταβολήν.
4.15.1 Many grains of incense on the same altar: one falls sooner, another later; it makes no difference.
Πολλὰ λιβανωτοῦ βωλάρια ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ βωμοῦ· τὸ μὲν προκατέπεσεν, τὸ δʼ ὕστερον, διαφέρει δʼ οὐδέν.
4.16.1 Within ten days you will seem a god to the very men to whom you now seem a beast and an ape, if you turn back to your principles and to the reverence of reason.
Ἐντὸς δέκα ἡμερῶν θεὸς αὐτοῖς τούτοις δόξεις οἷς νῦν θηρίον καὶ πίθηκος, ἐὰν ἀνακάμψῃς ἐπὶ τὰ δόγματα καὶ τὸν σεβασμὸν τοῦ λόγου.
4.17.1 Do not live as though you had ten thousand years before you. Doom hangs over you; while you live, while it is still in your power, become good.
Μὴ ὡς μύρια μέλλων ἔτη ζῆν. τὸ χρεὼν ἐπήρτηται· ἕως ζῇς, ἕως ἔξεστιν, ἀγαθὸς γενοῦ.
4.18.1 How much leisure he gains who does not look at what his neighbor said or did or thought, but only at what he himself does, that this very thing be just and holy—or, as the good man would have it. Do not be peering about at another’s black character, but run straight along the line, undistracted.
Ὅσην εὐσχολίαν κερδαίνει ὁ μὴ βλέπων τί ὁ πλησίον εἶπεν ἢ ἔπραξεν ἢ διενοήθη, ἀλλὰ μόνον τί αὐτὸς ποιεῖ, ἵνα αὐτὸ τοῦτο δίκαιον ᾖ καὶ ὅσιον ἢ † κατὰ τὸν ἀγαθὸν· μὴ μέλαν ἦθος περιβλέπεσθαι, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῆς γραμμῆς τρέχειν ὀρθόν, μὴ διερριμμένον.
4.19.1 He who flutters after later fame does not picture to himself that each of those who remember him will himself very soon die too; and then again the one who succeeds him, until all memory is quenched, passing on through men who kindle and are quenched. But suppose that those who will remember are immortal, and the memory immortal: what is that to you? And I do not mean that it is nothing to the dead, but to the living—what is praise, except for some practical management? For you are now, out of season, neglecting nature’s gift, clinging instead to some other consideration entirely.
Ὁ περὶ τὴν ὑστεροφημίαν ἐπτοημένος οὐ φαντάζεται ὅτι ἕκαστος τῶν μεμνημένων αὐτοῦ τάχιστα καὶ αὐτὸς ἀποθανεῖται· εἶτα πάλιν ὁ ἐκεῖνον διαδεξάμενος, μέχρι καὶ πᾶσα ἡ μνήμη ἀποσβῇ διὰ ἁπτομένων καὶ σβεννυμένων προιοῦσα. ὑπόθου δ᾽, ὅτι καὶ ἀθάνατοι μὲν οἱ μεμνησόμενοι, ἀθάνατος δὲ ἡ μνήμη· τί οὖν τοῦτο πρὸς σέ; καὶ οὐ λέγω, ὅτι οὐδὲν πρὸς τὸν τεθνηκότα, ἀλλὰ πρὸς τὸν ζῶντα τί ὁ ἔπαινος, πλὴν ἄρα δι’ οἰκονομίαν τινά; πάρες γὰρ νῦν ἀκαίρως τὴν φυσικὴν δόσιν ἄλλου τινὸς ἐχομένην λόγου λοιπόν.
4.20.1 Everything that is in any way beautiful is beautiful of itself and terminates in itself, not holding praise as a part of it; for what is praised is made neither worse nor better. I say this also of what is more commonly called beautiful—material things, and works of craft. The truly beautiful, what need has it of anything beyond? No more than law, no more than truth, no more than kindness or modesty. Which of these is beautiful because it is praised, or spoiled by being blamed? Does an emerald become worse than itself if it is not praised? What of gold, ivory, purple, a lyre, a little blade, a flower, a little tree?
Πᾶν τὸ καὶ ὁπωσοῦν καλὸν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ καλόν ἐστι καὶ ἐφ’ ἑαυτὸ καταλήγει, οὐκ ἔχον μέρος ἑαυτοῦ τὸν ἔπαινον· οὔτε γοῦν χεῖρον ἣ κρεῖττον γίνεται τὸ ἐπαινούμενον. τοῦτό φημι καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κοινότερον καλῶν λεγομένων, οἷον ἐπὶ τῶν ὑλικῶν καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν τεχνικῶν κατασκευασμάτων (τὸ γὰρ δὴ ὄντως καλὸν τίνος χρείαν ἔχει; οὐ μᾶλλον ἣ νόμος, οὐ μᾶλλον ἣ ἀλήθεια, οὐ μᾶλλον ἢ εὔνοια ἢ αἰδώς)· τί τούτων διὰ τὸ ἐπαινεῖσθαι καλόν ἐστιν ἢ ψεγόμενον φθείρεται; σμαράγδιον γὰρ ἑαυτοῦ χεῖρον γίνεται, ἐὰν μὴ ἐπαινῆται; τί δὲ χρυσός, ἐλέφας, πορφύρα, λύρα, μαχαίριον, ἀνθύλλιον, δενδρύφιον;
4.21.1 If souls persist, how does the air contain them from all eternity? And how does the earth contain the bodies of those buried over so vast an age? Just as here the change and dissolution of these bodies, after some span of continuance, makes room for other corpses, so the souls that pass over into the air, after holding together for a time, change and are diffused and are kindled, being taken up into the generative reason of the Whole, and in this way make room for those that come to settle beside them. This is the answer one would give, on the supposition that souls persist.
Εἰ διαμένουσιν αἱ ψυχαί, πῶς αὐτὰς ἐξ ἀιδίου χωρεῖ ὁ ἀήρ; πῶς δὲ ἡ γῆ χωρεῖ τὰ τῶν ἐκ τοσούτου αἰῶνος θαπτομένων σώματα; ὥσπερ γὰρ ἐνθάδε ἡ τούτων μετὰ ποσήν τινα ἐπιδιαμονὴν μεταβολὴ καὶ διάλυσις χώραν ἄλλοις νεκροῖς ποιεῖ, οὕτως αἱ εἰς τὸν ἀέρα μεθιστάμεναι ψυχαί, ἐπὶ ποσὸν συμμείνασαι, μεταβάλλουσι καὶ χέονται καὶ ἐξάπτονται εἰς τὸν τῶν ὅλων σπερματικὸν λόγον ἀναλαμβανόμεναι καὶ τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον χώραν ταῖς προσσυνοικιζομέναις παρέχουσι. τοῦτο δ’ ἄν τις ἀποκρίναιτο ἐφ’ ὑποθέσει τοῦ τὰς ψυχὰς διαμένειν.
4.21.2 But one must consider not only the multitude of bodies thus buried, but also that of the living creatures eaten each day by us and by the other animals. What a number are consumed and, in a manner, buried in the bodies of those they feed! And yet the place receives them, through the conversions into blood, through the alterations into the airy or the fiery. What is the inquiry into the truth here? A division into the material and the causal.
χρὴ δὲ μὴ μόνον ἐνθυμεῖσθαι τὸ πλῆθος τῶν θαπτομένων οὑτωσὶ σωμάτων, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τῶν ἑκάστης ἡμέρας ἐσθιομένων ζῴων ὑφ̓ ἡμῶν τε καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων. ὅσος γὰρ ἀριθμὸς καταναλίσκεται καὶ οὑτωσί πως θάπτεται ἐν τοῖς τῶν τρεφομένων σώμασι, καὶ ὅμως δέχεται ἡ χώρα αὐτὰ διὰ τὰς ἐξαιματώσεις, διὰ τὰς εἰς τὸ ἀερῶδες ἢ πυρῶδες ἀλλοιώσεις. Τίς ἐπὶ τούτου ἡ ἱστορία τῆς ἀληθείας; διαίρεσις εἰς τὸ ὑλικὸν καὶ εἰς τὸ αἰτιῶδες.
4.22.1 Do not be swept off course, but on every impulse render what is just, and on every impression preserve the faculty of comprehension.
Μὴ ἀπορρέμβεσθαι, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ πάσης ὁρμῆς τὸ δίκαιον ἀποδιδόναι καὶ ἐπὶ πάσης φαντασίας σῴζειν τὸ καταληπτικόν.
4.23.1 Everything suits me that suits you, O Kosmos; nothing is too early or too late for me that is timely for you. Everything is fruit for me that your seasons bear, O Nature; from you all things, in you all things, to you all things. One man says, “O dear city of
Cecrops”; will you not say, “O dear city of
Zeus”?
Πᾶν μοι συναρμόζει ὃ σοὶ εὐάρμοστόν ἐστιν, ὦ κόσμε· οὐδέν μοι πρόωρον οὐδὲ ὄψιμον ὃ σοὶ εὔκαιρον. πᾶν μοι καρπὸς ὃ φέρουσιν αἱ σαὶ ὧραι, ὦ φύσις· ἐκ σοῦ πάντα, ἐν σοὶ πάντα, εἰς σὲ πάντα. ἐκεῖνος μέν φησιν· ʽ ὦ πόλι φίλη
Κέκροπος·ʼ σὺ δὲ οὐκ ἐρεῖς· ʽὦ πόλι φίλη
Διός;ʼ
4.24.1 “Do few things,” he says, “if you would keep your cheer.” But is it not better to do the necessary things, and what the reason of the naturally social creature requires, and as it requires? For this brings the cheerfulness that comes not only from doing well, but from doing few things. For most of what we say and do is unnecessary; take it away, and one will have more leisure and less disturbance. Hence at each step one must remind oneself: is this not one of the unnecessary things? And one must take away not only unnecessary actions, but also unnecessary impressions; for so the superfluous actions too will not follow.
ʽὈλίγα πρῆσσε, φησίν, εἰ μέλλεις εὐθυμήσειν.ʼ μήποτε ἄμεινον τἀναγκαῖα πράσσειν καὶ ὅσα ὁ τοῦ φύσει πολιτικοῦ ζῴου λόγος αἱρεῖ καὶ ὡς αἱρεῖ; τοῦτο γὰρ οὐ μόνον τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ καλῶς πράσσειν εὐθυμίαν φέρει, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τοῦ ὀλίγα πράσσειν. τὰ πλεῖστα γὰρ ὧν λέγομεν καὶ πράσσομεν οὐκ ἀναγκαῖα ὄντα ἐάν τις περιέλῃ, εὐσχολώτερος καὶ ἀταρακτότερος ἔσται. ὅθεν δεῖ καὶ παῤ ἕκαστα ἑαυτὸν ὑπομιμνῄσκειν· μήτι τοῦτο τῶν οὐκ ἀναγκαίων; δεῖ δὲ μὴ μόνον πράξεις τὰς μὴ ἀναγκαίας περιαιρεῖν, ἀλλὰ καὶ φαντασίας· οὕτως γὰρ οὐδὲ πράξεις παρέλκουσαι ἐπακολουθήσουσιν.
4.25.1 Try how the life of the good man also goes for you—the man content with what is assigned to him from the Whole, and satisfied with his own just action and kindly disposition.
Πείρασον πῶς σοι χωρεῖ καὶ ὁ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ ἀνθρώπου βίος τοῦ ἀρεσκομένου μὲν τοῖς ἐκ τῶν ὅλων ἀπονεμομένοις, ἀρκουμένου δὲ τῇ ἰδίᾳ πράξει δικαίᾳ καὶ διαθέσει εὐμενεῖ.
4.26.1 You have seen those things; look at these too. Do not trouble yourself; make yourself simple. Does someone do wrong? He does wrong to himself. Has something happened to you? Good: from the Whole, from the beginning, all that befalls you was destined for you and spun together with you. In sum, life is short; gain the present with sound reasoning and justice. Be sober, yet unstrained.
Ἑώρακας ἐκεῖνα, ἴδε καὶ ταῦτα. σεαυτὸν μὴ τάρασσε· ἅπλωσον σεαυτόν. ἁμαρτάνει τις; ἑαυτῷ ἁμαρτάνει. συμβέβηκέ σοί τι; καλῶς· ἐκ τῶν ὅλων ἀπ̓ ἀρχῆς σοι συγκαθείμαρτο καὶ συνεκλώθετο πᾶν τὸ συμβαῖνον. τὸ δ’ ὅλον, βραχὺς ὁ βίος· κερδαντέον τὸ παρὸν σὺν εὐλογιστίᾳ καὶ δίκῃ. νῆφε ἀνειμένως.
4.27.1 Either an ordered kosmos, or a medley stirred together. But surely a kosmos. Or can some order subsist in you, while in the Whole there is disorder—and that when all things are so distinguished and diffused and in mutual sympathy?
Ἤτοι κόσμος διατεταγμένος ἢ κυκεὼν συμπεφυρμένος. ἀλλὰ μὴν κόσμος· ἢ ἐν σοὶ μέν τις κόσμος ὑφίστασθαι δύναται, ἐν δὲ τῷ παντὶ ἀκοσμία; καὶ ταῦτα οὕτως πάντων διακεκριμένων καὶ διακεχυμένων καὶ συμπαθῶν.
4.28.1 A black character, an effeminate character, a stiff character; bestial, cattle-like, childish, sluggish, counterfeit, buffoonish, hucksterish, tyrannical.
Μέλαν ἦθος, θῆλυ ἦθος, περισκελὲς ἦθος, θηριῶδες, βοσκηματῶδες, παιδαριῶδες, βλακικόν, κίβδηλον, βωμολόχον, καπηλικόν, τυραννικόν.
4.29.1 If he is a stranger to the kosmos who does not recognize the things that are in it, no less a stranger is he who does not recognize the things that come to pass. He is a runaway who flees the social reason; blind, who shuts the eye of the mind; a beggar, who has need of another and does not have from himself all that is useful for life; an abscess of the kosmos, who stands apart and severs himself from the reason of the common nature through discontent with what befalls—for that nature brings this, the same that brought you; a fragment torn from the city, who cuts off his own soul from the soul of rational beings, which is one.
Εἰ ξένος κόσμου ὁ μὴ γνωρίζων τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ ὄντα, οὐχ ἧττον ξένος καὶ ὁ μὴ γνωρίζων τὰ γινόμενα. φυγὰς ὁ φεύγων τὸν πολιτικὸν λόγον· τυφλὸς ὁ καταμύων τῷ νοερῷ ὄμματι· πτωχὸς ὁ ἐνδεὴς ἑτέρου καὶ μὴ πάντα ἔχων παρ’ ἑαυτοῦ τὰ εἰς τὸν βίον χρήσιμα· ἀπόστημα κόσμου ὁ ἀφιστάμενος καὶ χωρίζων ἑαυτὸν τοῦ τῆς κοινῆς φύσεως λόγου διὰ τοῦ δυσαρεστεῖν τοῖς συμβαίνουσιν· ἐκείνη γὰρ φέρει τοῦτο, ἣ καὶ σὲ ἤνεγκεν· ἀπόσχισμα πόλεως ὁ τὴν ἰδίαν ψυχὴν τῆς τῶν λογικῶν ἀποσχίζων, μιᾶς οὔσης.
4.30.1 One man philosophizes without a tunic, another without a book. Here is another, half-naked: “I have no bread,” he says, “and I hold fast to reason.” And I: I have no nourishment from learning, and I hold fast.
Ὁ μὲν χωρὶς χιτῶνος φιλοσοφεῖ, ὁ δὲ χωρὶς βιβλίου. ἄλλος οὗτος ἡμίγυμνος· ἄρτους οὐκ ἔχω, φησί, καὶ ἐμμένω τῷ λόγῳ.—ἐγὼ δὲ τροφὰς τὰς ἐκ τῶν μαθημάτων οὐκ ἔχω καὶ ἐμμένω.
4.31.1 Love the humble craft you have learned, and rest in it. Pass through the remainder of your life as one who has entrusted all that is his to the gods with his whole soul, making yourself neither tyrant nor slave of any man.
Τὸ τεχνίον ὃ ἔμαθες φίλει, τούτῳ προσαναπαύου· τὸ δὲ ὑπόλοιπον τοῦ βίου διέξελθε ὡς θεοῖς μὲν ἐπιτετροφὼς τὰ σεαυτοῦ πάντα ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς, ἀνθρώπων δὲ μηδενὸς μήτε τύραννον μήτε δοῦλον σεαυτὸν καθιστάς.
4.32.1 Consider, for instance, the times of
Vespasian; you will see all the same things: men marrying, rearing children, falling sick, dying, making war, keeping festival, trading, farming, flattering, asserting themselves, suspecting, plotting, praying for some to die, grumbling at the present, loving, hoarding, longing for consulships and kingdoms. And that life of theirs is now nowhere at all.
Ἐπινόησον λόγου χάριν τοὺς ἐπὶ
Οὐεσπασιανοῦ καιρούς, ὄψει τὰ αὐτὰ πάντα γαμοῦντας, παιδοτροφοῦντας, νοσοῦντας, ἀποθνῄσκοντας, πολεμοῦντας, ἑορτάζοντας, ἐμπορευομένους, γεωργοῦντας, κολακεύοντας, αὐθαδιζομένους, ὑποπτεύοντας, ἐπιβουλεύοντας, ἀποθανεῖν τινας εὐχομένους, γογγύζοντας ἐπὶ τοῖς παροῦσιν, ἐρῶντας, θησαυρίζοντας, ὑπατείας, βασιλείας ἐπιθυμοῦντας· οὐκοῦν ἐκεῖνος μὲν ὁ τούτων βίος οὐκέτι οὐδαμοῦ.
4.32.2 Pass again to the times of
Trajan; again all the same things; and that life too is dead. Likewise survey the other epitaphs of eras and of whole nations, and see how many, after straining hard, soon fell and were resolved into the elements. Above all, call to mind those whom you yourself knew, drawn off after empty things, neglecting to do what accorded with their own constitution, to hold fast to it and to be content with it. And here it is necessary to remember that the attention paid to each action has its own proper worth and proportion; for so you will not give up in disgust, if you do not occupy yourself with the lesser things more than is fitting.
πάλιν ἐπὶ τοὺς καιροὺς τοὺς
Τραιανοῦ μετάβηθι· πάλιν τὰ αὐτὰ πάντα· τέθνηκε κἀκεῖνος ὁ βίος. ὁμοίως καὶ τὰς ἄλλας ἐπιγραφὰς χρόνων καὶ ὅλων ἐθνῶν ἐπιθεώρει καὶ βλέπε, πόσοι κατενταθέντες μετὰ μικρὸν ἔπεσον καὶ ἀνελύθησαν εἰς τὰ στοιχεῖα· μάλιστα δὲ ἀναπολητέον ἐκείνους, οὓς αὐτὸς ἔγνως κενὰ σπωμένους, ἀφέντας ποιεῖν τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν κατασκευὴν καὶ τούτου ἀπρὶξ ἔχεσθαι καὶ τούτῳ ἀρκεῖσθαι. ἀναγκαῖον δὲ ὧδε τὸ μεμνῆσθαι, ὅτι καὶ ἡ ἐπιστροφὴ καθ’ ἑκάστην πρᾶξιν ἰδίαν ἀξίαν ἔχει καὶ συμμετρίαν· οὕτως γὰρ οὐκ ἀποδυσπετήσεις, ἐὰν μὴ ἐπὶ πλέον, ἢ προσῆκε, περὶ τὰ ἐλάσσω καταγίνῃ.
4.33.1 Words once in common use are now archaisms; so too the names of those much-hymned of old are now in a manner archaisms—
Camillus,
Caeso,
Volesus,
Dentatus; a little later,
Scipio too and
Cato; then
Augustus also; then
Hadrian and Antoninus. For all things fade and quickly become the stuff of legend, and quickly utter oblivion buries them. And I say this of those who shone in some wondrous way; the rest, the moment they breathed their last, are “unseen, unheard of.” And what, after all, is everlasting remembrance? Wholly empty. What, then, is it on which we should spend our zeal? This one thing: a just mind, acts done for the common good, speech that never lies, and a disposition that welcomes all that happens as necessary, as familiar, as flowing from such a source and spring.
Αἱ πάλαι συνήθεις λέξεις νῦν γλωσσήματα· οὕτως οὖν καὶ τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν πάλαι πολυυμνήτων νῦν τρόπον τινὰ γλωσσήματά ἐστι,
Κάμιλλος,
Καίσων,
Οὐόλεσος,
Δέντατος, κατ’ ὀλίγον δὲ καὶ
Σκιπίων καὶ
Κάτων, εἶτα καὶ
Αὔγουστος, εἶτα καὶ
Ἁδριανὸς καὶ Ἁντωνῖνος· ἐξίτηλα γὰρ πάντα καὶ μυθώδη ταχὺ γίνεται, ταχὺ δὲ καὶ παντελὴς λήθη κατέχωσεν. καὶ ταῦτα λέγω ἐπὶ τῶν θαυμαστῶς πως λαμψάντων· οἱ γὰρ λοιποὶ ἅμα τῷ ἐκπνεῦσαι ʽἄιστοι, ἄπυστοιʼ. τί δὲ καὶ ἔστιν ὅλως τὸ ἀείμνηστον; ὅλον κενόν. τί οὖν ἐστι περὶ ὃ δεῖ σπουδὴν εἰσφέρεσθαι; ἓν τοῦτο, διάνοια δικαία καὶ πράξεις κοινωνικαὶ καὶ λόγος, οἷος μήποτε διαψεύσασθαι, καὶ διάθεσις ἀσπαζομένη πᾶν τὸ συμβαῖνον ὡς ἀναγκαῖον, ὡς γνώριμον, ὡς ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς τοιαύτης καὶ πηγῆς ῥέον.
4.34.1 Willingly give yourself up to
Clotho, and let her spin you into whatever affairs she will.
Ἑκὼν σεαυτὸν τῇ
Κλωθοῖ συνεπιδίδου παρέχων συννῆσαι, οἷστισί ποτε πράγμασι βούλεται.
4.35.1 Everything is a thing of a day, both the one who remembers and the one remembered.
Πᾶν ἐφήμερον, καὶ τὸ μνημονεῦον καὶ τὸ μνημονευόμενον.
4.36.1 Observe continually that all things come to be by change, and accustom yourself to think that the nature of the Whole loves nothing so much as to change the things that are and to make new ones like them. For everything that is is in a manner the seed of what will come to be from it; but you imagine only those seeds that are cast into the earth or the womb. That is very unschooled.
Θεώρει διηνεκῶς πάντα κατὰ μεταβολὴν γινόμενα καὶ ἐθίζου ἐννοεῖν, ὅτι οὐδὲν οὕτως φιλεῖ ἡ τῶν ὅλων φύσις ὡς τὸ τὰ ὄντα μεταβάλλειν καὶ ποιεῖν νέα ὅμοια. σπέρμα γὰρ τρόπον τινὰ πᾶν τὸ ὃν τοῦ ἐξ αὐτοῦ ἐσομένου, σὺ δὲ μόνα σπέρματα φαντάζῃ τὰ εἰς γῆν ἣ μήτραν καταβαλλόμενα, τοῦτο δὲ λίαν ἰδιωτικόν.
4.37.1 You will soon be dead, and you are not yet simple, nor untroubled, nor free of the suspicion that you can be harmed from without, nor gracious to all, nor placing wisdom in just action alone.
Ἤδη τεθνήξῃ καὶ οὔπω οὔτε ἁπλοῦς οὔτε ἀτάραχος οὔτε ἀνύποπτος τοῦ βλαβῆναι ἃν ἔξωθεν οὔτε ἵλεως πρὸς πάντας οὔτε τὸ φρονεῖν ἐν μόνῳ τῷ δικαιοπραγεῖν τιθέμενος.
4.38.1 Look closely at their ruling faculties, the ruling faculties of the prudent—what sort of things they shun, what sort they pursue.
Τὰ ἡγεμονικὰ αὐτῶν διάβλεπε καὶ τοὺς φρονίμους, οἷα μὲν φεύγουσιν, οἷα δὲ διώκουσιν.
4.39.1 Your evil does not subsist in another’s ruling faculty, nor indeed in any turn or alteration of your environment. Where, then? Where the part of you that judges about evils is. Let it not so judge, then, and all is well. Even if what is nearest it, the poor body, is cut, burned, festers, rots, still let the part that judges about these things keep quiet—that is, let it judge that to be neither evil nor good which can befall the bad man and the good man alike. For what befalls equally the one who lives against nature and the one who lives according to nature is neither according to nature nor against it.
Ἐν ἀλλοτρίῳ ἡγεμονικῷ κακὸν σὸν οὐχ ὑφίσταται οὐδὲ μὴν ἔν τινι τροπῇ καὶ ἑτεροιώσει τοῦ περιέχοντος. ποῦ οὖν; ὅπου τὸ περὶ κακῶν ὑπολαμβάνον σοί ἐστι. τοῦτο οὖν μὴ ὑπολαμβανέτω καὶ πάντα εὖ ἔχει. κἂν τὸ ἐγγυτάτω αὐτοῦ, τὸ σωμάτιον, τέμνηται, καίηται, διαπυίσκηται, σήπηται, ὅμως τὸ ὑπολαμβάνον περὶ τούτων μόριον ἡσυχαζέτω· τουτέστι, κρινέτω μήτε κακόν τι εἶναι μήτε ἀγαθόν, ὃ ἐπίσης δύναται κακῷ ἀνδρὶ καὶ ἀγαθῷ συμβαίνειν. ὃ γὰρ καὶ τῷ παρὰ φύσιν καὶ τῷ κατὰ φύσιν βιοῦντι ἐπίσης συμβαίνει, τοῦτο οὔτε κατὰ φύσιν ἐστὶν οὔτε παρὰ φύσιν.
4.40.1 Conceive continually of the kosmos as one living being, holding one substance and one soul; and how all things are referred to its single perception, and how it does all things by a single impulse, and how all things are joint causes of all that comes to be, and what manner of intertwining and interweaving there is.
Ὡς ἓν ζῷον τὸν κόσμον, μίαν οὐσίαν καὶ ψυχὴν μίαν ἐπέχον, συνεχῶς ἐπινοεῖν καὶ πῶς εἰς αἴσθησιν μίαν τὴν τούτου πάντα ἀναδίδοται καὶ πῶς ὁρμῇ μιᾷ πάντα πράσσει καὶ πῶς πάντα πάντων τῶν γινομένων συναίτια καὶ οἵα τις ἡ σύννησις καὶ συμμήρυσις.
4.41.1 You are a little soul carrying a corpse, as Epictetus used to say.
Ψυχάριον εἶ βαστάζον νεκρόν, ὡς Ἐπίκτητος ἔλεγεν.
4.42.1 There is no evil for the things that come to be by change, just as there is no good for the things that subsist out of change.
Οὐδέν ἐστι κακὸν τοῖς ἐν μεταβολῇ γινομένοις, ὡς οὐδὲ ἀγαθὸν τοῖς ἐκ μεταβολῆς ὑφισταμένοις.
4.43.1 Time is a kind of river of the things that come to be, and a violent stream; for no sooner is each thing seen than it is swept past, and another is borne by, and that too will be carried away.
Ποταμός τίς ἐστι τῶν γινομένων καὶ ῥεῦμα βίαιον ὁ αἰών· ἅμα τε γὰρ ὤφθη ἕκαστον, καὶ παρενήνεκται καὶ ἄλλο παραφέρεται, τὸ δὲ ἐνεχθήσεται.
4.44.1 Everything that happens is as customary and familiar as the rose in spring and the fruit in summer; such are sickness and death and slander and treachery, and all that gladdens or grieves fools.
Πᾶν τὸ συμβαῖνον οὕτως σύνηθες καὶ γνώριμον ὡς τὸ ῥόδον ἐν τῷ ἔαρι καὶ ὀπώρα ἐν τῷ θέρει· τοιοῦτον γὰρ καὶ νόσος καὶ θάνατος καὶ βλασφημία καὶ ἐπιβουλὴ καὶ ὅσα τοὺς μωροὺς εὐφραίνει ἣ λυπεῖ.
4.45.1 What follows is always akin to what went before; for it is not like some enumeration of separate items, holding only what is constrained, but a rational connection. And as the things that are have been arranged together in harmony, so the things that come to be display no bare succession, but a wondrous kinship.
Τὰ ἑξῆς ἀεὶ τοῖς προηγησαμένοις οἰκείως ἐπιγίνεται· οὐ γὰρ οἷον καταρίθμησίς τίς ἐστιν ἀπηρτημένως καὶ μόνον τὸ κατηναγκασμένον ἔχουσα, ἀλλὰ συνάφεια εὔλογος καὶ ὥσπερ συντέτακται συνηρμοσμένως τὰ ὄντα, οὕτως τὰ γινόμενα οὐ διαδοχὴν ψιλήν, ἀλλὰ θαυμαστήν τινα οἰκειότητα ἐμφαίνει.
4.46.1 Always remember the saying of Heraclitus: that the death of earth is to become water, and the death of water to become air, and of air fire, and back again. Remember, too, the man who forgets where the road leads; and that men are at variance with that with which they most continually consort, the reason that governs the Whole; and that the things they meet with every day appear strange to them; and that we must not act and speak as men asleep—for then too we think we act and speak; and that we must not be like children of our parents, that is, take things on bare trust, simply as we received them.
Ἀεὶ τοῦ Ἡρακλειτείου μεμνῆσθαι, ὅτι γῆς θάνατος ὕδωρ γενέσθαι καὶ ὕδατος θάνατος ἀέρα γενέσθαι καὶ ἀέρος πῦρ καὶ ἔμπαλιν. μεμνῆσθαι δὲ καὶ τοῦ ἐπιλανθανομένου, ᾗ ἡ ὁδὸς ἄγει· καὶ ὅτι, ᾧ μάλιστα διηνεκῶς ὁμιλοῦσι, λόγῳ τῷ τὰ ὅλα διοικοῦντι, τούτῳ διαφέρονται· καὶ οἷς καθ’ ἡμέραν ἐγκυροῦσι, ταῦτα αὐτοῖς ξένα φαίνεται· καὶ ὅτι οὐ δεῖ ὥσπερ καθεύδοντας ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν, καὶ γὰρ καὶ τότε δοκοῦμεν ποιεῖν καὶ λέγειν· καὶ ὅτι οὐ δεῖ ὡς παῖδας τοκεώνων, τουτέστι κατὰ ψιλόν, καθότι παρειλήφαμεν.
4.47.1 Just as, if some god told you that you would die tomorrow or at any rate the day after, you would think it no great matter whether the day after rather than tomorrow—unless you were utterly base; for how small is the interval—so reckon it no great thing to die after many years rather than tomorrow.
Ὥσπερ εἴ τίς σοι θεῶν εἶπεν, ὅτι αὔριον τεθνήξῃ ἢ πάντως γε εἰς τρίτην, οὐκέτ’ ἂν παρὰ μέγα ἐποιοῦ τὸ εἰς τρίτην μᾶλλον ἢ αὔριον, εἴ γε μὴ ἐσχάτως ἀγεννὴς εἶ· πόσον γάρ ἐστι τὸ μεταξύ; οὕτως καὶ τὸ εἰς πολλοστὸν ἔτος μᾶλλον ἢ αὔριον μηδὲν μέγα εἶναι νόμιζε.
4.48.1 Consider continually how many physicians have died, who often knit their brows over the sick; how many astrologers, who foretold the deaths of others as some great thing; how many philosophers, who argued endlessly about death or immortality; how many warriors, who slew many; how many tyrants, who used their power over lives with terrible arrogance, as though immortal; how many whole cities have died, so to speak—
Helike and
Pompeii and
Herculaneum, and others past counting.
Ἐννοεῖν συνεχῶς πόσοι μὲν ἰατροὶ ἀποτεθνήκασι, πολλάκις τὰς ὀφρῦς ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀρρώστων συσπάσαντες· πόσοι δὲ μαθηματικοί, ἄλλων θανάτους ὥς τι μέγα προειπόντες· πόσοι δὲ φιλόσοφοι, περὶ θανάτου ἢ ἀθανασίας μυρία διατεινάμενοι· πόσοι δὲ ἀριστεῖς, πολλοὺς ἀποκτείναντες· πόσοι δὲ τύραννοι, ἐξουσίᾳ ψυχῶν μετὰ δεινοῦ φρυάγματος ὡς ἀθάνατοι κεχρημένοι· πόσαι δὲ πόλεις ὅλαι, ἵν’ οὕτως εἴπω, τεθνήκασιν,
Ἑλίκη καὶ
Πομπήιοι καὶ
Ἡρκλᾶνον καὶ ἄλλαι ἀναρίθμητοι.
4.48.2 Go over, too, all those you have known, one after another: one buried that man and then was laid out himself; another buried this one; and all in a brief space. In sum, always look upon human things as a thing of a day, and cheap: yesterday a little mucus, tomorrow a mummy or ashes. Pass, then, through this tiny moment of time according to nature, and come to your rest graciously—as a ripe olive might fall, blessing the earth that bore it and giving thanks to the tree that produced it.
ἔπιθι δὲ καὶ ὅσους οἶδας, ἄλλον ἐπ’ ἄλλῳ· ὁ μὲν τοῦτον κηδεύσας εἶτα ἐξετάθη, ὁ δὲ ἐκεῖνον, πάντα δὲ ἐν βραχεῖ. τὸ γὰρ ὅλον, κατιδεῖν ἀεὶ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα ὡς ἐφήμερα καὶ εὐτελῆ καὶ ἐχθὲς μὲν μυξάριον, αὔριον δὲ τάριχος ἢ τέφρα. τὸ ἀκαριαῖον οὖν τοῦτο τοῦ χρόνου κατὰ φύσιν διελθεῖν καὶ ἵλεων καταλῦσαι, ὡς ἂν εἰ ἐλαία πέπειρος γενομένη ἔπιπτεν, εὐφημοῦσα τὴν ἐνεγκοῦσαν καὶ χάριν εἰδυῖα τῷ φύσαντι δένδρῳ.
4.49.1 Be like the headland, on which the waves break continually; it stands fast, and around it the seething waters are laid to rest. “Unhappy am I, that this has befallen me.” No: rather, happy am I, that, this having befallen me, I continue free of grief, neither crushed by the present nor fearing what is to come. For such a thing could have befallen anyone, but not everyone would have continued free of grief at it. Why, then, is that a misfortune rather than this a good fortune? And do you call anything at all a man’s misfortune that is not an aberration from man’s nature? And does that seem to you an aberration from man’s nature which is not against the will of his nature? What, then?
Ὅμοιον εἶναι τῇ ἄκρᾳ, ᾗ διηνεκῶς τὰ κύματα προσρήσσεται· ἡ δὲ ἕστηκε καὶ περὶ αὐτὴν κοιμίζεται τὰ φλεγμήναντα τοῦ ὕδατος. Ἀτυχὴς ἐγώ, ὅτι τοῦτό μοι συνέβη. οὐμενοῦν ἀλλ̓ εὐτυχὴς ἐγώ, ὅτι τούτου μοι συμβεβηκότος ἄλυπος διατελῶ, οὔτε ὑπὸ παρόντος θραυόμενος οὔτε ἐπιὸν φοβούμενος. συμβῆναι μὲν γὰρ τὸ τοιοῦτο παντὶ ἐδύνατο, ἄλυπος δὲ οὐ πᾶς ἐπὶ τούτῳ ἂν διετέλεσε. διὰ τί οὖν ἐκεῖνο μᾶλλον ἀτύχημα ἢ τοῦτο εὐτύχημα; λέγεις δὲ ὅλως ἀτύχημα ἀνθρώπου, ὃ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀπότευγμα τῆς φύσεως τοῦ ἀνθρώπου; ἀπότευγμα δὲ τῆς φύσεως τοῦ ἀνθρώπου εἶναι δοκεῖ σοι, ὃ μὴ παρὰ τὸ βούλημα τῆς φύσεως αὐτοῦ ἐστι; τί οὖν;
4.49.2 You have learned what that will is. Does this thing that has befallen you hinder you, then, from being just, great-souled, temperate, prudent, free of rash judgment, free of falsehood, modest, free—and from possessing the other things which, present together, allow man’s nature to attain what is its own? Remember, finally, upon everything that draws you toward grief, to use this principle: not that this is a misfortune, but that to bear it nobly is a good fortune.
τὸ βούλημα μεμάθηκας· μήτι οὖν τὸ συμβεβηκὸς τοῦτο κωλύει σε δίκαιον εἶναι, μεγαλόψυχον, σώφρονα, ἔμφρονα, ἀπρόπτωτον, ἀδιάψευστον, αἰδήμονα, ἐλεύθερον, τἄλλα, ὧν συμπαρόντων ἡ φύσις ἡ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀπέχει τὰ ἴδια; μέμνησο λοιπὸν ἐπὶ παντὸς τοῦ εἰς λύπην σε προαγομένου τούτῳ χρῆσθαι τῷ δόγματι· οὐχ ὅτι τοῦτο ἀτύχημα, ἀλλὰ τὸ φέρειν αὐτὸ γενναίως εὐτύχημα.
4.50.1 A vulgar help, yet an effective one, toward contempt of death is to run over those who clung tenaciously to life. What more did they gain than those who died untimely? At all events they lie somewhere at last—
Caedicianus,
Fabius,
Julianus,
Lepidus, or any such, who carried out many to burial and then were carried out themselves. In sum, the interval is small; and this drained out through what toils, and among what company, and in what a poor body! Do not, then, count it a great matter. For look at the gulf of time behind, and the other boundless time ahead. In this, what difference is there between the three-day infant and the thrice-aged
Nestor?
Ἰδιωτικὸν μέν, ὅμως δὲ ἀνυστικὸν βοήθημα πρὸς θανάτου καταφρόνησιν ἡ ἀναπόλησις τῶν γλίσχρως ἐνδιατριψάντων τῷ ζῆν. τί οὖν αὐτοῖς πλέον ἢ τοῖς ἀώροις; πάντως πού ποτε κεῖνται,
Καδικιανός,
Φάβιος,
Ἰουλιανός,
Λέπιδος ἢ εἴ τις τοιοῦτος, οἳ πολλοὺς ἐξήνεγκαν, εἶτα ἐξηνέχθησαν· ὅλον, μικρόν ἐστι τὸ διάστημα καὶ τοῦτο δι’ ὅσων καὶ μεθ’ οἵων ἐξαντλούμενον καὶ ἐν οἵῳ σωματίῳ; μὴ οὖν ὡς πρᾶγμα. βλέπε γὰρ ὀπίσω τὸ ἀχανὲς τοῦ αἰῶνος καὶ τὸ πρόσω ἄλλο ἄπειρον. ἐν δὴ τούτῳ τί διαφέρει ὁ τριήμερος τοῦ
τριγερηνίου;
4.51.1 Always run the short road; and the short road is the one according to nature, so as to say and do everything in the soundest way. For such a purpose delivers a man from troubles and struggling and all calculation and affectation.
Ἐπὶ τὴν σύντομον ἀεὶ τρέχε· σύντομος δὲ ἡ κατὰ φύσιν, ὥστε κατὰ τὸ ὑγιέστατον πᾶν λέγειν καὶ πράσσειν. ἀπαλλάσσει γὰρ ἡ τοιαύτη πρόθεσις κόπων καὶ στραγγείας καὶ πάσης οἰκονομίας καὶ κομψείας.
At dawn, when it is hard to rise,
Marcus reminds himself that he was made not for warmth under the blankets but for the work of a human being — and that even plants, birds, and ants do their part without complaint. The book turns on doing what your nature requires and accepting what the whole sends as a physician's prescription. He weighs the reservation — willing things to happen, but only so far as they are up to you — and returns to the thought that to be wronged and not retaliate is its own kind of victory.
5.1.1 In the morning, when you rise unwillingly, let this be ready to hand: I am rising to the work of a human being. Why, then, am I out of temper, if I am going to do the things for which I came into being, the things for which I was brought into the kosmos? Or was I framed for this—to lie warming myself under the bedclothes? “But this is more pleasant.” Were you made, then, for pleasure—made, in sum, for passivity rather than for action? Do you not see the little plants, the little birds, the ants, the spiders, the bees, each doing its own work, each helping to set the kosmos in order? And you—do you not wish to do the work of a human being? Do you not run to what accords with your nature?
Ὄρθρου, ὅταν δυσόκνως ἐξεγείρῃ, πρόχειρον ἔστω ὅτι ἐπὶ ἀνθρώπου ἔργον ἐγείρομαι· τί οὖν δυσκολαίνω, εἰ πορεύομαι ἐπὶ τὸ ποιεῖν ὧν ἕνεκεν γέγονα καὶ ὧν χάριν προῆγμαι εἰς τὸν κόσμον; ἢ ἐπὶ τοῦτο κατεσκεύασμαι, ἵνα κατακείμενος ἐν στρωματίοις ἐμαυτὸν θάλπω; ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἥδιον. πρὸς τὸ ἥδεσθαι οὖν γέγονας, ὅλως δὲ σὺ πρὸς πεῖσιν ἢ πρὸς ἐνέργειαν; οὐ βλέπεις τὰ φυτάρια, τὰ στρουθάρια, τοὺς μύρμηκας, τοὺς ἀράχνας, τὰς μελίσσας τὸ ἴδιον ποιούσας, τὸ καθ’ αὑτὰς συγκροτούσας κόσμον; ἔπειτα σὺ οὐ θέλεις τὰ ἀνθρωπικὰ ποιεῖν; οὐ τρέχεις ἐπὶ τὸ κατὰ τὴν σὴν φύσιν;
5.1.2 “But one must also rest.” I agree; yet Nature has set measures to this, just as she has set measures to eating and drinking; and yet you go beyond the measures, beyond what suffices—while in your actions you fall short, staying within less than you can. For you do not love yourself; if you did, you would love your nature too, and its will.
ἀλλὰ δεῖ καὶ ἀναπαύεσθαι. φημὶ κἀγώ· ἔδωκε μέντοι καὶ τούτου μέτρα ἡ φύσις ἔδωκε μέντοι καὶ τοῦ ἐσθίειν καὶ πίνειν καὶ ὅμως σὺ ὑπὲρ τὰ μέτρα, ὑπὲρ τὰ ἀρκοῦντα προχωρεῖς, ἐν δὲ ταῖς πράξεσιν οὐκέτι, ἀλλ’ ἐντὸς τοῦ δυνατοῦ. οὐ γὰρ φιλεῖς σεαυτόν, ἐπεί τοι καὶ τὴν φύσιν ἄν σου καὶ τὸ βούλημα ταύτης ἐφίλεις.
5.1.3 Others who love their crafts wear themselves out at the work of them, unwashed and unfed; but you honor your own nature less than the engraver honors engraving, the dancer the dance, the money-lover money, the vainglorious man his bit of glory. These, when passion is on them, are less willing to eat or sleep than to advance the things they care for; while to you the works of fellowship seem cheaper and worth less zeal?
ἀλλ’ οἵ γε τὰς τέχνας ἑαυτῶν φιλοῦντες συγκατατήκονται τοῖς κατ’ αὐτὰς ἔργοις ἄλουτοι καὶ ἄσιτοι· σὺ τὴν φύσιν τὴν σαυτοῦ ἔλασσον τιμᾷς ἢ ὁ τορευτὴς τὴν τορευτικὴν ἢ ὁ ὀρχηστὴς τὴν ὀρχηστικὴν ἢ ὁ φιλάργυρος τὸ ἀργύριον ἢ ὁ κενόδοξος τὸ δοξάριον; καὶ οὗτοι, ὅταν προσπαθῶσιν, οὔτε φαγεῖν οὔτε κοιμηθῆναι θέλουσι μᾶλλον ἢ ταῦτα συναύξειν, πρὸς ἃ διαφέρονται· σοὶ δὲ αἱ κοινωνικαὶ πράξεις εὐτελέστεραι φαίνονται καὶ ἥσσονος σπουδῆς ἄξιαι;
5.2.1 How easy it is to thrust away and wipe out every impression that is troublesome or alien, and to be at once in perfect calm.
Ὡς εὔκολον ἀπώσασθαι καὶ ἀπαλεῖψαι πᾶσαν φαντασίαν τὴν ὀχληρὰν ἢ ἀνοίκειον καὶ εὐθὺς ἐν πάσῃ γαλήνῃ εἶναι.
5.3.1 Judge yourself worthy of every word and deed that is according to nature, and let the censure or talk that follows from some not distract you; but if it is a fine thing to have done or said, do not count yourself unworthy of it. Those men have their own ruling faculty and follow their own impulse; do not look round at them, but go straight on, following your own nature and the common nature—for the road of both these is one.
Ἄξιον ἑαυτὸν κρῖνε παντὸς λόγου καὶ ἔργου τοῦ κατὰ φύσιν καὶ μή σε περισπάτω ἡ ἐπακολουθοῦσά τινων μέμψις ἢ λόγος, ἀλλά, εἰ καλὸν πεπρᾶχθαι ἢ εἰρῆσθαι, μὴ σεαυτὸν ἀπαξίου. ἐκεῖνοι μὲν γὰρ ἴδιον ἡγεμονικὸν ἔχουσι καὶ ἰδίᾳ ὁρμῇ χρῶνται· ἃ σὺ μὴ περιβλέπου, ἀλλ’ εὐθεῖαν πέραινε ἀκολουθῶν τῇ φύσει τῇ ἰδίᾳ καὶ τῇ κοινῇ, μία δὲ ἀμφοτέρων τούτων ἡ ὁδός.
5.4.1 I go on through the things according to nature, until I fall and rest—breathing my last into that from which I daily draw breath, and falling upon that from which my father gathered the seed, my mother the blood, my nurse the milk; that from which, for so many years, I am daily fed and watered; that which bears me as I tread upon it and put it to so many uses.
Πορεύομαι διὰ τῶν κατὰ φύσιν, μέχρι πεσὼν ἀναπαύσομαι ἐναποπνεύσας μὲν τούτῳ, ἐξ οὖ καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀναπνέω, πεσὼν δὲ ἐπὶ τούτῳ, ἐξ οὗ καὶ τὸ σπερμάτιον ὁ πατήρ μου συνέλεξε καὶ τὸ αἱμάτιον ἡ μήτηρ καὶ τὸ γαλάκτιον ἡ τροφός· ἐξ οὗ καθ’ ἡμέραν τοσούτοις ἔτεσι βόσκομαι καὶ ἀρδεύομαι· ὃ φέρει με πατοῦντα καὶ εἰς τοσαῦτα ἀποχρώμενον αὐτῷ.
5.5.1 They cannot admire your sharpness of wit. So be it; but there are many other things of which you cannot say, “It is not in my nature.” Then offer those that are wholly in your power: sincerity, dignity, endurance of hardship, indifference to pleasure, contentment with your lot, want of little, kindness, freedom, plainness, freedom from idle talk, magnanimity. Do you not perceive how many things you are already able to offer, for which there is no plea of incapacity or unfitness—and yet you still remain below, and willingly? Or are you compelled to grumble, to be stingy, to flatter, to blame your poor body, to play the toady, to swagger, and to toss your soul about so, because you were framed without gifts? No, by the gods—from these you could long ago have been delivered, and convicted, if at all, only of being somewhat slow and dull at following. And this too must be worked at, not making light of it, nor taking comfort in your sluggishness.
Δριμύτητά σου οὐκ ἔχουσι θαυμάσαι· ἔστω, ἀλλὰ ἕτερα πολλά, ἐφ’ ὧν οὐκ ἔχεις εἰπεῖν· οὐ γὰρ πέφυκα. ἐκεῖνα οὖν παρέχου, ἅπερ ὅλα ἐστὶν ἐπὶ σοί, τὸ ἀκίβδηλον, τὸ σεμνόν, τὸ φερέπονον, τὸ ἀφιλήδονον, τὸ ἀμεμψίμοιρον, τὸ ὀλιγοδεές, τὸ εὐμενές, τὸ ἐλεύθερον, τὸ ἀπέρισσον, τὸ ἀφλύαρον, τὸ μεγαλεῖον. οὐκ αἰσθάνῃ πόσα ἤδη παρέχεσθαι δυνάμενος, ἐφ’ ὧν οὐδεμία ἀφυίας καὶ ἀνεπιτηδειότητος πρόφασις, ὅμως ἔτι κάτω μένεις ἑκών; ἢ καὶ γογγύζειν καὶ γλισχρεύεσθαι καὶ κολακεύειν καὶ τὸ σωμάτιον καταιτιᾶσθαι καὶ ἀρεσκεύεσθαι καὶ περπερεύεσθαι καὶ τοσαῦτα ῥιπτάζεσθαι τῇ ψυχῇ διὰ τὸ ἀφυῶς κατεσκευάσθαι ἀναγκάζῃ; οὐ μὰ τοὺς θεούς, ἀλλὰ τούτων μὲν πάλαι ἀπηλλάχθαι ἐδύνασο, μόνον δέ, εἰ ἄρα, ὡς βραδύτερος καὶ δυσπαρακολουθητότερος καταγινώσκεσθαι. καὶ τοῦτο δὲ ἀσκητέον μὴ παρενθυμουμένῳ μηδὲ ἐμφιληδονοῦντι τῇ νωθείᾳ.
5.6.1 One man, when he has done another a good turn, is ready to reckon up the favor as owed to him. Another is not so ready for this, but still privately thinks of the other as a debtor, and knows what he has done. A third, in a manner, does not even know what he has done, but is like a vine that has borne its grapes and seeks nothing further once it has produced its own fruit.
Ὁ μέν τίς ἐστιν, ὅταν τι δεξιὸν περί τινα πράξῃ, πρόχειρος καὶ λογίσασθαι αὐτῷ τὴν χάριν. ὁ δὲ πρὸς μὲν τοῦτο οὐ πρόχειρος, ἄλλως μέντοι παρ’ ἑαυτῷ ὡς περὶ χρεώστου διανοεῖται καὶ οἶδεν ὃ πεποίηκεν. ὁ δέ τις τρόπον τινὰ οὐδὲ οἶδεν ὃ πεποίηκεν, ἀλλὰ ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀμπέλῳ βότρυν ἐνεγκούσῃ καὶ μηδὲν ἄλλο προσεπιζητούσῃ μετὰ τὸ ἅπαξ τὸν ἴδιον καρπὸν ἐνηνοχέναι.
5.6.2 A horse that has run, a dog that has tracked, a bee that has made honey—and a man who has done good does not cry it abroad, but passes on to the next thing, as the vine passes on to bear its grapes again in season. One must, then, be among those who do this in a manner without taking note of it. “Yes—but one must take note of this very thing; for it is proper,” he says, “to the social being to perceive that he is acting socially, and, by Zeus, to wish his fellow to perceive it too.” What you say is true, but you misunderstand what is now being said; and for this reason you will be one of those I mentioned before, for they too are led astray by a certain plausibility of reasoning. But if you are willing to grasp what is meant, do not fear that on this account you will leave undone any work of fellowship.
ἵππος δραμών, κύων ἰχνεύσας, μέλισσα μέλι ποιήσασα, ἄνθρωπος δ’ εὖ ποιήσας οὐκ ἐπιβοᾶται, ἀλλὰ μεταβαίνει ἐφ’ ἕτερον, ὡς ἄμπελος ἐπὶ τὸ πάλιν ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ τὸν βότρυν ἐνεγκεῖν. ἐν τούτοις οὗν δεῖ εἶναι τοῖς τρόπον τινὰ ἀπαρακολουθήτως αὐτὸ ποιοῦσι.— ναί ἀλλ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο δεῖ παρακολουθεῖν· ἴδιον γάρ, φησί, τοῦ κοινωνικοῦ τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι, ὅτι κοινωνικῶς ἐνεργεῖ, καὶ νὴ Δία βούλεσθαι καὶ τὸν κοινωνὸν αἰσθέσθαι.—ἀληθὲς μέν ἐστιν ὃ λέγεις, τὸ δὲ νῦν λεγόμενον παρεκδέχῃ· διὰ τοῦτο ἔσῃ εἶς ἐκείνων ὦν πρότερον ἐπεμνήσθην· καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖνοι λογικῇ τινι πιθανότητι παράγονται. ἐὰν δὲ θελήσῃς συνεῖναι τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ λεγόμενον, μὴ φοβοῦ, μὴ παρὰ τοῦτο παραλίπῃς τι ἔργον κοινωνικόν.
5.7.1 A prayer of the
Athenians: “Rain, rain, dear Zeus, upon the plowland and the plains of the Athenians.” Either one should not pray at all, or one should pray in this way—simply and freely.
Εὐχὴ
Ἀθηναίων· ὗσον, ὗσον, ὦ φίλε Ζεῦ, κατὰ τῆς ἀρούρας τῆς Ἀθηναίων καὶ τῶν πεδίων. ἤτοι οὐ δεῖ εὔχεσθαι ἢ οὕτως ἁπλῶς καὶ ἐλευθέρως.
5.8.1 Just as men say, “
Asclepius prescribed for this man riding, or cold baths, or going barefoot,” so it is when one says, “The nature of the Whole prescribed for this man sickness, or maiming, or loss, or some other such thing.” For there “prescribed” means something like this: he ordained this for the man as suited to his health; and here, what befalls each one has been ordained for him in some way as suited to his fate.
Ὁποῖόν τί ἐστι τὸ λεγόμενον, ὅτι· συνέταξεν ὁ
Ἀσκληπιὸς τούτῳ ἱππασίαν ἢ ψυχρολουσίαν ἢ ἀνυποδησίαν, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι καὶ τό· συνέταξε τούτῳ ἡ τῶν ὅλων φύσις νόσον ἢ πήρωσιν ἢ ἀποβολὴν ἢ ἄλλο τι τῶν τοιούτων. καὶ γὰρ ἐκεῖ τὸ συνέταξε τοιοῦτόν τι σημαίνει· ἔταξε τούτῳ τοῦτο ὡς κατάλληλον πρὸς ὑγίειαν, καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὸ συμβαῖνον ἑκάστῳ τέτακταί πως αὐτῷ ὡς κατάλληλον πρὸς τὴν εἱμαρμένην.
5.8.2 For we say these things “befall” us as the builders say the squared stones in walls or pyramids “fit together,” joining one to another in a certain composition. For in the whole there is one harmony; and as the kosmos, such a body, is filled out of all bodies, so fate, such a cause, is filled out of all causes.
οὕτως γὰρ καὶ συμβαίνειν αὐτὰ ἡμῖν λέγομεν ὡς καὶ τοὺς τετραγώνους λίθους ἐν τοῖς τείχεσιν ἤ ἐν ταῖς πυραμίσι συμβαίνειν οἱ τεχνῖται λέγουσι, συναρμόζοντας ἀλλήλοις τῇ ποιᾷ συνθέσει. ὅλως γὰρ ἁρμονία ἐστὶ μία καὶ ὥσπερ ἐκ πάντων τῶν σωμάτων ὁ κόσμος τοιοῦτον σῶμα συμπληροῦται, οὕτως ἐκ πάντων τῶν αἰτίων ἡ εἱμαρμένη τοιαύτη αἰτία συμπληροῦται.
5.8.3 Even the wholly unlearned grasp what I mean; for they say, “It was bringing this upon him.” So then, this was being brought upon this man, and this was prescribed for him. Let us, then, receive these things as we receive what Asclepius prescribes. Many of those, too, are harsh, yet we welcome them in hope of health.
νοοῦσι δὲ ὃ λέγω καὶ οἱ τέλεον ἰδιῶται· φασὶ γάρ· τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ. οὐκοῦν τοῦτο τούτῳ ἐφέρετο καὶ τοῦτο τούτῳ συνετάττετο· δεχώμεθα οὖν αὐτὰ ὡς ἐκεῖνα ἃ ὁ Ἀσκληπιὸς συντάττει. πολλὰ γοῦν καὶ ἐν ἐκείνοις ἐστὶ τραχέα, ἀλλὰ ἀσπαζόμεθα τῇ ἐλπίδι τῆς ὑγιείας.
5.8.4 Let the accomplishment and completion of what seems good to the common nature seem to you such a thing as your own health; and so welcome all that comes to pass, even if it seem rather harsh, because it leads there—to the health of the kosmos and to the good course and good success of Zeus. For Nature would not have brought this to anyone, if it did not bring good to the Whole; nor does any nature whatever bring anything that is not suited to what is governed by it.
τοιοῦτόν τί σοι δοκείτω ἄνυσις καὶ συντέλεια τῶν τῇ κοινῇ φύσει δοκούντων, οἷον ἡ σὴ ὑγίεια, καὶ οὕτως ἀσπάζου πᾶν τὸ γινόμενον, κἂν ἀπηνέστερον δοκῇ, διὰ τὸ ἐκεῖ σε ἄγειν, ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ κόσμου ὑγίειαν καὶ τὴν τοῦ Διὸς εὐοδίαν καὶ εὐπραγίαν. οὐ γὰρ ἂν τοῦτό τινι ἔφερεν, εἰ μὴ τῷ ὅλῳ συνέφερεν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἡ τυχοῦσα φύσις φέρει τι, ὃ μὴ τῷ διοικουμένῳ ὑπ’ αὐτῆς κατάλληλόν ἐστιν.
5.8.5 So on two counts you must be content with what befalls you: first, that it came to be for you and was prescribed for you and stood in some relation to you, spun together from above out of the most ancient causes; and second, that even what comes to each man individually is a cause of the good course and the completion—and, by Zeus, of the very continuance—of that which governs the Whole. For the whole is maimed if you cut off anything at all from the connection and continuity, whether of the parts or of the causes; and you do cut it off, so far as in you lies, whenever you are discontented, and in a manner you destroy it.
οὐκοῦν κατὰ δύο λόγους στέργειν χρὴ τὸ συμβαῖνόν σοι· καθ’ ἕνα μέν, ὅτι σοὶ ἐγίνετο καὶ σοὶ συνετάττετο καὶ πρὸς σέ πως εἶχεν, ἄνωθεν ἐκ τῶν πρεσβυτάτων αἰτίων συγκλωθόμενον· καθ’ ἕτερον δέ, ὅτι τῷ τὸ ὅλον διοικοῦντι τῆς εὐοδίας καὶ τῆς συντελείας καὶ νὴ Δία τῆς συμμονῆς αὐτῆς καὶ τὸ ἰδίᾳ εἰς ἕκαστον ἧκον αἴτιόν ἐστι. πηροῦται γὰρ τὸ ὁλόκληρον, ἐὰν καὶ ὁτιοῦν διακόψῃς τῆς συναφείας καὶ συνεχείας ὥσπερ τῶν μορίων, οὕτω δὴ καὶ τῶν αἰτίων· διακόπτεις δέ, ὅσον ἐπὶ σοί, ὅταν δυσαρεστῇς, καὶ τρόπον τινὰ ἀναιρεῖς.
5.9.1 Do not be disgusted, nor give up, nor lose heart, if you do not always succeed in acting from right principles in every matter; but, having been knocked back, return again, and be glad if the greater part of your conduct is worthy of a human being, and love that to which you return. And do not come back to philosophy as to a schoolmaster, but as those with sore eyes come back to the sponge and the egg, or another to a poultice, or to a fomentation. For so you will make no display of obeying reason, but will rest in it. Remember that philosophy wishes only what your nature wishes; but you were wishing for something else, not according to nature. “What is more agreeable than this?” Is it not by just this that pleasure trips us up? But consider whether magnanimity is not more agreeable, and freedom, simplicity, kindliness, holiness. For what is more agreeable than wisdom itself, when you consider the sureness and ready flow, in all things, of the faculty of understanding and knowledge?
Μὴ σικχαίνειν μηδὲ ἀπαυδᾶν μηδὲ ἀποδυσπετεῖν, εἰ μὴ καταπυκνοῦταί σοι τὸ ἀπὸ δογμάτων ὀρθῶν ἕκαστα πράσσειν, ἀλλὰ ἐκκρουσθέντα πάλιν ἐπανιέναι καὶ ἀσμενίζειν, εἰ τὰ πλείω ἀνθρωπικώτερα, καὶ φιλεῖν τοῦτο, ἐφ̓ ὃ ἐπανέρχῃ, καὶ μὴ ὡς πρὸς παιδαγωγὸν τὴν φιλοσοφίαν ἐπανιέναι, ἀλλ’ ὡς οἱ ὀφθαλμιῶντες πρὸς τὸ σπογγάριον καὶ τὸ ᾠόν, ὡς ἄλλος πρὸς κατάπλασμα, ὡς πρὸς καταιόνησιν. οὕτως γὰρ οὐδὲν ἐπιδείξῃ τὸ πειθαρχεῖν τῷ λόγῳ, ἀλλὰ προσαναπαύσῃ αὐτῷ. μέμνησο δὲ ὅτι φιλοσοφία μόνα θέλει ἃ ἡ φύσις σου θέλει· σὺ δὲ ἄλλο ἤθελες οὐ κατὰ φύσιν. τί γὰρ τούτων προσηνέστερον; ἡ γὰρ ἡδονὴ οὐχὶ διὰ τοῦτο σφάλλει; ἀλλὰ θέασαι, εἰ προσηνέστερον μεγαλοψυχία, ἐλευθερία, ἁπλότης, εὐγνωμοσύνη, ὁσιότης, αὐτῆς γὰρ φρονήσεως τί προσηνέστερον, ὅταν τὸ ἄπταιστον καὶ εὔρουν ἐν πᾶσι τῆς παρακολουθητικῆς καὶ ἐπιστημονικῆς δυνάμεως ἐνθυμηθῇς;
5.10.1 Things are wrapped, in a manner, in such a veil that not a few philosophers, and no ordinary ones, have thought them altogether incomprehensible; indeed, even the
Stoics themselves think them hard to comprehend. And every assent we give is liable to change; for where is the man who never changes? Pass on, then, to the objects themselves: how short-lived they are, how cheap, how they may be the possession of a catamite, a whore, a robber. After this, go on to the characters of those who live with you, the most agreeable of whom one can scarcely endure—not to say that one scarcely endures even oneself.
Τὰ μὲν πράγματα ἐν τοιαύτῃ τρόπον τινὰ ἐγκαλύψει ἐστίν, ὥστε φιλοσόφοις οὐκ ὀλίγοις οὐδὲ τοῖς τυχοῦσιν ἔδοξε παντάπασιν ἀκατάληπτα εἶναι, πλὴν αὐτοῖς γε τοῖς
Στωικοῖς δυσκατάληπτα δοκεῖ· καὶ πᾶσα ἡ ἡμετέρα συγκατάθεσις μεταπτώτη· ποῦ γὰρ ὁ ἀμετάπτωτος; μέτιθι τοίνυν ἐπ’ αὐτὰ τὰ ὑποκείμενα ὡς ὀλιγοχρόνια καὶ εὐτελῆ καὶ δυνάμενα ἐν κτήσει κιναίδου ἢ πόρνης ἢ λῃστοῦ εἶναι. μετὰ τοῦτο ἔπιθι ἐπὶ τὰ τῶν συμβιούντων ἤθη, ὧν μόλις ἐστὶ καὶ τοῦ χαριεστάτου ἀνασχέσθαι, ἵνα μὴ λέγω, ὅτι καὶ ἑαυτόν τις μόγις ὑπομένει.
5.10.2 In such darkness and filth, then, and in so great a flux of substance and time and motion and the things moved, what there is that can be valued or in any way pursued with zeal, I cannot even conceive. On the contrary, one must console oneself and await the natural dissolution, and not chafe at the delay, but find rest in these two thoughts alone: the one, that nothing will befall me that is not according to the nature of the Whole; the other, that it is in my power to do nothing contrary to my god and daimon—for there is no one who will compel me to transgress him.
ἐν τοιούτῳ οὖν ζόφῳ καὶ ῥύπῳ καὶ τοσαύτῃ ῥύσει τῆς τε οὐσίας καὶ τοῦ χρόνου καὶ τῆς κινήσεως καὶ τῶν κινουμένων τί ποτέ ἐστι τὸ ἐκτιμηθῆναι ἢ τὸ ὅλως σπουδασθῆναι δυνάμενον, οὐδ’ ἐπινοῶ. τοὐναντίον γὰρ δεῖ παραμυθούμενον ἑαυτὸν περιμένειν τὴν φυσικὴν λύσιν καὶ μὴ ἀσχάλλειν τῇ διατριβῇ, ἀλλὰ τούτοις μόνοις προσαναπαύεσθαι· ἑνὶ μὲν τῷ, ὅτι οὐδὲν συμβήσεταί μοι ὃ οὐχὶ κατὰ τὴν τῶν ὅλων φύσιν ἐστίν· ἑτέρῳ δέ, ὅτι ἔξεστί μοι μηδὲν πράσσειν παρὰ τὸν ἐμὸν θεὸν καὶ δαίμονα· οὐδεὶς γὰρ ὁ ἀναγκάσων τοῦτον παραβῆναι.
5.11.1 To what use, then, am I now putting my own soul? At every step put this question to yourself, and examine what is now in that part of me which they call the ruling faculty, and whose soul I have at this moment: a child’s? a youth’s? a poor woman’s? a tyrant’s? a beast of burden’s? a wild beast’s?
Πρὸς τί ποτε ἄρα νῦν χρῶμαι τῇ ἐμαυτοῦ ψυχῇ; παρ’ ἕκαστα τοῦτο ἐπανερωτᾶν ἑαυτὸν καὶ ἐξετάζειν τί μοί ἐστι νῦν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ μορίῳ, ὃ δὴ ἡγεμονικὸν καλοῦσι, καὶ τίνος ἄρα νῦν ἔχω ψυχήν; μήτι παιδίου; μήτι μειρακίου; μήτι γυναικαρίου; μήτι τυράννου; μήτι κτήνους; μήτι θηρίου;
5.12.1 What sort of things those are that the many take for goods, you may grasp from this. If a man were to conceive of certain things as truly good—wisdom, temperance, justice, courage—having first conceived of these, he could not go on to hear “glutted with goods,” for it would not fit. But the things that appear good to the many, a man can conceive, and then will readily accept, as aptly added, what the comic poet has said. So even the many imagine the difference; for otherwise this saying would not jar and be rejected in the one case, while in the case of wealth and the goods of luxury or repute we accept it as fittingly and wittily said. Go on, then, and ask whether one should honor and suppose to be goods such things that, once they are conceived, the saying would aptly be brought to bear—that he who possesses them, out of his abundance, “has not a place to relieve himself.”
Ὁποῖά τινά ἐστι τὰ τοῖς πολλοῖς δοκοῦντα ἀγαθά, κἂν ἐντεῦθεν λάβοις. εἰ γάρ τις ἐπινοήσειεν ὑπάρχοντά τινα ὡς ἀληθῶς ἀγαθά, οἷον φρόνησιν, σωφροσύνην, δικαιοσύνην, ἀνδρείαν, οὐκ ἂν ταῦτα προεπινοήσας ἐπακοῦσαι δυνηθείη τό· ʽὑπὸ τῶν ἀγαθῶνʼ, οὐ γὰρ ἐφαρμόσει. τὰ δέ γε τοῖς πολλοῖς φαινόμενα ἀγαθὰ προεπινοήσας τις ἐπακούσεται καὶ ῥᾳδίως δέξεται ὡς οἰκείως ἐπιλεγόμενον τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ κωμικοῦ εἰρημένον. οὕτως καὶ οἱ πολλοὶ φαντάζονται τὴν διαφοράν· οὐ γὰρ ἂν τοῦτο μὲν οὐ προσέκοπτε καὶ ἀπηξιοῦτο, τὸ δὲ ἐπὶ τοῦ πλούτου καὶ τῶν πρὸς τρυφὴν ἢ δόξαν εὐκληρημάτων παρεδεχόμεθα ὡς ἱκνουμένως καὶ ἀστείως εἰρημένον. πρόιθι οὖν καὶ ἐρώτα, εἰ τιμητέον καὶ ἀγαθὰ ὑποληπτέον τὰ τοιαῦτα, ὧν προεπινοηθέντων οἰκείως ἂν ἐπιφέροιτο τὸ τὸν κεκτημένον αὐτὰ ὑπὸ τῆς εὐπορίας ʽοὐκ ἔχειν ὅποι χέσῃʼ.
5.13.1 I am composed of the causal and the material; and neither of these will perish into what is not, just as neither came into being out of what is not. So every part of me will be assigned, by change, to some part of the kosmos, and that again will change into some other part of the kosmos, and so on without end. By such a change I too came into being, and those who begot me, and so back into another infinity. For nothing forbids saying so, even if the kosmos is governed in finite cycles.
Ἐξ αἰτιώδους καὶ ὑλικοῦ συνέστηκα, οὐδέτερον δὲ τούτων εἰς τὸ μὴ ὂν φθαρήσεται, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος ὑπέστη. οὐκοῦν καταταχθήσεται πᾶν μέρος ἐμὸν κατὰ μεταβολὴν εἰς μέρος τι τοῦ κόσμου καὶ πάλιν ἐκεῖνο εἰς ἕτερον μέρος τι τοῦ κόσμου μεταβαλεῖ καὶ ἤδη εἰς ἄπειρον. κατὰ τοιαύτην δὲ μεταβολὴν κἀγὼ ὑπέστην καὶ οἱ ἐμὲ γεννήσαντες καὶ ἐπανιόντι εἰς ἄλλο ἄπειρον. οὐδὲν γὰρ κωλύει οὕτως φάναι, κἂν κατὰ περιόδους πεπερασμένας ὁ κόσμος διοικῆται.
5.14.1 Reason and the rational art are powers sufficient to themselves and to their own works. They set out from their proper starting-point and travel to the end set before them; wherefore such actions are called right actions, signifying the rightness of the road.
Ὁ λόγος καὶ ἡ λογικὴ τέχνη δυνάμεις εἰσὶν ἑαυταῖς ἀρκούμεναι καὶ τοῖς καθ’ ἑαυτὰς ἔργοις. ὁρμῶνται μὲν οὖν ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκείας ἀρχῆς, ὁδεύουσι δὲ εἰς τὸ προκείμενον τέλος, καθὸ κατορθώσεις αἱ τοιαῦται πράξεις ὀνομάζονται τὴν ὀρθότητα τῆς ὁδοῦ σημαίνουσαι.
5.15.1 None of these things is to be called a man’s, which does not belong to a man as a man. They are not required of a man, nor does man’s nature promise them, nor are they perfections of man’s nature. Therefore neither is man’s end set in them, nor yet what completes the end—the good. Besides, if any of these belonged to a man, it would not belong to him to despise them and rise up against them; nor would he be praiseworthy who shows himself in no need of them; nor, if these were goods, would the man who stints himself of any of them be good. But as it is, the more a man strips himself of these and of other such things, or bears their being taken from him, the better he is.
Οὐδὲν τούτων ῥητέον ἀνθρώπου, ἃ ἀνθρώπῳ, καθὸ ἄνθρωπός ἐστιν, οὐκ ἐπιβάλλει. οὐκ ἔστιν ἀπαιτήματα ἀνθρώπου οὐδὲ ἐπαγγέλλεται αὐτὰ ἡ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου φύσις οὐδὲ τελειότητές εἰσι τῆς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου φύσεως. οὐ τοίνυν οὐδὲ τὸ τέλος ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐστι τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ κείμενον οὐδέ γε τὸ συμπληρωτικὸν τοῦ τέλους, τὸ ἀγαθόν. ἐπεὶ εἴ τι τούτων ἦν ἐπιβάλλον τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, οὐκ ἂν τὸ ὑπερφρονεῖν αὐτῶν καὶ κατεξανίστασθαι ἐπιβάλλον ἦν οὐδὲ ἐπαινετὸς ἦν ὁ ἀπροσδεῆ τούτων ἑαυτὸν παρεχόμενος, οὐδ’ ἂν ὁ ἐλαττωτικὸς ἑαυτοῦ ἔν τινι τούτων ἀγαθὸς ἦν, εἴπερ ταῦτα ἀγαθὰ ἦν. νῦν δ᾽, ὅσῳπερ πλείω τις ἀφαιρῶν ἑαυτοῦ τούτων ἢ τοιούτων ἑτέρων ἢ καὶ ἀφαιρούμενός τι τούτων ἀνέχηται, τοσῷδε μᾶλλον ἀγαθός ἐστιν.
5.16.1 Such as are the things you often imagine, such will your mind be; for the soul is dyed by its impressions. Dye it, then, with the continual succession of such impressions as these: that where one can live, there one can live well; and one can live at court; therefore one can live well at court. And again: each thing is borne toward that for which it was framed; and in that toward which it is borne lies its end; and where its end is, there lies the advantage and the good of each. Now the good of the rational creature is fellowship; for that we were made for fellowship has long been shown. Or was it not plain that the lower exist for the sake of the higher, and the higher for one another? And the animate are higher than the inanimate, and the rational than the merely animate.
Οἷα ἂν πολλάκις φαντασθῇς, τοιαύτη σοι ἔσται ἡ διάνοια· βάπτεται γὰρ ὑπὸ τῶν φαντασιῶν ἡ ψυχή. βάπτε οὐν αὐτὴν τῇ συνεχείᾳ τῶν τοιούτων φαντασιῶν· οἷον, ὅτι ὅπου ζῆν ἐστιν, ἐκεῖ καὶ εὖ ζῆν· ἐν αὐλῇ δὲ ζῆν ἐστιν· ἔστιν ἄρα καὶ εὖ ζῆν ἐν αὐλῇ. καὶ πάλιν, ὅτι οὗπερ ἕνεκεν ἕκαστον κατεσκεύασται, πρὸς τοῦτο φέρεται· πρὸς ὃ φέρεται δέ, ἐν τούτῳ τὸ τέλος αὐτοῦ· ὅπου δὲ τὸ τέλος, ἐκεῖ καὶ τὸ συμφέρον καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἑκάστου· τὸ ἄρα ἀγαθὸν τοῦ λογικοῦ ζῴου κοινωνία. ὅτι γὰρ πρὸς κοινωνίαν γεγόναμεν, πάλαι δέδεικται· ἢ οὐκ ἦν ἐναργὲς ὅτι τὰ χείρω τῶν κρειττόνων ἕνεκεν, τὰ δὲ κρείττω ἀλλήλων; κρείττω δὲ τῶν μὲν ἀψύχων τὰ ἔμψυχα, τῶν δὲ ἐμψύχων τὰ λογικά.
5.17.1 To pursue the impossible is madness; and it is impossible for the base not to do such things.
Τὸ τὰ ἀδύνατα διώκειν μανικόν· ἀδύνατον δὲ τὸ τοὺς φαύλους μὴ τοιαῦτά τινα ποιεῖν.
5.18.1 Nothing befalls anyone that he is not by nature fitted to bear. The same things befall another, and either through not knowing that they have befallen him, or by way of displaying greatness of soul, he stands firm and remains unhurt. It is a terrible thing that ignorance and the wish to please should be stronger than wisdom.
Οὐδὲν οὐδενὶ συμβαίνει ὃ οὐχὶ πέφυκε φέρειν. ἄλλῳ τὰ αὐτὰ συμβαίνει καὶ ἤτοι ἀγνοῶν ὅτι συμβέβηκεν, ἢ ἐπιδεικνύμενος μεγαλοφροσύνην, εὐσταθεῖ καὶ ἀκάκωτος μένει. δεινὸν οὖν ἄγνοιαν καὶ ἀρέσκειαν ἰσχυροτέρας εἶναι φρονήσεως.
5.19.1 Things in themselves do not touch the soul at all, nor have they any entrance to the soul, nor can they turn or move the soul; the soul alone turns and moves itself, and whatever judgments it deems itself worthy of, such it makes the things that present themselves before it.
Τὰ πράγματα αὐτὰ οὐδ’ ὁπωστιοῦν ψυχῆς ἅπτεται οὐδὲ ἔχει εἴσοδον πρὸς ψυχὴν οὐδὲ τρέψαι οὐδὲ κινῆσαι ψυχὴν δύναται, τρέπει δὲ καὶ κινεῖ αὐτὴ ἑαυτὴν μόνη καὶ οἵων ἂν κριμάτων καταξιώσῃ ἑαυτήν, τοιαῦτα ἑαυτῇ ποιεῖ τὰ προσυφεστῶτα.
5.20.1 In one sense a human being is the nearest thing to us, in that we must do them good and bear with them; but in so far as some stand in the way of the works proper to me, a human being becomes one of the things indifferent to me, no less than the sun or the wind or a wild beast. By these some activity of mine might be hindered, but there is no hindrance to my impulse and disposition, because of the reservation and the turning-about. For the mind turns about and transforms every hindrance to its activity into something to be preferred; and what blocks the work becomes furtherance of the work, and what bars the road becomes a help along the road.
Καθ’ ἕτερον μὲν λόγον ἡμῖν ἐστιν οἰκειότατον ἄνθρωπος, καθ’ ὅσον εὖ ποιητέον αὐτοὺς καὶ ἀνεκτέον· καθ̓ ὅσον δὲ ἐνίστανταί τινες εἰς τὰ οἰκεῖα ἔργα, ἕν τι τῶν ἀδιαφόρων μοι γίνεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὐχ ἧσσον ἢ ἥλιος ἢ ἄνεμος ἢ θηρίον. ὑπὸ τούτων δὲ ἐνέργεια μέν τις ἐμποδισθείη ἄν, ὁρμῆς δὲ καὶ διαθέσεως οὐ γίνεται ἐμπόδια διὰ τὴν ὑπεξαίρεσιν καὶ τὴν περιτροπήν. περιτρέπει γὰρ καὶ μεθίστησι πᾶν τὸ τῆς ἐνεργείας κώλυμα ἡ διάνοια εἰς τὸ προηγούμενον καὶ πρὸ ἔργου γίνεται τὸ τοῦ ἔργου τούτου ἐφεκτικὸν καὶ πρὸ ὁδοῦ τὸ τῆς ὁδοῦ ταύτης ἐνστατικόν.
5.21.1 Honor that which is mightiest in the kosmos; this is that which uses all things and orders all. And likewise honor that which is mightiest in yourself; this is of the same kind as the other. For in you too it is this that uses the rest, and your life is governed by it.
Τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ τὸ κράτιστον τίμα· ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο τὸ πᾶσι χρώμενον καὶ πάντα διέπον. ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῶν ἐν σοὶ τὸ κράτιστον τίμα· ἔστι δὲ τοῦτο τὸ ἐκείνῳ ὁμογενές. καὶ γὰρ ἐπὶ σοῦ τὸ τοῖς ἄλλοις χρώμενον τοῦτό ἐστι καὶ ὁ σὸς βίος ὑπὸ τούτου διοικεῖται.
5.22.1 What is not harmful to the city does not harm the citizen either. On every impression of having been harmed, apply this rule: if the city is not harmed by this, neither am I harmed. But if the city is harmed, one must not be angry, but show the one who harms the city what he has overlooked.
Ὃ τῇ πόλει οὐκ ἔστι βλαβερόν, οὐδὲ τὸν πολίτην βλάπτει. ἐπὶ πάσης τῆς τοῦ βεβλάφθαι φαντασίας τοῦτον ἔπαγε τὸν κανόνα· εἰ ἡ πόλις ὑπὸ τούτου μὴ βλάπτεται, οὐδὲ ἐγὼ βέβλαμμαι· εἰ δὲ ἡ πόλις βλάπτεται, οὐκ ὀργιστέον, ἀλλὰ δεικτέον τῷ βλάπτοντι τὴν πόλιν τί τὸ παρορώμενον.
5.23.1 Often consider the speed with which the things that are and the things that come to be are swept past and carried away. For substance is like a river in ceaseless flow; its activities are in continual change, and its causes in countless turnings; scarcely anything stands still, even what is near at hand. And there is the boundless gulf of past and future, in which all things vanish. How, then, is he not a fool who in these things is puffed up, or torn, or aggrieved, as though it were for some long time that they vexed him?
Πολλάκις ἐνθυμοῦ τὸ τάχος τῆς παραφορᾶς καὶ ὑπεξαγωγῆς τῶν ὄντων καὶ γινομένων. ἤ τε γὰρ οὐσία οἷον ποταμὸς ἐν διηνεκεῖ ῥύσει καὶ αἱ ἐνέργειαι ἐν συνεχέσι μεταβολαῖς καὶ τὰ αἴτια ἐν μυρίαις τροπαῖς καὶ σχεδὸν οὐδὲν ἑστὼς καὶ τὸ πάρεγγυς· τὸ δὲ ἄπειρον τοῦ τε παρῳχηκότος καὶ μέλλοντος ἀχανές, ᾧ πάντα ἐναφανίζεται. πῶς οὖν οὐ μωρὸς ὁ ἐν τούτοις φυσώμενος ἢ σπώμενος ἢ σχετλιάζων ὡς ἔν τινι χρόνῳ καὶ ἐπὶ μακρὸν ἐνοχλήσαντι;
5.24.1 Remember the whole of substance, of which you partake the least part; and the whole of time, of which a brief and momentary span has been marked off for you; and fate—of which how small a part are you?
Μέμνησο τῆς συμπάσης οὐσίας, ἧς ὀλίγιστον μετέχεις, καὶ τοῦ σύμπαντος αἰῶνος, οὗ βραχὺ καὶ ἀκαριαῖόν σοι διάστημα ἀφώρισται, καὶ τῆς εἱμαρμένης, ἧς πόστον εἶ μέρος;
5.25.1 Does another do me some wrong? He shall see to it; he has his own disposition, his own activity. I have now what the common nature wills me now to have, and I do what my own nature now wills me to do.
Ἄλλος ἁμαρτάνει τι εἰς ἐμέ; ὄψεται· ἰδίαν ἔχει διάθεσιν, ἰδίαν ἐνέργειαν. ἐγὼ νῦν ἔχω, ὅ με θέλει νῦν ἔχειν ἡ κοινὴ φύσις, καὶ πράσσω, ὅ με νῦν πράσσειν θέλει ἡ ἐμὴ φύσις.
5.26.1 Let the ruling and sovereign part of your soul be unturned by the smooth or rough motion in the flesh, and let it not blend with it, but circumscribe itself and confine those affections to the parts. But when they are passed up, by the other sympathy, into the mind, as in a unified body, then one must not try to fight against the perception, since it is natural; but let the ruling faculty not add to it, of itself, the supposition that it is good or evil.
Τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν καὶ κυριεῦον τῆς ψυχῆς σου μέρος ἄτρεπτον ἔστω ὑπὸ τῆς ἐν τῇ σαρκὶ λείας ἢ τραχείας κινήσεως καὶ μὴ συγκρινέσθω, ἀλλὰ περιγραφέτω αὑτὸ καὶ περιοριζέτω τὰς πείσεις ἐκείνας ἐν τοῖς μορίοις. ὄταν δὲ ἀναδιδῶνται κατὰ τὴν ἑτέραν συμπάθειαν εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν ὡς ἐν σώματι ἡνωμένῳ, τότε πρὸς μὲν τὴν αἴσθησιν φυσικὴν οὖσαν οὐ πειρατέον ἀντιβαίνειν, τὴν δὲ ὑπόληψιν τὴν ὡς περὶ ἀγαθοῦ ἢ κακοῦ μὴ προστιθέτω τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ.
5.27.1 “To live with the gods.” And he lives with the gods who continually shows them his soul content with what is assigned to it, and doing all that the daimon wills—the daimon that Zeus has given to each as guardian and guide, a fragment of himself. And this is each man’s mind and reason.
ʽΣυζῆν θεοῖς.ʼ συζῇ δὲ θεοῖς ὁ συνεχῶς δεικνὺς αὐτοῖς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἀρεσκομένην μὲν τοῖς ἀπονεμομένοις, ποιοῦσαν δὲ ὅσα βούλεται ὁ δαίμων, ὃν ἑκάστῳ προστάτην καὶ ἡγεμόνα ὁ Ζεὺς ἔδωκεν, ἀπόσπασμα ἑαυτοῦ. οὗτος δέ ἐστιν ὁ ἑκάστου νοῦς καὶ λόγος.
5.28.1 Are you angry at the man who reeks of the armpit? angry at the one with foul breath? What will it gain you? He has such a mouth, he has such armpits; from such things such an exhalation must arise. “But the man has reason,” you say, “and can, if he attends, understand wherein he offends.” Much good may it do you! Well, then, you too have reason; move his rational disposition by your own rational disposition; show him, remind him. For if he hears, you will cure him, and there is no need of anger. Neither tragic actor nor whore.
Τῷ γράσωνι μήτι ὀργίζῃ, μήτι τῷ ὀζοστόμῳ ὀργίζῃ; τί σοι ποιήσει; τοιοῦτον στόμα ἔχει, τοιαύτας μάλας ἔχει, ἀνάγκη τοιαύτην ἀποφορὰν ἀπὸ τοιούτων γίνεσθαι. —ἀλλ’ ὁ ἄνθρωπος λόγον ἔχει, φησί, καὶ δύναται συννοεῖν ἐφιστάνων τί πλημμελεῖ.—εὖ σοι γένοιτο· τοιγαροῦν καὶ σὺ λόγον ἔχεις, κίνησον λογικῇ διαθέσει λογικὴν διάθεσιν, δεῖξον, ὑπόμνησον· εἰ γὰρ ἐπαίει, θεραπεύσεις καὶ οὐ χρεία ὀργῆς. Οὔτε τραγῳδὸς οὔτε πόρνη.
5.29.1 As you mean to live when you have departed, so it is in your power to live here; but if they do not permit it, then depart from life too—yet so as one suffering no evil. “There is smoke, and I take my leave.” Why do you think it a great matter? But while no such thing drives me out, I remain free, and no one will hinder me from doing what I will; and I will what accords with the nature of the rational and social creature.
Ὡς ἐξελθὼν ζῆν διανοῇ, οὕτως ἐνταῦθα ζῆν ἔξεστιν· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἐπιτρέπωσι, τότε καὶ τοῦ ζῆν ἔξιθι, οὕτως μέντοι ὡς μηδὲν κακὸν πάσχων. καπνὸς καὶ ἀπέρχομαι· τί αὐτὸ πρᾶγμα δοκεῖς; μέχρι δέ με τοιοῦτον οὐδὲν ἐξάγει, μένω ἐλεύθερος καὶ οὐδείς με κωλύσει ποιεῖν ἃ θέλω· θέλω δὲ κατὰ φύσιν τοῦ λογικοῦ καὶ κοινωνικοῦ ζῴου.
5.30.1 The mind of the Whole is social. At any rate it has made the lower for the sake of the higher, and fitted the higher to one another. You see how it has subordinated, coordinated, and assigned to each according to its worth, and brought the most excellent into concord with one another.
Ὁ τοῦ ὅλου νοῦς κοινωνικός. πεποίηκε γοῦν τὰ χείρω τῶν κρειττόνων ἕνεκεν καὶ τὰ κρείττω ἀλλήλοις συνήρμοσεν. ὁρᾷς πῶς ὑπέταξε, συνέταξε, καὶ τὸ κατ̓ ἀξίαν ἀπένειμεν ἑκάστοις καὶ τὰ κρατιστεύοντα εἰς ὁμόνοιαν ἀλλήλων συνήγαγεν.
5.31.1 How have you behaved, until now, toward gods, parents, brother, wife, children, teachers, those who reared you, friends, kinsfolk, servants? Has it been with you, toward all of them, until now, to have done no outrage and said no harsh word? Recall, too, through what things you have passed, and what you have had strength to endure; that the story of your life is already full and your service complete; how many fine things you have seen; how many pleasures and pains you have looked down upon; how many honors you have disregarded; and toward how many ungrateful men you have been gracious.
Πῶς προσενήνεξαι μέχρι νῦν θεοῖς, γονεῦσιν, ἀδελφοῖς, γυναικί, τέκνοις, διδασκάλοις, τροφεῦσι, φίλοις, οἰκείοις, οἰκέταις· εἰ πρὸς πάντας σοι μέχρι νῦν ἐστι τό· μήτε τινὰ ῥέξαι ἐξαίσιον μήτε τι εἰπεῖν. ἀναμιμνῄσκου δὲ καὶ δι’ οἵων διελήλυθας καὶ οἷα ἤρκεσας ὑπομεῖναι καὶ ὅτι πλήρης ἤδη σοι ἡ ἱστορία τοῦ βίου καὶ τελεία ἡ λειτουργία καὶ πόσα ὦπται καλὰ καὶ πόσων μὲν ἡδονῶν καὶ πόνων ὑπερεῖδες, πόσα δὲ ἔνδοξα παρεῖδες, εἰς ὅσους δὲ ἀγνώμονας εὐγνώμων ἐγένου.
5.32.1 Why do unskilled and unlearned souls confound the skilled and knowing one? What soul, then, is skilled and knowing? The one that knows the beginning and the end, and the reason that pervades the whole of substance and orders the universe through all eternity in appointed cycles.
Διὰ τί συγχέουσιν ἄτεχνοι καὶ ἀμαθεῖς ψυχαὶ ἔντεχνον καὶ ἐπιστήμονα; τίς οὖν ψυχὴ ἔντεχνος καὶ ἐπιστήμων; ἡ εἰδυῖα ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος καὶ τὸν δι’ ὅλης τῆς οὐσίας διήκοντα λόγον καὶ διὰ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος κατὰ περιόδους τεταγμένας οἰκονομοῦντα τὸ πᾶν.
5.33.1 In a little while you will be ash or a skeleton, and either a name, or not even a name; and the name is sound and an echo. The things much prized in life are empty and rotten and trivial—little dogs biting one another, quarrelsome children laughing and then suddenly crying. But faith, and modesty, and justice, and truth have fled “to
Olympus, from the wide-wayed earth.” What, then, still keeps you here, if the objects of sense are ever-changing and unstable, the organs of sense dim and easily misled, and the poor soul itself an exhalation from the blood, and good repute among such men a hollow thing? What, then? You will await, gracious, either extinction or removal; and until that time comes, what suffices? What else than to revere the gods and praise them, to do men good and to bear with them and hold back from them; and, as for all that lies within the bounds of the bit of flesh and the bit of breath, to remember that this is neither yours nor in your power.
Ὅσον οὐδέπω σποδὸς ἢ σκελετὸς καὶ ἤτοι ὄνομα ἢ οὐδὲ ὄνομα, τὸ δὲ ὄνομα ψόφος καὶ ἀπήχημα. τὰ δὲ ἐν τῷ βίῳ πολυτίμητα κενὰ καὶ σαπρὰ καὶ μικρὰ καὶ κυνίδια διαδακνόμενα καὶ παιδία φιλόνεικα, γελῶντα, εἶτα εὐθὺς κλαίοντα· πίστις δὲ καὶ αἰδὼς καὶ δίκη καὶ ἀλήθεια πρὸς
Ὄλυμπον ἀπὸ χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης. τί οὖν ἔτι τὸ ἐνταῦθα κατέχον, εἴ γε τὰ μὲν αἰσθητὰ εὐμετάβλητα καὶ οὐχ ἑστῶτα, τὰ δὲ αἰσθητήρια ἀμυδρὰ καὶ εὐπαρατύπωτα, αὐτὸ δὲ τὸ ψυχάριον ἀναθυμίασις ἀφ’ αἵματος, τὸ δὲ εὐδοκιμεῖν παρὰ τοιούτοις κενόν; τί οὖν; περιμένεις ἵλεως τὴν εἴτε σβέσιν εἴτε μετάστασιν· ἕως δὲ ἐκείνης ὁ καιρὸς ἐφίσταται, τί ἀρκεῖ; τί δὲ ἄλλο ἢ θεοὺς μὲν σέβειν καὶ εὐφημεῖν, ἀνθρώπους δὲ εὖ ποιεῖν καὶ ἀνέχεσθαι αὐτῶν καὶ ἀπέχεσθαι· ὅσα δὲ ἐντὸς ὅρων τοῦ κρεᾳδίου καὶ τοῦ πνευματίου, ταῦτα μεμνῆσθαι μήτε σὰ ὄντα μήτε ἐπὶ σοί.
5.34.1 You can always have a good flow of life, if you can keep to the good road—if you can think and act by the road. These two things are common to the soul of god and of man and of every rational creature: not to be hindered by another, and to have its good in just disposition and action, and there to let its desire come to rest.
Δύνασαι ἀεὶ εὐροεῖν, εἴ γε καὶ εὐοδεῖν, εἴ γε καὶ ὁδῷ ὑπολαμβάνειν καὶ πράσσειν. δύο ταῦτα κοινὰ τῇ τε τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ τῇ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου καὶ παντὸς λογικοῦ ζῴου ψυχῇ· τὸ μὴ ἐμποδίζεσθαι ὑπ’ ἄλλου καὶ τὸ ἐν τῇ δικαικῇ διαθέσει καὶ πράξει ἔχειν τὸ ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἐνταῦθα τὴν ὄρεξιν ἀπολήγειν.
5.35.1 If this is neither an evil of my own, nor an activity that follows from an evil of my own, nor is the common good harmed by it—why do I trouble myself over it? And what harm is there to the common good?
Εἰ μήτε κακία ἐστὶ τοῦτο ἐμὴ μήτε ἐνέργεια κατὰ κακίαν ἐμὴν μήτε τὸ κοινὸν βλάπτεται, τί ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ διαφέρομαι, τίς δὲ βλάβη τοῦ κοινοῦ;
5.36.1 Do not be wholly carried off by the impression, but give help as you are able and as is deserved, even if men suffer loss in things indifferent; yet do not imagine it a harm, for that is a bad habit. But as the old man, when he departed, used to ask back the foster-child’s top, remembering that it was a top—so here too. So, when you stand crying out upon the rostra—man, have you forgotten what these things were? “Yes; but they are objects of great earnestness to these others.” Is that a reason for you, too, to become a fool? I was once, wherever I was overtaken, a man of good portion. But “good portion” means having assigned to oneself a good portion; and good portions are good turns of the soul, good impulses, good actions.
Μὴ ὁλοσχερῶς τῇ φαντασίᾳ συναρπάζεσθαι, ἀλλὰ βοηθεῖν μὲν κατὰ δύναμιν καὶ κατ’ ἀξίαν, κἂν εἰς τὰ μέσα ἐλαττῶνται, μὴ μέντοι βλάβην αὐτὸ φαντάζεσθαι· κακὸν γὰρ ἔθος. ἀλλ’ ὡς ὁ γέρων ἀπελθὼν τὸν τοῦ θρεπτοῦ ῥόμβον ἀπῄτει, μεμνημένος ὅτι ῥόμβος, οὕτως οὖν καὶ ὧδε. ἐπεί τοι γίνῃ καλῶν ἐπὶ τῶν ἐμβόλων. ἄνθρωπε, ἐπελάθου τί ταῦτα ἦν;—ναί· ἀλλὰ τούτοις περισπούδαστα.—διὰ τοῦτ’ οὖν καὶ σὺ μωρὸς γένῃ; Ἐγενόμην ποτέ, ὁπουδήποτε καταληφθείς, εὔμοιρος ἄνθρωπος· τὸ δὲ εὔμοιρος, ἀγαθὴν μοῖραν σεαυτῷ ἀπονείμας· ἀγαθαὶ δὲ μοῖραι ἀγαθαὶ τροπαὶ ψυχῆς, ἀγαθαὶ ὁρμαί, ἀγαθαὶ πράξεις.
A book about goodwill and the larger order.
Marcus argues that the universe is either a single well-ordered whole or a random churn of atoms — and chooses to live as if it is a whole, of which he is a part made for cooperation. To do good, be wronged for it, and still wish the wrongdoer well is, he says, the most godlike thing a person can do. Sharp reminders of mortality's leveling run through it:
Alexander the Great and his mule-driver came to the same end. He resolves to be upright, not to be made upright by others.
6.1.1 The substance of the Whole is obedient and tractable; and the reason that governs it has in itself no cause to do evil, for it has no evil, and does nothing badly, nor is anything harmed by it. All things come to be and are accomplished according to it.
Ἡ τῶν ὅλων οὐσία εὐπειθὴς καὶ εὐτρεπής, ὁ δὲ ταύτην διοικῶν λόγος οὐδεμίαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ αἰτίαν ἔχει τοῦ κακοποιεῖν· κακίαν γὰρ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέ τι κακῶς ποιεῖ οὐδὲ βλάπτεταί τι ὑπ’ ἐκείνου. πάντα δὲ κατ’ ἐκεῖνον γίνεται καὶ περαίνεται.
6.2.1 Do not be concerned whether you do what is fitting while cold or while warm, drowsy or having had enough sleep, ill spoken of or praised, dying or doing something else; for dying too is one of the acts of life, and for this also it is enough to dispose well of what is at hand.
Μὴ διαφέρου πότερον ῥιγῶν ἢ θαλπόμενος τὸ πρέπον ποιεῖς, καὶ πότερον νυστάζων ἢ ἱκανῶς ὕπνου ἔχων, καὶ πότερον κακῶς ἀκούων ἢ εὐφημούμενος, καὶ πότερον ἀποθνῄσκων ἢ πράττων τι ἀλλοῖον· μία γὰρ τῶν βιωτικῶν πράξεων καὶ αὕτη ἐστί, καθ’ ἣν ἀποθνῄσκομεν· ἀρκεῖ οὖν καὶ ἐπὶ ταύτης τὸ παρὸν εὖ θέσθαι.
6.3.1 Look within. Let neither the proper quality nor the worth of any thing escape you.
Ἔσω βλέπε· μηδενὸς πράγματος μήτε ἡ ἰδία ποιότης μήτε ἡ ἀξία παρατρεχέτω σε.
6.4.1 All that now lies before us will very quickly change, and either be vaporized—if substance is one—or be scattered.
Πάντα τὰ ὑποκείμενα τάχιστα μεταβαλεῖ καὶ ἤτοι ἐκθυμιαθήσεται, εἴπερ ἥνωται ἡ οὐσία, ἢ σκεδασθήσεται.
6.5.1 The governing reason knows its own disposition, and what it does, and on what material.
Ὁ διοικῶν λόγος οἶδε πῶς διακείμενος καὶ τί ποιεῖ καὶ ἐπὶ τίνος ὕλης.
6.6.1 The best way of avenging yourself is not to become like them.
Ἄριστος τρόπος τοῦ ἀμύνεσθαι τὸ μὴ ἐξομοιοῦσθαι.
6.7.1 Take your delight and rest in this one thing: to pass from one social act to another social act, with mindfulness of god.
Ἑνὶ τέρπου καὶ προσαναπαύου, τῷ ἀπὸ πράξεως κοινωνικῆς μεταβαίνειν ἐπὶ πρᾶξιν κοινωνικὴν σὺν μνήμῃ θεοῦ.
6.8.1 The ruling faculty is that which rouses and turns itself, makes itself such as it wishes, and makes everything that happens appear to itself such as it wishes.
Τὸ ἡγεμονικόν ἐστι τὸ ἑαυτὸ ἐγεῖρον καὶ τρέπον καὶ ποιοῦν μὲν ἑαυτὸ οἷον ἂν καὶ θέλῃ, ποιοῦν δὲ ἑαυτῷ φαίνεσθαι πᾶν τὸ συμβαῖνον οἷον αὐτὸ θέλει.
6.9.1 All things are accomplished according to the nature of the Whole; for there is no other nature—neither one enclosing it from without, nor enclosed within it, nor hanging detached outside it.
Κατὰ τὴν τῶν ὅλων φύσιν ἕκαστα περαίνεται· οὐ γὰρ κατ’ ἄλλην γέ τινα φύσιν ἤτοι ἔξωθεν περιέχουσαν ἢ ἐμπεριεχομένην ἔνδον ἢ ἔξω ἀπηρτημένην.
6.10.1 Either a medley, an interweaving, and a scattering; or unity, order, and providence. If, then, the former, why do I even desire to linger in a random conglomeration and such a welter? Why do I care for anything but how at last to “become earth”? Why am I disturbed? For the scattering will come upon me, whatever I do. But if the latter is true, I revere, I stand firm, I take courage in the one that governs.
Ἤτοι κυκεὼν καὶ ἀντεμπλοκὴ καὶ σκεδασμὸς ἢ ἕνωσις καὶ τάξις καὶ πρόνοια. εἰ μὲν οὗν τὰ πρότερα, τί καὶ ἐπιθυμῶ εἰκαίῳ συγκρίματι καὶ φυρμῷ τοιούτῳ ἐνδιατρίβειν; τί δέ μοι καὶ μέλει ἄλλου τινὸς ἢ τοῦ ὅπως ποτὲ ʽαἶα γίνεσθαιʼ; τί δὲ καὶ ταράσσομαι; ἥξει γὰρ ἐπ̓ ἐμὲ ὁ σκεδασμός, ὅ τι ἂν ποιῶ. εἰ δὲ θάτερά ἐστι, σέβω καὶ εὐσταθῶ καὶ θαρρῶ τῷ διοικοῦντι.
6.11.1 When you are forced by your circumstances to be, as it were, disturbed, return quickly into yourself, and do not fall out of the rhythm longer than you must; for you will be more in command of the harmony by continually returning to it.
Ὅταν ἀναγκασθῇς ὑπὸ τῶν περιεστηκότων οἱονεὶ διαταραχθῆναι, ταχέως ἐπάνιθι εἰς σεαυτὸν καὶ μὴ ὑπὲρ τὰ ἀναγκαῖα ἐξίστασο τοῦ ῥυθμοῦ· ἔσῃ γὰρ ἐγκρατέστερος τῆς ἁρμονίας τῷ συνεχῶς εἰς αὐτὴν ἐπανέρχεσθαι.
6.12.1 If you had at once a stepmother and a mother, you would attend on the stepmother, yet your return to your mother would be continual. Such for you now are the court and philosophy. Return here often, and rest in her, through whom even the things there seem bearable to you, and you bearable among them.
Εἰ μητρυιάν τε ἅμα εἶχες καὶ μητέρα, ἐκείνην τ̓ ἂν ἐθεράπευες καὶ ὅμως ἡ ἐπάνοδός σοι πρὸς τὴν μητέρα συνεχὴς ἐγίνετο. τοῦτό σοι νῦν ἐστιν ἡ αὐλὴ καὶ ἡ φιλοσοφία· ὧδε πολλάκις ἐπάνιθι καὶ προσαναπαύου ταύτῃ, δι’ ἣν καὶ τὰ ἐκεῖ σοι ἀνεκτὰ φαίνεται καὶ σὺ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀνεκτός.
6.13.1 Just as it is with forming an impression of meats and such foods—that this is the corpse of a fish, this the corpse of a bird or a pig; and again, that Falernian is a little juice of a grape-cluster, and the purple-bordered robe sheep’s hair dipped in the blood of a shellfish; and, in the act of intercourse, a rubbing of entrails and, with a kind of spasm, the excretion of mucus—such are these impressions, reaching the things themselves and passing through them, so that one sees what they really are. So one must do throughout life: where things appear all too credible, strip them bare, look upon their cheapness, and take away the pomp on which they pride themselves. For pride is a terrible sophist, and just when you think you are busied about the worthiest things, then most of all it bewitches you. See, at any rate, what
Crates says about
Xenocrates himself.
Οἷον δὴ τὸ φαντασίαν λαμβάνειν ἐπὶ τῶν ὄψων καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἐδωδίμων, ὅτι νεκρὸς οὗτος ἰχθύος, οὗτος δὲ νεκρὸς ὄρνιθος ἢ χοίρου· καὶ πάλιν, ὅτι ὁ Φάλερνος χυλάριόν ἐστι σταφυλίου καὶ ἡ περιπόρφυρος τριχία προβατίου αἱματίῳ κόγχης δεδευμένα· καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν κατὰ τὴν συνουσίαν ἐντερίου παράτριψις καὶ μετά τινος σπασμοῦ μυξαρίου ἔκκρισις· οἷαι δὴ αὗταί εἰσιν αἱ φαντασίαι καθικνούμεναι αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων καὶ διεξιοῦσαι δι’ αὐτῶν, ὥστε ὁρᾶν οἷά τινά ποτέ ἐστιν· οὕτως δεῖ παρ’ ὅλον τὸν βίον ποιεῖν καὶ ὅπου λίαν ἀξιόπιστα τὰ πράγματα φαντάζεται, ἀπογυμνοῦν αὐτὰ καὶ τὴν εὐτέλειαν αὐτῶν καθορᾶν καὶ τὴν ἱστορίαν ἐφ’ ᾗ σεμνύνεται περιαιρεῖν. δεινὸς γὰρ ὁ τῦφος παραλογιστὴς καὶ ὅτε δοκεῖς μάλιστα περὶ τὰ σπουδαῖα καταγίνεσθαι, τότε μάλιστα καταγοητεύῃ. ὅρα γοῦν ὁ
Κράτης τί περὶ αὐτοῦ τοῦ
Ξενοκράτους λέγει.
6.14.1 Most of the things the multitude admires fall under the most general heads: things held together by mere cohesion or by nature—stones, logs, fig trees, vines, olives. Those admired by men a little more moderate fall under things held together by soul—flocks, herds. Those admired by the still more refined fall under things held together by rational soul—not, however, the universal one, but in so far as it is skilled in a craft, or otherwise clever, or in the mere owning of a mass of slaves. But he who honors the rational, universal, and civic soul no longer turns to anything else; and above all he keeps his own soul rational and social in its state and motion, and works together with his kind to this end.
Τὰ πλεῖστα, ὦν ἡ πληθὺς θαυμάζει, εἰς γενικώτατα ἀνάγεται τὰ ὑπὸ ἕξεως ἣ φύσεως συνεχόμενα, λίθους, ξύλα, συκᾶς, ἀμπέλους, ἐλαίας· τὰ δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν ὀλίγῳ μετριωτέρων εἰς τὰ ὑπὸ ψυχῆς, οἶον ποίμνας, ἀγέλας· τὰ δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν ἔτι χαριεστέρων εἰς τὰ ὑπὸ λογικῆς ψυχῆς, οὐ μέντοι καθολικῆς, ἀλλὰ καθὸ τεχνικὴ ἢ ἄλλως πως ἐντρεχής, ἢ κατὰ ψιλὸν τὸ πλῆθος ἀνδραπόδων κεκτῆσθαι. ὁ δὲ ψυχὴν λογικὴν καθολικὴν καὶ πολιτικὴν τιμῶν οὐδὲν ἔτι τῶν ἄλλων ἐπιστρέφεται, πρὸ ἁπάντων δὲ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν λογικῶς καὶ κοινωνικῶς ἔχουσαν καὶ κινουμένην διασῴζει καὶ τῷ ὁμογενεῖ εἰς τοῦτο συνεργεῖ.
6.15.1 Some things hasten to come to be, others hasten to have been; and of what is coming to be some part is already quenched. Flowings and alterations renew the kosmos continually, just as the unbroken course of time ever makes the boundless age new. In this river, then, which of the things racing past could anyone prize, when on none of them is it possible to take a stand? It is as if a man should begin to love one of the little sparrows flitting past—and already it is gone from his eyes. Such, indeed, is the very life of each of us, like the exhalation from blood and the drawing of breath from the air. For just as it is to draw in the air once and give it back, which we do every moment, so it is to give back the whole power of breathing, which you acquired only yesterday or the day before at birth, there whence you first drew it.
Τὰ μὲν σπεύδει γίνεσθαι, τὰ δὲ σπεύδει γεγονέναι, καὶ τοῦ γινομένου δὲ ἤδη τι ἀπέσβη· ῥύσεις καὶ ἀλλοιώσεις ἀνανεοῦσι τὸν κόσμον διηνεκῶς, ὥσπερ τὸν ἄπειρον αἰῶνα ἡ τοῦ χρόνου ἀδιάλειπτος φορὰ νέον ἀεὶ παρέχεται. ἐν δὴ τούτῳ τῷ ποταμῷ τί ἄν τις τούτων τῶν παραθεόντων ἐκτιμήσειεν, ἐφ’ οὗ στῆναι οὐκ ἔξεστιν; ὥσπερ εἴ τίς τι τῶν παραπετομένων στρουθαρίων φιλεῖν ἄρχοιτο, τὸ δ’ ἤδη ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν ἀπελήλυθεν. τοιοῦτον δή τι καὶ αὐτὴ ἡ ζωὴ ἑκάστου, οἷον ἡ ἀφ’ αἵματος ἀναθυμίασις καὶ ἡ ἐκ τοῦ ἀέρος ἀνάπνευσις· ὁποῖον γάρ ἐστι τὸ ἅπαξ ἑλκύσαι τὸν ἀέρα καὶ ἀποδοῦναι, ὅπερ παρέκαστον ποιοῦμεν, τοιοῦτόν ἐστι καὶ τὸ τὴν πᾶσαν ἀναπνευστικὴν δύναμιν, ἣν χθὲς καὶ πρῴην ἀποτεχθεὶς ἐκτήσω, ἀποδοῦναι ἐκεῖ ὅθεν τὸ πρῶτον ἔσπασας.
6.16.1 Neither transpiration, as in plants, is precious, nor respiration, as in cattle and wild beasts, nor being stamped by impressions, nor being jerked by impulse like a puppet, nor herding together, nor feeding; for this is on a par with voiding the residues of food.
Οὔτε τὸ διαπνεῖσθαι ὡς τὰ φυτὰ τίμιον οὔτε τὸ ἀναπνεῖν ὡς τὰ βοσκήματα καὶ τὰ θηρία οὔτε τὸ τυποῦσθαι κατὰ φαντασίαν οὔτε τὸ νευροσπαστεῖσθαι καθ’ ὁρμὴν οὔτε τὸ συναγελάζεσθαι οὔτε τὸ τρέφεσθαι· τοῦτο γὰρ ὅμοιον τῷ ἀποκρίνειν τὰ περιττώματα τῆς τροφῆς.
6.16.2 What, then, is precious? To be applauded? No. Therefore not to be applauded by tongues either; for the praises of the many are a clapping of tongues. So you have let go even that bit of glory. What is left that is precious? In my view, to move and be held in check according to one’s own constitution—the end to which both occupations and arts are directed.
τί οὖν τίμιον; τὸ κροτεῖσθαι; οὐχί. οὐκοῦν οὐδὲ τὸ ὑπὸ γλωσσῶν κροτεῖσθαι· αἱ γὰρ παρὰ τῶν πολλῶν εὐφημίαι κρότος γλωσσῶν. ἀφῆκας οὖν καὶ τὸ δοξάριον· τί καταλείπεται τίμιον; δοκῶ μὲν τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν κατασκευὴν κινεῖσθαι καὶ ἴσχεσθαι, ἐφ’ ὅ καὶ αἱ ἐπιμέλειαι ἄγουσι καὶ αἱ τέχναι.
6.16.3 For every art aims at this: that what is fashioned be fitted to the work for which it was fashioned. This is what the planter of the vine and the vine-dresser seek, and the colt-breaker, and the keeper of the dog. And the rearing of children and the teachings—to what do they hasten?
ἥ τε γὰρ τέχνη πᾶσα τούτου στοχάζεται, ἵνα τὸ κατασκευασθὲν ἐπιτηδείως ἔχῃ πρὸς τὸ ἔργον πρὸς ὅ κατεσκεύασται· ὅ τε φυτουργὸς καὶ ὁ ἐπιμελούμενος τῆς ἀμπέλου, καὶ ὁ πωλοδάμνης καὶ ὁ τοῦ κυνὸς ἐπιμελούμενος τοῦτο ζητεῖ. αἱ δὲ παιδαγωγίαι, αἱ δὲ διδασκαλίαι ἐπὶ τί σπεύδουσιν;
6.16.4 Here, then, is the precious thing; and if this be well, you will procure for yourself none of the rest. Will you not cease honoring many other things besides? Then you will be neither free, nor self-sufficient, nor free from passion; for of necessity you will envy, be jealous, look with suspicion on those able to take those things away, and plot against those who possess what you value. In short, he who lacks any of these must be in turmoil, and must, besides, often blame the gods.
ὧδε οὖν τὸ τίμιον καὶ τοῦτο μὲν ἂν εὖ ἔχῃ, οὐδὲν τῶν ἄλλων περιποιήσεις σεαυτῷ. οὐ παύσῃ καὶ ἄλλα πολλὰ τιμῶν; οὔτ’ οὖν ἐλεύθερος ἔσῃ οὔτε αὐτάρκης οὔτε ἀπαθής· ἀνάγκη γὰρ φθονεῖν, ζηλοτυπεῖν, ὑφορᾶσθαι τοὺς ἀφελέσθαι ἐκεῖνα δυναμένους, ἐπιβουλεύειν τοῖς ἔχουσι τὸ τιμώμενον ὑπὸ σοῦ. ὅλως πεφύρθαι ἀνάγκη τὸν ἐκείνων τινὸς ἐνδεῆ, προσέτι δὲ πολλὰ καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς μέμφεσθαι.
6.16.5 But reverence and honor for your own mind will make you pleasing to yourself, in harmony with your fellows, and in concord with the gods—that is, praising whatever they apportion and have ordained.
ἡ δὲ τῆς ἰδίας διανοίας αἰδὼς καὶ τιμὴ σεαυτῷ τε ἀρεστόν σε ποιήσει καὶ τοῖς κοινωνοῖς εὐάρμοστον καὶ τοῖς θεοῖς σύμφωνον, τουτέστιν ἐπαινοῦντα ὅσα ἐκεῖνοι διανέμουσι καὶ διατετάχασιν.
6.17.1 Up, down, in a circle move the courses of the elements; but the movement of virtue is in none of these—it is something more divine, and, advancing by a road hard to conceive, it makes good progress.
Ἄνω, κάτω, κύκλῳ φοραὶ τῶν στοιχείων, ἡ δὲ τῆς ἀρετῆς κίνησις ἐν οὐδεμιᾷ τούτων, ἀλλὰ θειότερόν τι καὶ ὁδῷ δυσεπινοήτῳ προιοῦσα εὐοδεῖ.
6.18.1 What a thing they do! They will not praise the men living at the same time and alongside them, yet set great store by being praised themselves by those who come after, whom they have never seen and never will. This is near to grieving that those who came before did not make laudatory speeches about you.
Οἷόν ἐστιν ὃ ποιοῦσι. τοὺς μὲν ἐπὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ χρόνου καὶ μεθ’ ἑαυτῶν ζῶντας ἀνθρώπους εὐφημεῖν οὐ θέλουσιν, αὐτοὶ δὲ ὑπὸ τῶν μεταγενεστέρων εὐφημηθῆναι, οὓς οὔτε εἶδόν ποτε οὔτε ὄψονται, περὶ πολλοῦ ποιοῦνται. τοῦτο δὲ ἐγγύς ἐστι τῷ λυπηθῆναι ἄν, ὅτι οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ προγενέστεροι περὶ σοῦ λόγους εὐφήμους ἐποιοῦντο.
6.19.1 Do not, if a thing is hard for you to accomplish, suppose it impossible for man; but if anything is possible and proper to man, deem it attainable by you too.
Μή, εἴ τι αὐτῷ σοὶ δυσκαταπόνητον, τοῦτο ἀνθρώπῳ ἀδύνατον ὑπολαμβάνειν, ἀλλ’ εἴ τι ἀνθρώπῳ δυνατὸν καὶ οἰκεῖον, τοῦτο καὶ σεαυτῷ ἐφικτὸν νόμιζε.
6.20.1 In the wrestling-school someone has scratched us with his nails and, butting, has dealt a blow to the head; yet we do not make a show of it, nor take offense, nor afterward suspect him as a plotter. Still, we are on our guard—not, however, as against an enemy, nor with suspicion, but with good-natured avoidance. Let it be so in the other parts of life too: let us overlook much in those who are, as it were, our training-partners. For it is possible, as I said, to avoid them, and neither to suspect nor to hate.
Ἐν τοῖς γυμνασίοις καὶ ὄνυξι κατέδρυψέ τις καὶ τῇ κεφαλῇ ἐρραγεὶς πληγὴν ἐποίησεν, ἀλλ’ οὔτε ἐπισημαινόμεθα οὔτε προσκόπτομεν οὔτε ὑφορώμεθα ὕστερον ὡς ἐπίβουλον· καίτοι φυλαττόμεθα, οὐ μέντοι ὡς ἐχθρὸν οὐδὲ μεθ’ ὑποψίας, ἀλλ’ ἐκκλίσεως εὐμενοῦς. τοιοῦτόν τι γινέσθω καὶ ἐν τοῖς λοιποῖς μέρεσι τοῦ βίου· πολλὰ παρενθυμώμεθα τῶν οἷον προσγυμναζομένων. ἔξεστι γάρ, ὡς ἔφην, ἐκκλίνειν καὶ μήτε ὑποπτεύειν μήτε ἀπέχθεσθαι.
6.21.1 If anyone can refute me and show me that I am not judging or acting rightly, I will gladly change; for I seek the truth, by which no one was ever harmed. He is harmed who persists in his own deception and ignorance.
Εἴ τίς με ἐλέγξαι καὶ παραστῆσαί μοι, ὅτι οὐκ ὀρθῶς ὑπολαμβάνω ἢ πράσσω, δύναται, χαίρων μεταθήσομαι· ζητῶ γὰρ τὴν ἀλήθειαν, ὑφ’ ἧς οὐδεὶς πώποτε ἐβλάβη, βλάπτεται δὲ ὁ ἐπιμένων ἐπὶ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ἀπάτης καὶ ἀγνοίας.
6.22.1 I do my own proper task; the other things do not distract me; for they are either lifeless, or irrational, or wandering and ignorant of the road.
Ἐγὼ τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ καθῆκον ποιῶ, τὰ ἄλλα με οὐ περισπᾷ· ἤτοι γὰρ ἄψυχα ἢ ἄλογα ἢ πεπλανημένα καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν ἀγνοοῦντα.
6.23.1 With the irrational animals and with things in general, and with the objects before you, deal magnanimously and freely, as one having reason with things that have none. But with human beings, as having reason, deal sociably. And in all things call upon the gods. And do not concern yourself with how long you will do these things; for even three such hours suffice.
Τοῖς μὲν ἀλόγοις ζῴοις καὶ καθόλου πράγμασι καὶ ὑποκειμένοις, ὡς λόγον ἔχων λόγον μὴ ἔχουσι, χρῶ μεγαλοφρόνως καὶ ἐλευθέρως· τοῖς δὲ ἀνθρώποις, ὡς λόγον ἔχουσι, χρῶ κοινωνικῶς· ἐφ’ ἅπασι δὲ θεοὺς ἐπικαλοῦ. καὶ μὴ διαφέρου πρὸς τὸ πόσῳ χρόνῳ ταῦτα πράξεις· ἀρκοῦσι γὰρ καὶ τρεῖς ὧραι τοιαῦται.
6.24.1 Alexander of Macedon and his muleteer, once dead, came to the same state; for they were either taken up into the same generative reasons of the kosmos, or alike scattered into atoms.
Ἀλέξανδρος ὁ Μακεδὼν καὶ ὁ ὀρεωκόμος αὐτοῦ ἀποθανόντες εἰς ταὐτὸ κατέστησαν· ἤτοι γὰρ ἀνελήφθησαν εἰς τοὺς αὐτοὺς τοῦ κόσμου σπερματικοὺς λόγους ἢ διεσκεδάσθησαν ὁμοίως εἰς τὰς ἀτόμους.
6.25.1 Consider how many things, bodily and mental together, come to pass in each of us within the same brief moment. And so you will not wonder if far more—rather, all things—that come to be in the one and total being, which we call the kosmos, subsist together at once.
Ἐνθυμήθητι πόσα κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν ἀκαριαῖον χρόνον ἐν ἑκάστῳ ἡμῶν ἅμα γίνεται σωματικὰ ὁμοῦ καὶ ψυχικά. καὶ οὕτως οὐ θαυμάσεις εἰ πολὺ πλείω, μᾶλλον δὲ πάντα τὰ γινόμενα ἐν τῷ ἑνί τε καὶ σύμπαντι, ὃ δὴ κόσμον ὀνομάζομεν, ἅμα ἐνυφίσταται.
6.26.1 If someone sets you the question of how the name of Antoninus is written, will you, straining, sound out each of the letters? What, then, if they grow angry—will you grow angry in return? Will you not go on gently, numbering off each of the letters? So here too remember that every duty is made up of certain numbers. These you must keep, without being thrown into confusion or answering ill temper with ill temper, and so accomplish, by the road, the task before you.
Ἐάν τίς σοι προβάλῃ πῶς γράφεται τὸ Ἀντωνίνου ὄνομα, μήτι κατεντεινόμενος προοίσῃ ἕκαστον τῶν στοιχείων; τί οὖν ἐὰν ὀργίζωνται, μήτι ἀντοργιῇ; μήτι οὐκ ἐξαριθμήσῃ πρᾴως προιὼν ἕκαστον τῶν γραμμάτων; οὕτως οὖν καὶ ἐνθάδε μέμνησο ὅτι πᾶν καθῆκον ἐξ ἀριθμῶν τινῶν συμπληροῦται. τούτους δεῖ τηροῦντα καὶ μὴ θορυβούμενον μηδὲ τοῖς δυσχεραίνουσιν ἀντιδυσχεραίνοντα περαίνειν ὁδῷ τὸ προκείμενον.
6.27.1 How savage it is not to allow men to set out after what appears to them akin to their own good and advantage. Yet in a manner you do not permit them to do this when you are vexed that they go wrong; for they are borne, at all events, as toward what is akin and advantageous to them. “But it is not so.” Then teach them, and show them, without being vexed.
Πῶς ὠμόν ἐστι μὴ ἐπιτρέπειν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις ὁρμᾶν ἐπὶ τὰ φαινόμενα αὐτοῖς οἰκεῖα καὶ συμφέροντα. καίτοι τρόπον τινὰ οὐ συγχωρεῖς αὐτοῖς τοῦτο ποιεῖν, ὅταν ἀγανακτῇς, ὅτι ἁμαρτάνουσι· φέρονται γὰρ πάντως ὡς ἐπὶ οἰκεῖα καὶ συμφέροντα αὐτοῖς. —ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἔχει οὕτως.— οὐκοῦν δίδασκε καὶ δείκνυε μὴ ἀγανακτῶν.
6.28.1 Death is a rest from the resistance of the senses, from the puppet-tugging of impulse, from the discursive ranging of thought, and from service to the flesh.
Θάνατος ἀνάπαυλα αἰσθητικῆς ἀντιτυπίας καὶ ὁρμητικῆς νευροσπαστίας καὶ διανοητικῆς διεξόδου καὶ τῆς πρὸς τὴν σάρκα λειτουργίας.
6.29.1 It is shameful that in a life where the body does not give out, the soul should give out first.
Αἰσχρόν ἐστιν, ἐν ᾧ βίῳ τὸ σῶμά σοι μὴ ἀπαυδᾷ, ἐν τούτῳ τὴν ψυχὴν προαπαυδᾶν.
6.30.1 See that you are not turned into a Caesar, that you are not dyed that color; for it happens. Keep yourself, then, simple, good, undefiled, dignified, unadorned, a friend of justice, god-fearing, kindly, full of affection, strong for the fitting works. Strive to remain such as philosophy wished to make you. Revere the gods, preserve men. Life is short; one fruit of life on earth is a holy disposition and acts done for the common good.
Ὅρα μὴ ἀποκαισαρωθῇς, μὴ βαφῇς· γίνεται γάρ. τήρησον οὖν σεαυτὸν ἁπλοῦν, ἀγαθόν, ἀκέραιον, σεμνόν, ἄκομψον, τοῦ δικαίου φίλον, θεοσεβῆ, εὐμενῆ, φιλόστοργον, ἐρρωμένον πρὸς τὰ πρέποντα ἔργα. ἀγώνισαι, ἵνα τοιοῦτος συμμείνῃς, οἷόν σε ἠθέλησε ποιῆσαι φιλοσοφία. αἰδοῦ θεούς, σῷζε ἀνθρώπους. βραχὺς ὁ βίος· εἶς καρπὸς τῆς ἐπιγείου ζωῆς, διάθεσις ὁσία καὶ πράξεις κοινωνικαί.
6.30.2 Do all things as a disciple of Antoninus: his vigor in what was done according to reason, his evenness everywhere, his holiness, the serenity of his face, his gentleness, his disdain of empty glory, and his eagerness to comprehend affairs;
πάντα ὡς Ἀντωνίνου μαθητής· τὸ ὑπὲρ τῶν κατὰ λόγον πρασσομένων εὔτονον ἐκείνου καὶ τὸ ὁμαλὲς πανταχοῦ καὶ τὸ ὅσιον καὶ τὸ εὔδιον τοῦ προσώπου καὶ τὸ μειλίχιον καὶ τὸ ἀκενόδοξον καὶ τὸ περὶ τὴν κατάληψιν τῶν πραγμάτων φιλότιμον·
6.30.3 how he would let nothing whatever pass before he had looked at it well and understood it clearly; how he bore those who blamed him unjustly without blaming them in return; how he was not hasty about anything; how he gave no welcome to slander; how exact an examiner he was of characters and actions, and no reviler, not easily startled, not suspicious, not a sophist; how content with little—in lodging, bedding, dress, food, attendance;
καὶ ὡς ἐκεῖνος οὐκ ἄν τι ὅλως παρῆκε μὴ πρότερον εὖ μάλα κατιδὼν καὶ σαφῶς νοήσας· καὶ ὡς ἔφερεν ἐκεῖνος τοὺς ἀδίκως αὐτὸν μεμφομένους μὴ ἀντιμεμφόμενος· καὶ ὡς ἐπ’ οὐδὲν ἔσπευδεν· καὶ ὠς διαβολὰς οὐκ ἐδέχετο· καὶ ὡς ἀκριβὴς ἦν ἐξεταστὴς ἠθῶν καὶ πράξεων καὶ οὐκ ὀνειδιστής, οὐ ψοφοδεής, οὐχ ὑπόπτης, οὐ σοφιστής· καὶ ὡς ὀλίγοις ἀρκούμενος, οἷον οἰκήσει, στρωμνῇ, ἐσθῆτι, τροφῇ, ὑπηρεσίᾳ·
6.30.4 how fond of work and long-suffering; able to remain at the same task until evening, owing to his frugal diet not even needing to void the residues except at the customary hour; how steadfast and constant in his friendships; how he bore with those who frankly opposed his opinions, and rejoiced if anyone showed him something better; and how god-fearing without superstition—so that the last hour may come upon you, as upon him, with a good conscience.
καὶ ὡς φιλόπονος καὶ μακρόθυμος· καὶ οἷος μένειν ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ μέχρι ἑσπέρας, διὰ τὴν λιτὴν δίαιταν μηδὲ τοῦ ἀποκρίνειν τὰ περιττώματα παρὰ τὴν συνήθη ὥραν χρῄζων· καὶ τὸ βέβαιον καὶ ὅμοιον ἐν ταῖς φιλίαις αὐτοῦ· καὶ τὸ ἀνέχεσθαι τῶν ἀντιβαινόντων παρρησιαστικῶς ταῖς γνώμαις αὐτοῦ καὶ χαίρειν εἴ τίς τι δεικνύοι κρεῖττον· καὶ ὡς θεοσεβὴς χωρὶς δεισιδαιμονίας· ἵν’ οὕτως εὐσυνειδήτῳ σοι ἐπιστῇ ἠ τελευταία ὥρα ὡς ἐκείνῳ.
6.31.1 Come to your senses and call yourself back; and, roused from sleep and perceiving that it was dreams that troubled you, again, wide awake, look upon these things as you looked upon those.
Ἀνάνηφε καὶ ἀνακαλοῦ σεαυτὸν καὶ ἐξυπνισθεὶς πάλιν καὶ ἐννοήσας ὅτι ὄνειροί σοι ἠνώχλουν, πάλιν ἐγρηγορὼς βλέπε ταῦτα, ὡς ἐκεῖνα ἔβλεπες.
6.32.1 I am of a poor body and a soul. To the body all things are indifferent, for it cannot distinguish them. To the mind, all that are not its own activities are indifferent; but all that are its own activities are in its power. And of these, too, it busies itself only with the present; for its future and past activities are themselves already indifferent.
Ἐκ σωματίου εἰμὶ καὶ ψυχῆς. τῷ μὲν οὖν σωματίῳ πάντα ἀδιάφορα· οὐδὲ γὰρ δύναται διαφέρεσθαι. τῇ δὲ διανοίᾳ ἀδιάφορα ὅσα μή ἐστιν αὐτῆς ἐνεργήματα· ὅσα δέ γε αὐτῆς ἐστιν ἐνεργήματα, ταῦτα πάντα ἐπ’ αὐτῇ ἐστιν. καὶ τούτων μέντοι περὶ μόνον τὸ παρὸν πραγματεύεται· τὰ γὰρ μέλλοντα καὶ παρῳχηκότα ἐνεργήματα αὐτῆς καὶ αὐτὰ ἤδη ἀδιάφορα.
6.33.1 There is no pain to hand or foot contrary to nature, so long as the foot does the foot’s work and the hand the hand’s. So neither, for a man as man, is toil contrary to nature, so long as he does a man’s work. And if it is not contrary to nature for him, neither is it evil for him.
Οὐκ ἔστιν ὁ πόνος τῇ χειρὶ οὐδὲ τῷ ποδὶ παρὰ φύσιν, μέχρις ἂν ποιῇ ὁ ποῦς τὰ τοῦ ποδὸς καὶ ἡ χεὶρ τὰ τῆς χειρός. οὕτως οὗν οὐδὲ ἀνθρώπῳ ὡς ἀνθρώπῳ παρὰ φύσιν ἐστὶν ὁ πόνος, μέχρις ἂν ποιῇ τὰ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου. εἰ δὲ παρὰ φύσιν αὐτῷ οὐκ ἔστιν, οὐδὲ κακόν ἐστιν αὐτῷ.
6.34.1 What great pleasures bandits, perverts, parricides, and tyrants have enjoyed!
Ἡλίκας ἡδονὰς ἥσθησαν λῃσταί, κίναιδοι, πατραλοῖαι, τύραννοι.
6.35.1 Do you not see how the mechanic craftsmen accommodate themselves up to a point to the laymen, yet none the less hold fast to the principle of their craft and cannot bear to depart from it? Is it not a terrible thing that the architect and the physician should reverence the principle of their own craft more than a man reverences his own reason, which he holds in common with the gods?
Οὐχ ὁρᾷς πῶς οἱ βάναυσοι τεχνῖται ἁρμόζονται μὲν μέχρι τινὸς πρὸς τοὺς ἰδιώτας, οὐδὲν ἧσσον μέντοι ἀντέχονται τοῦ λόγου τῆς τέχνης καὶ τούτου ἀποστῆναι οὐχ ὑπομένουσιν; οὐ δεινὸν εἰ ὁ ἀρχιτέκτων καὶ ὁ ἰατρὸς μᾶλλον αἰδέσονται τὸν τῆς ἰδίας τέχνης λόγον ἢ ὁ ἄνθρωπος τὸν ἑαυτοῦ, ὃς αὐτῷ κοινός ἐστι πρὸς τοὺς θεούς;
6.36.1 Asia and
Europe are corners of the kosmos; every sea a drop of the kosmos;
Athos a clod of the kosmos; the whole present moment a point of eternity. All things are small, easily changed, vanishing. All things come from there, setting out from that common ruling faculty, either directly or as consequences. And so the lion’s gaping jaws, and poison, and every harmful thing—like a thorn, like mire—are offshoots of those venerable and beautiful things. Do not, then, imagine them alien to that which you revere, but reckon up the source of all things.
Ἡ
Ἀσία, ἡ
Εὐρώπη γωνίαι τοῦ κόσμου· πᾶν πέλαγος σταγὼν τοῦ κόσμου·
Ἄθως βωλάριον τοῦ κόσμου· πᾶν τὸ ἐνεστὼς τοῦ χρόνου στιγμὴ τοῦ αἰῶνος. πάντα μικρά, εὔτρεπτα, ἐναφανιζόμενα. Πάντα ἐκεῖθεν ἔρχεται, ἀπ’ ἐκείνου τοῦ κοινοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ ὁρμήσαντα ἣ κατ’ ἐπακολούθησιν. καὶ τὸ χάσμα οὖν τοῦ λέοντος καὶ τὸ δηλητήριον καὶ πᾶσα κακουργία ὡς ἄκανθα, ὡς βόρβορος, ἐκείνων ἐπιγεννήματα τῶν σεμνῶν καὶ καλῶν. μὴ οὖν αὐτὰ ἀλλότρια τούτου οὗ σέβεις φαντάζου, ἀλλὰ τὴν πάντων πηγὴν ἐπιλογίζου.
6.37.1 He who has seen the present has seen all things—both all that came to be from everlasting and all that will be unto infinity; for all things are of one kind and one form.
Ὁ τὰ νῦν ἰδὼν πάντα ἑώρακεν, ὅσα τε ἐξ ἀιδίου ἐγένετο καὶ ὅσα εἰς τὸ ἄπειρον ἔσται· πάντα γὰρ ὁμογενῆ καὶ ὁμοειδῆ.
6.38.1 Often consider the binding-together of all things in the kosmos, and their relation to one another. For in a manner all things are interwoven with one another, and all are therefore dear to one another; for one thing follows another in due order, through the tensile motion and the conspiration and the unity of substance.
Πολλάκις ἐνθυμοῦ τὴν ἐπισύνδεσιν πάντων τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ σχέσιν πρὸς ἄλληλα. τρόπον γάρ τινα πάντα ἀλλήλοις ἐπιπέπλεκται καὶ πάντα κατὰ τοῦτο φίλα ἀλλήλοις ἐστί· καὶ γὰρ ἄλλῳ ἑξῆς ἐστι τοῦτο διὰ τὴν τονικὴν κίνησιν καὶ σύμπνοιαν καὶ τὴν ἕνωσιν τῆς οὐσίας.
6.39.1 Fit yourself to the things with which your lot is cast; and the men among whom your lot has fallen—love them, but truly.
Οἷς συγκεκλήρωσαι πράγμασι, τούτοις συνάρμοζε σεαυτὸν καὶ οἷς συνείληχας ἀνθρώποις, τούτους φίλει, ἀλλ’ ἀληθινῶς.
6.40.1 Every instrument, tool, or vessel is in good case if it does the work for which it was made—and yet there the maker stands apart. But in the things held together by nature, the power that made them is within and abides. Wherefore one must reverence it the more, and believe that, if you live and conduct yourself according to its will, all is to your mind. So too, to the Whole, all that is its own is to its mind.
Ὄργανον, ἐργαλεῖον, σκεῦος πᾶν εἰ πρὸς ὃ κατεσκεύασται ποιεῖ, εὖ ἔχει· καίτοι ἐκεῖ ὁ κατασκευάσας ἐκποδών. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ὑπὸ φύσεως συνεχομένων ἔνδον ἐστὶ καὶ παραμένει ἡ κατασκευάσοσα δύναμις· καθὸ καὶ μᾶλλον αἰδεῖσθαι αὐτὴν δεῖ καὶ νομίζειν, ἐὰν κατὰ τὸ βούλημα ταύτης ἔχῃς καὶ διεξάγῃς, ἔχειν σοι πάντα κατὰ νοῦν. ἔχει δὲ οὕτως καὶ τῷ παντὶ κατὰ νοῦν τὰ ἑαυτοῦ.
6.41.1 Whatever of the things not in the power of choice you set down for yourself as good or evil, it is inevitable that, at the falling-out of such an evil or the failure of such a good, you blame the gods and hate the men who are the causes, or are suspected of being about to be the causes, of the failure or the falling-out; and indeed we do much wrong through our concern about these things. But if we judge only the things in our power to be good and evil, no cause is left either to charge against god or to stand against a man in the posture of an enemy.
Ὅ τι ἂν τῶν ἀπροαιρέτων ὑποστήσῃ σαυτῷ ἀγαθὸν ἢ κακόν, ἀνάγκη κατὰ τὴν περίπτωσιν τοῦ τοιούτου κακοῦ ἢ τὴν ἀπότευξιν τοῦ τοιούτου ἀγαθοῦ μέμψασθαί σε θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώπους δὲ μισῆσαι τοὺς αἰτίους ὄντας ἢ ὑποπτευομένους ἔσεσθαι τῆς ἀποτεύξεως ἢ τῆς περιπτώσεως· καὶ ἀδικοῦμεν δὴ πολλὰ διὰ τὴν πρὸς ταῦτα διαφοράν. ἐὰν δὲ μόνα τὰ ἐφ’ ἡμῖν ἀγαθὰ καὶ κακὰ κρίνωμεν, οὐδεμία αἰτία καταλείπεται οὔτε θεῷ ἐγκαλέσαι οὔτε πρὸς ἄνθρωπον στῆναι στάσιν πολεμίου.
6.42.1 We all work together toward one accomplishment, some knowingly and with understanding, others without awareness—just as Heraclitus, I think, says that even those asleep are workers and co-workers in what comes to be in the kosmos. One works together in one way, another in another; and over and above, even the one who grumbles and tries to oppose and undo what comes to be works together too; for the kosmos had need of such a one as well. It remains, then, for you to understand among which you rank yourself. For he who governs the Whole will in any case make good use of you, and will receive you as some part of the workers and fellow-workers; but do not become such a part as the cheap and ridiculous verse in the play that
Chrysippus mentions.
Πάντες εἰς ἓν ἀποτέλεσμα συνεργοῦμεν, οἱ μὲν εἰδότως καὶ παρακολουθητικῶς, οἱ δὲ ἀνεπιστάτως, ὥσπερ καὶ τοὺς καθεύδοντας, οἶμαι, ὁ Ἡράκλειτος ἐργάτας εἶναι λέγει καὶ συνεργοὺς τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ γινομένων. ἄλλος δὲ κατ’ ἄλλο συνεργεῖ, ἐκ περιουσίας δὲ καὶ ὁ μεμφόμενος καὶ ὁ ἀντιβαίνειν πειρώμενος καὶ ἀναιρεῖν τὰ γινόμενα· καὶ γὰρ τοῦ τοιούτου ἔχρῃζεν ὁ κόσμος. λοιπὸν οὖν σύνες εἰς τίνας σεαυτὸν κατατάσσεις· ἐκεῖνος μὲν γὰρ πάντως σοι καλῶς χρήσεται ὁ τὰ ὅλα διοικῶν καὶ παραδέξεταί σε ὡς μέρος τι τῶν συνεργῶν καὶ συνεργητικῶν, ἀλλὰ σὺ μὴ τοιοῦτο μέρος γένῃ, οἷος ὁ εὐτελὴς καὶ γελοῖος στίχος ἐν τῷ δράματι, οὗ
Χρύσιππος μέμνηται.
6.43.1 Does the sun claim to do the work of the rain? Or Asclepius the work of the
Fruit-bearer? And what of each of the stars? Are they not different, yet working together toward the same end?
Μήτι ὁ ἥλιος τὰ τοῦ ὑετοῦ ἀξιοῖ ποιεῖν; μήτι ὁ Ἀσκληπιὸς τὰ τῆς
Καρποφόρου; τί δὲ τῶν ἄστρων ἕκαστον; οὐχὶ διάφορα μέν, συνεργὰ δὲ πρὸς ταὐτόν;
6.44.1 If, then, the gods deliberated about me and about the things that must befall me, they deliberated well; for it is not easy even to conceive of a god without counsel, and for what cause would they be moved to do me harm? For what advantage would accrue from this to them, or to the common good, of which above all they are provident? But if they did not deliberate about me individually, they certainly deliberated about the common things; and since these befall as consequences, I ought to welcome and be content with them.
Εἰ μὲν οὖν ἐβουλεύσαντο περὶ ἐμοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐμοὶ συμβῆναι ὀφειλόντων οἱ θεοί, καλῶς ἐβουλεύσαντο· ἄβουλον γὰρ θεὸν οὐδὲ ἐπινοῆσαι ῥᾴδιον, κακοποιῆσαι δέ με διὰ τίνα αἰτίαν ἔμελλον ὁρμᾶν; τί γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἢ τῷ κοινῷ, οὗ μάλιστα προνοοῦνται, ἐκ τούτου περιεγένετο; εἰ δὲ μὴ ἐβουλεύσαντο κατ’ ἰδίαν περὶ ἐμοῦ, περί γε τῶν κοινῶν πάντως ἐβουλεύσαντο, οἷς κατ’ ἐπακολούθησιν καὶ ταῦτα συμβαίνοντα ἀσπάζεσθαι καὶ στέργειν ὀφείλω.
6.44.2 But if, after all, they deliberate about nothing—which it is impious to believe; or else let us neither sacrifice nor pray nor swear nor do the other things we do at every turn as toward gods present and living among us—but if, after all, they deliberate about nothing of ours, still it is in my power to deliberate about myself, and mine is the inquiry about my advantage. And the advantage of each is what accords with his own constitution and nature; and my nature is rational and civic. As Antoninus, my city and fatherland is
Rome; as a man, it is the kosmos. The things useful to these cities, then, are alone good for me.
εἰ δʼ ἄρα περὶ μηδενὸς βουλεύονται (πιστεύειν μὲν οὐχ ὅσιον ἢ μηδὲ θύωμεν μηδὲ εὐχώμεθα μηδὲ ὀμνύωμεν μηδὲ τὰ ἄλλα πράσσωμεν ἃ παρ’ ἕκαστα ὡς πρὸς παρόντας καὶ συμβιοῦντας τοὺς θεοὺς πράσσομεν), εἰ δ’ ἄρα περὶ μηδενὸς τῶν καθ’ ἡμᾶς βουλεύονται, ἐμοὶ μὲν ἔξεστι περὶ ἐμαυτοῦ βουλεύεσθαι, ἐμοὶ δέ ἐστι σκέψις περὶ τοῦ συμφέροντος. συμφέρει δὲ ἑκάστῳ τὸ κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ κατασκευὴν καὶ φύσιν, ἡ δὲ ἐμὴ φύσις λογικὴ καὶ πολιτική. Πόλις καὶ πατρὶς ὡς μὲν Ἀντωνίνῳ μοι ἡ
Ῥώμη, ὡς δὲ ἀνθρώπῳ ὁ κόσμος. τὰ ταῖς πόλεσιν οὖν ταύταις ὠφέλιμα μόνα ἐστί μοι ἀγαθά.
6.45.1 All that befalls each man is profitable to the Whole. This were enough. But further you will observe this, as a rule, if you watch closely: that what profits one man profits other men too. Here let “profit” be taken in the more common sense, as of things indifferent.
Ὅσα ἑκάστῳ συμβαίνει, ταῦτα τῷ ὅλῳ συμφέρει· ἤρκει τοῦτο. ἀλλ’ ἔτι ἐκεῖνο ὡς ἐπίπαν ὄψει παραφυλάξας, ὅσα ἀνθρώπῳ, καὶ ἑτέροις ἀνθρώποις. κοινότερον δὲ νῦν τὸ συμφέρον ἐπὶ τῶν μέσων λαμβανέσθω.
6.46.1 Just as the spectacles in the amphitheater and such places weary you, being always the same things seen, and the sameness makes the show cloying, so it is with the whole of life; for all things, up and down, are the same and from the same. How long, then?
Ὥσπερ προσίσταταί σοι τὰ ἐν τῷ ἀμφιθεάτρῳ καὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις χωρίοις ὡς ἀεὶ τὰ αὐτὰ ὁρώμενα, καὶ τὸ ὁμοειδὲς προσκορῆ τὴν θέαν ποιεῖ, τοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ ὅλου τοῦ βίου πάσχειν· πάντα γὰρ ἄνω κάτω τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν. μέχρι τίνος οὖν;
6.47.1 Consider continually that men of every kind, of every pursuit, and of every nation have died—so that you come down even to
Philistion and
Phoebus and
Origanion. Pass now to the other tribes. There we too must remove, where are so many clever orators, so many grave philosophers—Heraclitus,
Pythagoras, Socrates; so many heroes of old, and so many later generals and tyrants; and besides these
Eudoxus,
Hipparchus,
Archimedes, and other sharp natures, great-minded, industrious, versatile, self-willed, mockers of the very perishable and ephemeral life of men—such as
Menippus and all like him. Of all these consider that they have long lain dead. What terror is this to them? And what to those not named at all? One thing here is worth much: to live out one’s life with truth and justice, kindly toward the lying and the unjust.
Ἐννόει συνεχῶς παντοίους ἀνθρώπους καὶ παντοίων μὲν ἐπιτηδευμάτων, παντοδαπῶν δὲ ἐθνῶν τεθνεῶτας, ὥστε κατιέναι τοῦτο μέχρι
Φιλιστίωνος καὶ
Φοίβου καὶ
Ὀριγανίωνος. μέτιθι νῦν ἐπὶ τὰ ἄλλα φῦλα· ἐκεῖ δὴ μεταβαλεῖν ἡμᾶς δεῖ ὅπου τοσοῦτοι μὲν δεινοὶ ῥήτορες, τοσοῦτοι δὲ σεμνοὶ φιλόσοφοι, Ἡράκλειτος,
Πυθαγόρας, Σωκράτης, τοσοῦτοι δὲ ἥρωες πρότερον, τοσοῦτοι δὲ ὕστερον στρατηγοί, τύραννοι· ἐπὶ τούτοις δὲ
Εὔδοξος,
Ἵππαρχος,
Ἀρχιμήδης, ἄλλαι φύσεις ὀξεῖαι, μεγαλόφρονες, φιλόπονοι, πανοῦργοι, αὐθάδεις, αὐτῆς τῆς ἐπικήρου καὶ ἐφημέρου τῶν ἀνθρώπων ζωῆς χλευασταί, οἷον
Μένιππος καὶ ὅσοι τοιοῦτοι. περὶ πάντων τούτων ἐννόει ὅτι πάλαι κεῖνται· τί οὖν τοῦτο δεινὸν αὐτοῖς; τί δαὶ τοῖς μηδ’ ὀνομαζομένοις ὅλως; ἓν ὧδε πολλοῦ ἄξιον, τὸ μετ’ ἀληθείας καὶ δικαιοσύνης εὐμενῆ τοῖς ψεύσταις καὶ ἀδίκοις διαβιοῦν.
6.48.1 When you wish to gladden yourself, think of the good qualities of those who live with you: the energy of one, the modesty of another, the open-handedness of a third, and in another something else. For nothing so gladdens as the likenesses of the virtues shining out in the characters of those who live beside us, meeting us in a throng so far as may be. Therefore keep them ready to hand.
Ὅταν εὐφρᾶναι σεαυτὸν θέλῃς, ἐνθυμοῦ τὰ προτερήματα τῶν συμβιούντων· οἷον τοῦ μὲν τὸ δραστήριον, τοῦ δὲ τὸ αἰδῆμον, τοῦ δὲ τὸ εὐμετάδοτον, ἄλλου δὲ ἄλλο τι. οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως εὐφραίνει ὡς τὰ ὁμοιώματα τῶν ἀρετῶν ἐμφαινόμενα τοῖς ἤθεσι τῶν συζώντων καὶ ἀθρόα ὡς οἷόν τε συμπίπτοντα. διὸ καὶ πρόχειρα αὐτὰ ἑκτέον.
6.49.1 Are you discontented that you weigh so many pounds and not three hundred? So too with your having to live so many years and not more; for as you are content with the measure of substance marked off for you, so be content also in the matter of time.
Μήτι δυσχεραίνεις ὅτι τοσῶνδέ τινων λιτρῶν εἶ καὶ οὐ τριακοσίων; οὕτω δὴ καὶ ὅτι μέχρι τοσῶνδε ἐτῶν βιωτέον σοι καὶ οὐ μέχρι πλείονος· ὥσπερ γὰρ τῆς οὐσίας ὅσον ἀφώρισταί σοι στέργεις, οὕτως καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ χρόνου.
6.50.1 Try to persuade them; but act even against their will, when the principle of justice so leads. If, however, someone withstands you using force, turn aside to contentment and freedom from grief, and use the hindrance toward another virtue; and remember that you set out with a reservation, and were not reaching for the impossible. For what, then? For some such impulse as this. And this you attain; the things for which we were moved do come to pass.
Πειρῶ μὲν πείθειν αὐτούς, πρᾶττε δὲ καὶ ἀκόντων, ὅταν τῆς δικαιοσύνης ὁ λόγος οὕτως ἄγῃ. ἐὰν μέντοι βίᾳ τις προσχρώμενος ἐνίστηται, μετάβαινε ἐπὶ τὸ εὐάρεστον καὶ ἄλυπον καὶ συγχρῶ εἰς ἄλλην ἀρετὴν τῇ κωλύσει, καὶ μέμνησο ὅτι μεθ’ ὑπεξαιρέσεως ὥρμας καὶ ὅτι τῶν ἀδυνάτων οὐκ ὠρέγου. τίνος οὖν; τῆς τοιᾶσδέ τινος ὁρμῆς. τούτου δὲ τυγχάνεις· ἐφ’ οἷς προήχθημεν, ταῦτα γίνεται.
6.51.1 The lover of glory takes another’s activity for his own good; the lover of pleasure, his own sensation; but the man of sense, his own action.
Ὁ μὲν φιλόδοξος ἀλλοτρίαν ἐνέργειαν ἴδιον ἀγαθὸν ὑπολαμβάνει, ὁ δὲ φιλήδονος ἰδίαν πεῖσιν, ὁ δὲ νοῦν ἔχων ἰδίαν πρᾶξιν.
6.52.1 It is in your power to hold no opinion about this, and not to be troubled in soul; for things in themselves have no nature to produce our judgments.
Ἔξεστι περὶ τούτου μηδὲν ὑπολαμβάνειν καὶ μὴ ὀχλεῖσθαι τῇ ψυχῇ· αὐτὰ γὰρ τὰ πράγματα οὐκ ἔχει φύσιν ποιητικὴν τῶν ἡμετέρων κρίσεων.
6.53.1 Accustom yourself to attend closely to what another says, and, as far as possible, get inside the soul of the speaker.
Ἔθισον σεαυτὸν πρὸς τῷ ὑφ’ ἑτέρου λεγομένῳ γίνεσθαι ἀπαρενθυμήτως καὶ ὡς οἷόν τε ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ τοῦ λέγοντος γίνου.
6.54.1 What is not profitable to the swarm is not profitable to the bee either.
Τὸ τῷ σμήνει μὴ συμφέρον οὐδὲ τῇ μελίσσῃ συμφέρει.
6.55.1 If the sailors spoke ill of the helmsman, or the sick of the physician, to whom else would they attend? Or how could the one work the safety of those aboard, or the other the health of those he tends?
Εἰ κυβερνῶντα οἱ ναῦται ἢ ἰατρεύοντα οἱ κάμνοντες κακῶς ἔλεγον, ἄλλῳ τινὶ ἂν προσεῖχον ἢ πῶς αὐτὸς ἐνεργοίην τὸ τοῖς ἐμπλέουσι σωτήριον ἢ τὸ τοῖς θεραπευομένοις ὑγιεινόν;
6.56.1 How many, with whom I came into the world, have already departed!
Πόσοι, μεθ’ ὧν εἰσῆλθον εἰς τὸν κόσμον, ἤδη ἀπεληλύθασιν.
6.57.1 To the jaundiced honey seems bitter, to those bitten by mad dogs water is fearful, and to children a little ball seems fine. Why, then, am I angry? Or do you think a false opinion has less force than bile in the jaundiced man, or the venom in the one bitten by the mad dog?
Ἰκτεριῶσι τὸ μέλι πικρὸν φαίνεται καὶ λυσσοδήκτοις τὸ ὕδωρ φοβερὸν καὶ παιδίοις τὸ σφαιρίον καλόν. τί οὖν ὀργίζομαι; ἢ δοκεῖ σοι ἔλασσον ἰσχύειν τὸ διεψευσμένον ἢ τὸ χόλιον τῷ ἰκτεριῶντι καὶ ὁ ἰὸς τῷ λυσσοδήκτῳ;
6.58.1 No one will hinder you from living according to the reason of your own nature; and nothing will befall you contrary to the reason of the common nature.
Κατὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς σῆς φύσεως βιοῦν σε οὐδεὶς κωλύσει· παρὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς κοινῆς φύσεως οὐδέν σοι συμβήσεται.
6.59.1 What sort of people they are whom men wish to please, and for what kind of gains, and by what kind of acts! How quickly eternity will cover all things, and how many it has covered already!
Οἷοί εἰσιν οἷς θέλουσιν ἀρέσκειν, καὶ δι’ οἷα περιγινόμενα καὶ δι’ οἵων ἐνεργειῶν. ὡς ταχέως ὁ αἰὼν πάντα καλύψει καὶ ὅσα ἐκάλυψεν ἤδη.
The keynote is endurance and the renewal of resolve.
Marcus collects sayings — some from the tragedians, some from
Epictetus, whose Stoicism shaped his own — on bearing pain, governing anger, and meeting death. The art of living, he writes, is more like wrestling than dancing: you must keep your feet against what comes unforeseen. He repeats that the soul takes its color from its habitual thoughts, and that any troubling thing can be stripped down to its parts and seen to be bearable.
7.1.1 What is vice? It is what you have seen many times. And at everything that happens keep this ready to hand: that this is what you have seen many times. Everywhere, up and down, you will find the same things, of which the histories are full—the old, the middle, and the recent; of which the cities and the houses are full now. Nothing is new. All of it familiar, and short-lived.
Τί ἐστι κακία; τοῦτ’ ἔστιν ὃ πολλάκις εἶδες. καὶ ἐπὶ παντὸς δὲ τοῦ συμβαίνοντος πρόχειρον ἔχε ὅτι τοῦτό ἐστιν ὃ πολλάκις εἶδες. ὅλως ἄνω κάτω τὰ αὐτὰ εὑρήσεις, ὧν μεσταὶ αἱ ἱστορίαι αἱ παλαιαί, αἱ μέσαι, αἱ ὑπόγυιοι· ὧν νῦν μεσταὶ αἱ πόλεις καὶ αἱ οἰκίαι. οὐδὲν καινόν· πάντα καὶ συνήθη καὶ ὀλιγοχρόνια.
7.2.1 How else can your doctrines be killed off, except by the quenching of the impressions that answer to them—which it is in your power to keep continually rekindled? I can hold the right opinion about this. If I can, why am I troubled? The things outside my mind are nothing at all to my mind. Learn this, and you stand upright.
Τὰ δόγματα πῶς ἄλλως δύναται νεκρωθῆναι, ἐὰν μὴ αἱ κατάλληλοι αὐτοῖς φαντασίαι σβεσθῶσιν, ἃς διηνεκῶς ἀναζωπυρεῖν ἐπὶ σοί ἐστι. δύναμαι περὶ τούτου ὃ δεῖ ὑπολαμβάνειν· εἰ δύναμαι, τί ταράσσομαι; τὰ ἔξω τῆς ἐμῆς διανοίας οὐδὲν ὅλως πρὸς τὴν ἐμὴν διάνοιαν. τοῦτο μάθε καὶ ὀρθὸς εἶ. Ἀναβιῶναί σοι ἔξεστιν· ἴδε πάλιν τὰ πράγματα, ὡς ἑώρας· ἐν τούτῳ γὰρ τὸ ἀναβιῶναι.
7.3.1 The empty bustle of a procession; plays upon a stage; flocks, herds; sham fights with spears; a little bone thrown to puppies; a crumb dropped into the fish-ponds; the toil and load-bearing of ants; the scurrying of frightened mice; little puppets jerked on strings. Among these, then, you must stand kindly and without disdain, yet aware that each man is worth just so much as the things he busies himself about are worth.
Πομπῆς κενοσπουδία, ἐπὶ σκηνῆς δράματα, ποίμνια, ἀγέλαι, διαδορατισμοί, κυνιδίοις ὀστάριον ἐρριμμένον, ψωμίον εἰς τὰς τῶν ἰχθύων δεξαμενάς, μυρμήκων ταλαιπωρίαι καὶ ἀχθοφορίαι, μυιδίων ἐπτοημένων διαδρομαί, σιγιλλάρια νευροσπαστούμενα. χρὴ οὖν ἐν τούτοις εὐμενῶς μὲν καὶ μὴ καταφρυαττόμενον ἑστάναι, παρακολουθεῖν μέντοι, ὅτι τοσούτου ἄξιος ἕκαστός ἐστιν, ὅσου ἄξιά ἐστι ταῦτα περὶ ἃ ἐσπούδακεν.
7.4.1 You must follow, word by word, what is said, and, at each impulse, what is done—in the one case seeing at once toward what end the act refers, in the other watching closely what is meant.
Δεῖ κατὰ λέξιν παρακολουθεῖν τοῖς λεγομένοις καὶ καθ’ ἑκάστην ὁρμὴν τοῖς γινομένοις, καὶ ἐπὶ μὲν τοῦ ἑτέρου εὐθὺς ὁρᾶν ἐπὶ τίνα σκοπὸν ἡ ἀναφορά, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ ἑτέρου παραφυλάσσειν τί τὸ σημαινόμενον.
7.5.1 Is my mind equal to this or not? If it is equal, I use it for the work as an instrument given me by the nature of the Whole. If it is not equal, then either I yield the work to one who can accomplish it better—unless this is not otherwise my proper task—or I do it as I can, taking on as helper one who, by the use of my ruling faculty, can do what is now timely and useful for the common good. For whatever I do, alone or with another, must aim at this alone: what is useful to the community and well-fitted to it.
Πότερον ἐξαρκεῖ ἡ διάνοιά μου πρὸς τοῦτο ἢ οὔ; εἰ μὲν ἐξαρκεῖ, χρῶμαι αὐτῇ πρὸς τὸ ἔργον ὡς ὀργάνῳ παρὰ τῆς τῶν ὅλων φύσεως δοθέντι. εἰ δὲ μὴ ἐξαρκεῖ, ἤτοι παραχωρῶ τοῦ ἔργου τῷ δυναμένῳ κρεῖττον ἐπιτελέσαι, ἐὰν ἄλλως τοῦτο μὴ καθήκῃ, ἢ πράσσω ὡς δύναμαι, προσπαραλαβὼν τὸν δυνάμενον κατὰ πρόσχρησιν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ ποιῆσαι τὸ εἰς τὴν κοινωνίαν νῦν καίριον καὶ χρήσιμον. ὅ τι γὰρ ἂν δι’ ἐμαυτοῦ ἢ σὺν ἄλλῳ ποιῶ, ὧδε μόνον χρὴ συντείνειν, εἰς τὸ κοινῇ χρήσιμον καὶ εὐάρμοστον.
7.6.1 How many, once much-hymned, have already been given over to oblivion; and how many who sang their praises are long out of the way.
Ὅσοι μὲν πολυύμνητοι γενόμενοι ἤδη λήθῃ παραδέδονται, ὅσοι δὲ τούτους ὑμνήσαντες πάλαι ἐκποδών.
7.7.1 Do not be ashamed to be helped. The task set before you is to do your duty, like a soldier storming a wall. What then, if you, being lame, cannot climb up to the battlement alone, but with another’s help it can be done?
Μὴ αἰσχύνου βοηθούμενος· πρόκειται γάρ σοι ἐνεργεῖν τὸ ἐπιβάλλον ὡς στρατιώτῃ ἐν τειχομαχίᾳ. τί οὖν, ἐὰν σὺ μὲν χωλαίνων ἐπὶ τὴν ἔπαλξιν ἀναβῆναι μόνος μὴ δύνῃ, σὺν ἄλλῳ δὲ δυνατὸν ᾖ τοῦτο;
7.8.1 Let what is to come not trouble you. You will come to it, if you must, bearing the same reason you now use toward the present.
Τὰ μέλλοντα μὴ ταρασσέτω· ἥξεις γὰρ ἐπ’ αὐτά, ἐὰν δεήσῃ, φέρων τὸν αὐτὸν λόγον ᾧ νῦν πρὸς τὰ παρόντα χρᾷ.
7.9.1 All things are woven together, and the bond is sacred, and scarcely anything is foreign, one to another. For all have been ranged together in order and together adorn the same kosmos. For there is one kosmos out of all things, and one god through all things, and one substance, and one law, one reason common to all intelligent beings, and one truth—if indeed there is one perfection too of beings that are of one kind and share in the same reason.
Πάντα ἀλλήλοις ἐπιπλέκεται καὶ ἡ σύνὸεσις ἱερά, καὶ σχεδόν τι οὐδὲν ἀλλότριον ἄλλο ἄλλῳ· συγκατατέτακται γὰρ καὶ συγκοσμεῖ τὸν αὐτὸν κόσμον. κόσμος τε γὰρ εἷς ἐξ ἁπάντων καὶ θεὸς εἷς δι’ ἁπάντων καὶ οὐσία μία καὶ νόμος εἷς, λόγος κοινὸς πάντων τῶν νοερῶν ζῴων καὶ ἀλήθεια μία, εἴγε καὶ τελειότης μία τῶν ὁμογενῶν καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ λόγου μετεχόντων ζῴων.
7.10.1 Everything material vanishes very swiftly into the substance of the Whole; every cause is very swiftly taken up into the rational principle of the Whole; and the memory of everything is very swiftly buried in eternity.
Πᾶν τὸ ἔνυλον ἐναφανίζεται τάχιστα τῇ τῶν ὅλων οὐσίᾳ καὶ πᾶν αἴτιον εἰς τὸν τῶν ὅλων λόγον τάχιστα ἀναλαμβάνεται καὶ παντὸς μνήμη τάχιστα ἐγκαταχώννυται τῷ αἰῶνι.
7.11.1 For the rational animal the same act is according to nature and according to reason.
Τῷ λογικῶ ζῴῳ ἡ αὐτὴ πρᾶξις κατὰ φύσιν ἐστὶ καὶ κατὰ λόγον.
7.12.1 Upright, not held upright.
Ὀρθός, μὴ ὀρθούμενος.
7.13.1 As the limbs of the body are in unified bodies, so rational beings, though set apart, hold the same relation, framed for some one cooperation. The thought of this will strike you the more if you say to yourself often: I am a limb—melos—of the system made up of rational beings. But if, changing the one letter, you call yourself only a part—meros—then you do not yet love men from the heart; doing good does not yet gladden you as its own end; you still do it as mere propriety, not yet as doing good to yourself.
Οἷόν ἐστιν ἐν ἡνωμένοις τὰ μέλη τοῦ σώματος, τοῦτον ἔχει τὸν λόγον ἐν διεστῶσι τὰ λογικά, πρὸς μίαν τινὰ συνεργίαν κατεσκευασμένα. μᾶλλον δέ σοι ἡ τούτου νόησις προσπεσεῖται, ἐὰν πρὸς ἑαυτὸν πολλάκις λέγῃς, ὅτι μέλος εἰμὶ τοῦ ἐκ τῶν λογικῶν συστήματος. ἐὰν δὲ διὰ τοῦ ῥῶ στοιχείου μέρος εἶναι ἑαυτὸν λέγῃς, οὔπω ἀπὸ καρδίας φιλεῖς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους· οὔπω σε καταληκτικῶς εὐφραίνει τὸ εὐεργετεῖν· ἔτι ὡς πρέπον αὐτὸ ψιλὸν ποιεῖς, οὔπω ὡς ἑαυτὸν εὖ ποιῶν.
7.14.1 Let whatever it will fall from outside upon the parts that can suffer from such a fall. For those parts, if they will, may complain of what they suffer; but I, if I do not suppose that what has happened is an evil, am not yet harmed. And it is in my power not to suppose it.
Ὃ θέλει, ἔξωθεν προσπιπτέτω τοῖς παθεῖν ἐκ τῆς προσπτώσεως ταύτης δυναμένοις. ἐκεῖνα γάρ, ἐὰν θελήσῃ, μέμψεται τὰ παθόντα, ἐγὼ δέ, ἐὰν μὴ ὑπολάβω ὅτι κακὸν τὸ συμβεβηκός, οὔπω βέβλαμμαι· ἔξεστι δέ μοι μὴ ὑπολαβεῖν.
7.15.1 Whatever anyone does or says, I must be good—as if gold, or emerald, or purple were always saying this: whatever anyone does or says, I must be emerald and keep my own color.
Ὅ τι ἄν τις ποιῇ ἢ λέγῃ, ἐμὲ δεῖ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι, ὡς ἂν εἰ ὁ χρυσὸς ἢ ὁ σμάραγδος ἢ ἡ πορφύρα τοῦτο ἀεὶ ἔλεγεν· ὅ τι ἄν τις ποιῇ ἢ λέγῃ, ἐμὲ δεῖ σμάραγδον εἶναι καὶ τὸ ἐμαυτοῦ χρῶμα ἔχειν.
7.16.1 The ruling faculty does not disturb itself—I mean, it does not frighten itself into craving. But if another can frighten or grieve it, let him; for of itself it will not, by its own judgment, turn into such turnings. Let the poor body, if it can, take care that it suffer nothing, and let it say so if it suffers anything. But the little soul—the part that fears, that grieves, that holds any opinion at all about these things—will suffer nothing; for you will not bring it to such a verdict. The ruling faculty, so far as in it lies, wants for nothing, unless it makes a want for itself; and in the same way it is untroubled and unhindered, unless it troubles and hinders itself.
Τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν αὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ οὐκ ἐνοχλεῖ, οἷον λέγω, οὐ φοβεῖ ἑαυτὸ εἰς ἐπιθυμίαν. εἰ δέ τις ἄλλος αὐτὸ φοβῆσαι ἢ λυπῆσαι δύναται, ποιείτω· αὐτὸ γὰρ ἑαυτὸ ὑποληπτικῶς οὐ τρέψει εἰς τοιαύτας τροπάς. τὸ σωμάτιον μὴ πάθῃ τι, αὐτὸ μεριμνάτω, εἰ δύναται, καὶ λεγέτω, εἴ τι πάσχει· τὸ δὲ ψυχάριον τὸ φοβούμενον, τὸ λυπούμενον, τὸ περὶ τούτων ὅλως ὑπολαμβάνον, οὐδὲν μὴ πάθῃ· οὐ γὰρ ἄξεις αὐτὸ εἰς κρίσιν τοιαύτην. ἀπροσδεές ἐστιν ὅσον ἐφ’ ἑαυτῷ τὸ ἡγεμονικόν, ἐὰν μὴ ἑαυτῷ ἔνδειαν ποιῇ· κατὰ ταὐτὰ δὲ καὶ ἀτάραχον καὶ ἀνεμπόδιστον, ἐὰν μὴ ἑαυτὸ ταράσσῃ καὶ ἐμποδίζῃ.
7.17.1 Well-being is a good daimon, or a good ruling faculty. What, then, are you doing here, O impression? Go away, by the gods, as you came; for I have no need of you. You have come by old habit. I am not angry with you; only go.
Εὐδαιμονία ἐστὶ δαίμων ἀγαθὸς ἢ ἡγεμονικὸν ἀγαθόν. τί οὖν ὧδε ποιεῖς, ὦ φαντασία; ἀπέρχου, τοὺς θεούς σοι, ὡς ἦλθες· οὐ γὰρ χρῄζω σου. ἐλήλυθας δὲ κατὰ τὸ ἀρχαῖον ἔθος. οὐκ ὀργίζομαί σοι· μόνον ἄπιθι.
7.18.1 Does anyone fear change? Why, what can come to be without change? What is dearer or more akin to the nature of the Whole? Can you yourself bathe unless the firewood changes? Can you be nourished unless your food changes? Can any other useful thing be accomplished without change? Do you not see, then, that for you yourself to change is just the same, and just as necessary to the nature of the Whole?
Φοβεῖταί τις μεταβολήν; τί γὰρ δύναται χωρὶς μεταβολῆς γενέσθαι, τί δὲ φίλτερον ἢ οἰκειότερον τῇ τῶν ὅλων φύσει; σὺ δὲ αὐτὸς λούσασθαι δύνασαι, ἐὰν μὴ τὰ ξύλα μεταβάλῃ; τραφῆναι δὲ δύνασαι, ἐὰν μὴ τὰ ἐδώδιμα μεταβάλῃ; ἄλλο δέ τι τῶν χρησίμων δύναται συντελεσθῆναι χωρὶς μεταβολῆς; οὐχ ὁρᾷς οὖν ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ σὲ μεταβαλεῖν ὅμοιόν ἐστι καὶ ὁμοίως ἀναγκαῖον τῇ τῶν ὅλων φύσει;
7.19.1 Through the substance of the Whole, as through a winter torrent, all bodies pass, grown together with the Whole and working with it as our limbs work with one another. How many a Chrysippus, how many a Socrates, how many an Epictetus has eternity already swallowed down! And let the same thought strike you at every single man and thing whatever.
Διὰ τῆς τῶν ὅλων οὐσίας ὡς διὰ χειμάρρου διεκπορεύεται πάντα τὰ σώματα, τῷ ὅλῳ συμφυῆ καὶ συνεργὰ ὡς τὰ ἡμέτερα μέλη ἀλλήλοις. πόσους ἤδη ὁ αἰὼν Χρυσίππους, πόσους Σωκράτεις, πόσους Ἐπικτήτους καταπέπωκε. τὸ δ’ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπὶ παντὸς οὑτινοσοῦν σοι ἀνθρώπου τε καὶ πράγματος προσπιπτέτω.
7.20.1 One thing alone distracts me: that I myself may do something which the constitution of man does not will, or in a way it does not will, or which it does not will now.
Ἐμὲ ἓν μόνον περισπᾷ, μή τι αὐτὸς ποιήσω, ὃ ἡ κατασκευὴ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου οὐ θέλει ἢ ὡς οὐ θέλει ἢ ὃ νῦν οὐ θέλει.
7.21.1 Near is your forgetting of all things, and near the forgetting of you by all things.
Ἐγγὺς μὲν ἡ σὴ περὶ πάντων λήθη, ἐγγὺς δὲ ἡ πάντων περὶ σοῦ λήθη.
7.22.1 It is proper to man to love even those who stumble. And this comes about if it occurs to you that they are kin, and that they do wrong through ignorance and against their will, and that in a little while both of you will be dead; and, above all, that he has done you no harm, for he has not made your ruling faculty worse than it was before.
Ἴδιον ἀνθρώπου φιλεῖν καὶ τοὺς πταίοντας. τοῦτο δὲ γίνεται, ἐὰν συμπροσπίπτῃ σοι, ὅτι καὶ συγγενεῖς καὶ δι’ ἄγνοιαν καὶ ἄκοντες ἁμαρτάνουσι καὶ ὡς μετ’ ὀλίγον ἀμφότεροι τεθνήξεσθε, καὶ πρὸ πάντων, ὅτι οὐκ ἔβλαψέ σε· οὐ γὰρ τὸ ἡγεμονικόν σου χεῖρον ἐποίησεν ἢ πρόσθεν ἦν.
7.23.1 The nature of the Whole, out of the whole of substance as out of wax, now models a little horse, and, melting it down, uses its material for a little tree, then for a little man, then for something else; and each of these subsists for the briefest while. It is no terrible thing for the box to be broken up, any more than it was a good thing for it to be nailed together.
Ἡ τῶν ὅλων φύσις ἐκ τῆς ὅλης οὐσίας ὡς κηροῦ νῦν μὲν ἱππάριον ἔπλασε, συγχέασα δὲ τοῦτο εἰς δενδρύφιον συνεχρήσατο τῇ ὕλῃ αὐτοῦ· εἶτα εἰς ἀνθρωπάριον· εἶτα εἰς ἄλλο τι· ἕκαστον δὲ τούτων πρὸς ὀλίγιστον ὑπέστη. δεινὸν δὲ οὐδὲν τὸ διαλυθῆναι τῷ κιβωτίῳ, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ τὸ συμπαγῆναι ἀγαθόν.
7.24.1 A scowling look on the face is greatly against nature. Whenever it is often assumed, comeliness begins to perish with it, and at last is so utterly quenched that it cannot be rekindled at all. Try to grasp this very point: that it is contrary to reason. For if even the consciousness of doing wrong is gone, what reason is left for living?
Τὸ ἐπίκοτον τοῦ προσώπου λίαν παρὰ φύσιν, ὅταν πολλάκις ἐναποθνῄσκειν ᾖ πρόσχημα ἢ τὸ τελευταῖον ἀπεσβέσθη, ὥστε ὅλως ἐξαφθῆναι μὴ δύνασθαι. αὐτῷ γε τούτῳ παρακολουθεῖν πειρῶ, ὅτι παρὰ τὸν λόγον. εἰ γὰρ καὶ ἡ συναίσθησις τοῦ ἁμαρτάνειν οἰχήσεται, τίς ἔτι τοῦ ζῆν αἰτία;
7.25.1 All that you see, the Nature that administers the Whole will very soon change, and will make other things out of their substance, and again others out of the substance of those, so that the kosmos may always be young.
Πάντα ὅσα ὁρᾷς ὅσον οὔπω μεταβαλεῖ ἡ τὰ ὅλα διοικοῦσα φύσις καὶ ἄλλα ἐκ τῆς οὐσίας αὐτῶν ποιήσει καὶ πάλιν ἄλλα ἐκ τῆς ἐκείνων οὐσίας, ἵνα ἀεὶ νεαρὸς ᾖ ὁ κόσμος.
7.26.1 When someone does you wrong, consider at once what notion of good or evil he had when he did it. For seeing this, you will pity him, and neither wonder nor be angry. For either you yourself still hold the same thing to be good as he does, or something of the same kind; and then you must forgive him. Or, if you no longer suppose such things to be goods and evils, you will the more easily be kind to one who sees amiss.
Ὅταν τις ἁμάρτῃ τι εἰς σέ, εὐθὺς ἐνθυμοῦ τί ἀγαθὸν ἢ κακὸν ὑπολαβὼν ἥμαρτε. τοῦτο γὰρ ἰδὼν ἐλεήσεις αὐτὸν καὶ οὔτε θαυμάσεις οὔτε ὀργισθήσῃ. ἤτοι γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς τὸ αὐτὸ ἐκείνῳ ἀγαθὸν ἔτι ὑπολαμβάνεις ἢ ἄλλο ὁμοειδές· δεῖ οὖν συγγινώσκειν. εἰ δὲ μηκέτι ὑπολαμβάνεις τὰ τοιαῦτα ἀγαθὰ καὶ κακά, ῥᾷον εὐμενὴς ἔσῃ τῷ παρορῶντι.
7.27.1 Do not dwell on what is absent as though it were already present, but of what is present pick out the most favorable, and on their account remind yourself how they would be longed for if they were not here. At the same time, however, guard against teaching yourself, by so delighting in them, to overvalue them—so that, if ever they are not present, you would be troubled.
Μὴ τὰ ἀπόντα ἐννοεῖν ὡς ἤδη ὄντα, ἀλλὰ τῶν παρόντων τὰ δεξιώτατα ἐκλογίζεσθαι καὶ τούτων χάριν ὑπομιμνῄσκεσθαι πῶς ἂν ἐπεζητεῖτο, εἰ μὴ παρῆν. ἅμα μέντοι φυλάσσου, μὴ διὰ τοῦ οὕτως ἀσμενίζειν αὐτοῖς ἐθίσῃς ἐκτιμᾶν αὐτά, ὥστε, ἐάν ποτε μὴ παρῇ, ταραχθήσεσθαι.
7.28.1 Withdraw into yourself. It is the nature of the rational ruling faculty to be content with itself when it acts justly, and in that very thing to have its calm.
Εἰς σαυτὸν συνειλοῦ· φύσιν ἔχει τὸ λογικὸν ἡγεμονικὸν ἑαυτῷ ἀρκεῖσθαι δικαιοπραγοῦντι καὶ παρ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο γαλήνην ἔχοντι.
7.29.1 Wipe out the impression. Stop the puppet-strings. Mark off the present moment of time. Recognize what is happening, to you or to another. Divide and apportion the thing before you into the causal and the material. Think on your last hour. The wrong another has done—leave it there, where the wrong arose.
Ἐξάλειψον τὴν φαντασίαν. στῆσον τὴν νευροσπαστίαν. περίγραψον τὸ ἐνεστὼς τοῦ χρόνου. γνώρισον τὸ συμβαῖνον ἢ σοὶ ἢ ἄλλῳ. δίελε καὶ μέρισον τὸ ὑποκείμενον εἰς τὸ αἰτιῶδες καὶ ὑλικόν. ἐννόησον τὴν ἐσχάτην ὥραν. τὸ ἐκείνῳ ἁμαρτηθὲν ἐκεῖ κατάλιπε ὅπου ἡ ἁμαρτία ὑπέστη.
7.30.1 Stretch your thought out alongside what is said. Let the mind sink into what is done and what does it.
Συμπαρεκτείνειν τὴν νόησιν τοῖς λεγομένοις. εἰσδύεσθαι τὸν νοῦν εἰς τὰ γινόμενα καὶ ποιοῦντα.
7.31.1 Make yourself bright with simplicity, with self-respect, and with indifference to all that lies between virtue and vice. Love the human race. Follow god. That one says, "all things by convention, but in reality only the elements"; yet it is enough to remember that all things hold by convention—already, how very few they are.
Φαίδρυνον σεαυτὸν ἁπλότητι καὶ αἰδοῖ καὶ τῇ πρὸς τὸ ἀνὰ μέσον ἀρετῆς καὶ κακίας ἀδιαφορίᾳ. φίλησον τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος. ἀκολούθησον θεῷ. ἐκεῖνος μέν φησιν ὅτι ʽπάντα νομιστί, ἐτεῇ δὲ μόνα τὰ στοιχεῖαʼ, ἀρκεῖ δὲ μεμνῆσθαι ὅτι τὰ πάντα νομιστὶ ἔχει· ἤδη λίαν ὀλίγα.
7.32.1 On death: either dispersal, if atoms; or, if unity, then extinction or change of place.
Περὶ θανάτου· ἢ σκεδασμός, εἰ ἄτομοι· εἰ δ᾽ ἕνωσις, ἤτοι σβέσις ἢ μετάστασις.
7.33.1 On pain: what is unbearable carries us off; what lingers can be borne. And the mind keeps its own calm by withdrawing into itself, and the ruling faculty is made no worse. As for the parts hurt by the pain—let them, if they can, declare their own case about it.
Περὶ πόνου· τὸ μὲν ἀφόρητον ἐξάγει, τὸ δὲ χρονίζον φορητόν· καὶ ἡ διάνοια τὴν ἑαυτῆς γαλήνην κατὰ ἀπόληψιν διατηρεῖ καὶ οὐ χεῖρον τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν γέγονε, τὰ δὲ κακούμενα μέρη ὑπὸ τοῦ πόνου, εἴ τι δύναται, περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀποφηνάσθω.
7.34.1 On glory: look at their minds—what they are, and what kind of things they flee, what kind they pursue. And consider that, as one drift of sand heaped upon another hides what lay before, so in life the earlier things are very swiftly buried under what is heaped on after.
Περὶ δόξης· ἴδε τὰς διανοίας αὐτῶν, οἷαι καὶ οἷα μὲν φεύγουσαι. οἷα δὲ διώκουσαι. καὶ ὅτι, ὡς αἱ θῖνες ἄλλαι ἐπ’ ἄλλαις ἐπιφορούμεναι κρύπτουσι τὰς προτέρας, οὕτως ἐν τῷ βίῳ τὰ πρότερα ὑπὸ τῶν ἐπενεχθέντων τάχιστα ἐκαλύφθη.
7.35.1 "To the mind, then, that has grandeur and the contemplation of all time and all being—do you think that to such a man human life will seem any great thing?" "Impossible," he said. "Then such a man will not think death a terrible thing either?" "Least of all."
ʽἯι οὖν ὑπάρχει διανοίᾳ μεγαλοπρέπεια καὶ θεωρία παντὸς μὲν χρόνου, πάσης δὲ οὐσίας, ἆρα οἴει τούτῳ μέγα τι δοκεῖν εἶναι τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον; ἀδύνατον, ἦ δ’ ὅς. οὐκοῦν καὶ θάνατον οὐ δεινόν τι ἡγήσεται ὁ τοιοῦτος; ἥκιστά γε.ʼ
7.36.1 "It is kingly to do good and be ill spoken of."
ʽΒασιλικὸν εὖ μὲν πράττειν, κακῶς δὲ ἀκούειν.ʼ
7.37.1 It is shameful that the face should be obedient, shaping and composing itself as the mind commands, while the mind does not shape and compose itself by itself.
Αἰσχρόν ἐστι τὸ μὲν πρόσωπον ὑπήκοον εἶναι καὶ σχηματίζεσθαι καὶ κατακοσμεῖσθαι, ὡς κελεύει ἡ διάνοια, αὐτὴν δ’ ὑφ’ ἑαυτῆς μὴ σχηματίζεσθαι καὶ κατακοσμεῖσθαι.
7.38.1 For there is no need to rage at things, since to them it matters nothing.
Τοῖς πράγμασιν γὰρ οὐχὶ θυμοῦσθαι χρεών· μέλει γὰρ αὐτοῖς οὐδέν.
7.39.1 To the immortal gods and to us may you give joys.
Ἀθανάτοις τε θεοῖς καὶ ἡμῖν χάρματα δοίης.
7.40.1 To reap life like a ripe ear of corn, and that one should be, and another not.
Βίον θερίζειν ὥστε κάρπιμον στάχυν καὶ τὸν μὲν εἶναι, τὸν δὲ μή.
7.41.1 But if I and my children have been neglected by the gods, this too has its reason.
Εἰ δ’ ἠμελήθην ἐκ θεῶν καὶ παῖδ’ ἐμώ, ἔχει λόγον καὶ τοῦτο.
7.42.1 For the good is with me, and the right.
Τὸ γὰρ εὖ μετ’ ἐμοῦ καὶ τὸ δίκαιον.
7.43.1 Not to wail along with them, not to throb with agitation.
Μὴ συνεπιθρηνεῖν, μὴ σφύζειν.
7.44.1 "But to this I would make a just reply: you do not speak well, my friend, if you think a man worth anything at all ought to weigh the risk of living or dying, and not look to this alone, when he acts—whether he does just or unjust things, the deeds of a good man or of a bad."
ʽἘγὼ δὲ τούτῳ δίκαιον ἂν λόγον ἀντείποιμι, ὅτι οὐ καλῶς λέγεις, ὦ ἄνθρωπε, εἰ οἴει δεῖν κίνδυνον ὑπολογίζεσθαι τοῦ ζῆν ἢ τεθνάναι ἄνδρα, ὅτου τι καὶ σμικρὸν ὄφελος, ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἐκεῖνο μόνον σκοπεῖν, ὅταν πράττῃ, πότερον δίκαια ἢ ἄδικα πράττει καὶ ἀνδρὸς ἀγαθοῦ ἔργα ἢ κακοῦ.ʼ
7.45.1 "For this is the truth of it, men of Athens: wherever a man stations himself, thinking it best, or is stationed by a commander, there, as it seems to me, he ought to remain and face the danger, reckoning nothing—neither death nor anything else—above disgrace."
Ὁὕτω γὰρ ἔχει, ὦ ἄνδρες Ἀθηναῖοι, τῇ ἀληθείᾳ· οὗ ἄν τις αὑτὸν τάξῃ ἡγησάμενος βέλτιστον εἶναι ἢ ὑπ̓ ἄρχοντος ταχθῇ, ἐνταῦθα δεῖ, ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ, μένοντα κινδυνεύειν, μηδὲν ὑπολογιζόμενον μήτε θάνατον μήτε ἄλλο μηδὲν πρὸ τοῦ αἰσχροῦ.ʼ
7.46.1 "But, blessed friend, see whether nobility and goodness may not be something other than saving and being saved. For surely the man who is truly a man must let go this concern of living just so long a time, and not cling to life; he must leave these things to god, and, believing the women who say that not one man can escape his destiny, must consider next in what way he might best live out the time he has to live."
ʽἈλλ̓, ὦ μακάριε, ὅρα μὴ ἄλλο τι τὸ γενναῖον καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ᾖ τοῦ σῴζειν τε καὶ σῴζεσθαι· μὴ γὰρ τοῦτο μέν, τὸ ζῆν ὁποσονδὴ χρόνον, τόν γε ὡς ἀληθῶς ἄνδρα ἐατέον ἐστὶ καὶ οὐ φιλοψυχητέον, ἀλλ’ ἐπιτρέψαντα περὶ τούτων τῷ θεῷ καὶ πιστεύσαντα ταῖς γυναιξίν, ὅτι τὴν εἱμαρμένην οὐδ’ ἂν εἶς ἐκφύγοι, τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ σκεπτέον τίνα ἂν τρόπον τοῦτον ὃν μέλλει χρόνον βιῶναι ὡς ἄριστα βιῴη.ʼ
7.47.1 Look around at the courses of the stars as though you ran their round with them, and dwell continually on the changes of the elements into one another; for the imagining of these washes away the filth of life on the ground.
Περισκοπεῖν ἄστρων δρόμους ὥσπερ συμπεριθέοντα καὶ τὰς τῶν στοιχείων εἰς ἄλληλα μεταβολὰς συνεχῶς ἐννοεῖν· ἀποκαθαίρουσι γὰρ αἱ τούτων φαντασίαι τὸν ῥύπον τοῦ χαμαὶ βίου.
7.48.1 A fine saying of
Plato’s: that one who would discourse of men should survey earthly things as well, as if from somewhere on high looking down—the herds, the armies, the farms, the marriages, the partings, the births, the deaths, the uproar of the law-courts, the desolate lands, the various tribes of barbarians, the festivals, the laments, the markets, the whole medley, and the order composed out of opposites.
Καλὸν τὸ τοῦ
Πλάτωνος. καὶ δὴ περὶ ἀνθρώπων τοὺς λόγους ποιούμενον ἐπισκοπεῖν δεῖ καὶ τὰ ἐπίγεια ὥσπερ ποθὲν ἄνωθεν κάτω· ἀγέλας, στρατεύματα, γεώργια, γάμους, διαλύσεις, γενέσεις, θανάτους, δικαστηρίων θόρυβον, ἐρήμους χώρας, βαρβάρων ἔθνη ποικίλα, ἑορτάς, θρήνους, ἀγοράς, τὸ παμμιγὲς καὶ τὸ ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων συγκοσμούμενον.
7.49.1 Review the things of the past, the so many changes of dominions. You can foresee what is to come as well; for it will be wholly of the same kind, and it is not possible to step outside the rhythm of what now happens. So it is all one to have observed human life for forty years or for ten thousand; for what more will you see?
Τὰ προγεγονότα ἀναθεωρεῖν, τὰς τοσαύτας τῶν ἡγεμονιῶν μεταβολάς. ἔξεστι καὶ τὰ ἐσόμενα προεφορᾶν· ὁμοειδῆ γὰρ πάντως ἔσται καὶ οὐχ οἷόν τε ἐκβῆναι τοῦ ῥυθμοῦ τῶν νῦν γινομένων· ὅθεν καὶ ἴσον τὸ τεσσαράκοντα ἔτεσιν ἱστορῆσαι τὸν ἀνθρώπινον βίον τῷ ἐπὶ ἔτη μύρια· τί γὰρ πλέον ὄψει;
7.50.1 What sprang from earth goes back to earth; but what grew from heavenly seed returns again to the vault of heaven. Or else this is the loosening of the interlacings within the atoms, and some such scattering of the impassive elements.
Καὶ τὰ μὲν ἐκ γαίας φύντ’ εἰς γαῖαν, τὰ δ’ ἀπ’ αἰθερίου βλάστοντα γονῆς εἰς οὐράνιον πάλιν ἦλθε πόλον. Ἢ τοῦτο διάλυσις τῶν ἐν ταῖς ἀτόμοις ἀντεμπλοκῶν καὶ τοιοῦτός τις σκορπισμὸς τῶν ἀπαθῶν στοιχείων.
7.51.1 With food and drink and magic charms they turn the current aside, that they may not die.... But the gale that blows from god— that one must endure, and toil without lament.
Καὶ σίτοισι καὶ ποτοῖσι καὶ μαγεύμασι παρεκτρέποντες ὀχετὸν ὥστε μὴ θανεῖν.............. θεόθεν δὲ πνέοντ’ οὖρον ἀνάγκη τ λῆναι καμάτοις ἀνοδύρτοις.
7.52.1 A better wrestler, perhaps; but not more fellow-feeling, nor more modest, nor better-ordered toward what befalls, nor kinder toward the oversights of his neighbors.
Καββαλικώτερος, ἀλλ’ οὐχὶ κοινωνικώτερος οὐδὲ αἰδημονέστερος οὐδ’ εὐτακτότερος ἐπὶ τοῖς συμβαίνουσιν οὐδὲ εὐμενέστερος πρὸς τὰ τῶν πλησίον παροράματα.
7.53.1 Where a work can be accomplished according to the reason common to gods and men, there is nothing to dread. For where it is possible to gain benefit through an activity that goes well and advances according to one’s constitution, there no harm need be suspected.
Ὅπου ἔργον ἐπιτελεῖσθαι δύναται κατὰ τὸν κοινὸν θεοῖς καὶ ἀνθρώποις λόγον, ἐκεῖ οὐδὲν δεινόν· ὅπου γὰρ ὠφελείας τυχεῖν ἔξεστι διὰ τῆς εὐοδούσης καὶ κατὰ τὴν κατασκευὴν προιούσης ἐνεργείας, ἐκεῖ οὐδεμίαν βλάβην ὑφορατέον.
7.54.1 Everywhere and continually it is in your power: to be reverently content with the present circumstance, to deal with the men at hand according to justice, and to work with craft upon the present impression, that nothing uncomprehended slip in.
Πανταχοῦ καὶ διηνεκῶς ἐπὶ σοί ἐστι καὶ τῇ παρούσῃ συμβάσει θεοσεβῶς εὐαρεστεῖν καὶ τοῖς παροῦσιν ἀνθρώποις κατὰ δικαιοσύνην προσφέρεσθαι καὶ τῇ παρούσῃ φαντασίᾳ ἐμφιλοτεχνεῖν, ἵνα μή τι ἀκατάληπτον παρεισρυῇ.
7.55.1 Do not look about at the ruling faculties of others, but look straight ahead to this: where Nature is leading you—both the Nature of the Whole, through what befalls you, and your own, through what you must do. And each must do what follows from his constitution. Now all other things are constituted for the sake of the rational, just as in everything else the worse are for the sake of the better; but the rational are for the sake of one another. So the leading principle in man’s constitution is the social; the second, to be unyielding toward the body’s passions. For it is proper to rational and intelligent motion to bound itself off and never to be mastered by the motion of sense or impulse—both of these being animal, while the intelligent motion wills to be foremost and not to be overpowered by them. And rightly so, for by nature it is made to use them all. Third in the rational constitution is freedom from rashness and from being deceived. Holding fast to these, then, let the ruling faculty carry through a straight course, and it has what is its own.
Μὴ περιβλέπου ἀλλότρια ἡγεμονικά, ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖ βλέπε κατ’ εὐθὺ ἐπὶ τί σε ἡ φύσις ὁδηγεῖ, ἥ τε τοῦ ὅλου διὰ τῶν συμβαινόντων σοι καὶ ἡ σὴ διὰ τῶν πρακτέων ὑπὸ σοῦ· πρακτέον δὲ ἑκάστῳ τὸ ἑξῆς τῇ κατασκευῇ· κατεσκεύασται δὲ τὰ μὲν λοιπὰ τῶν λογικῶν ἕνεκεν, ὥσπερ καὶ ἐπὶ παντὸς ἄλλου τὰ χείρω τῶν κρειττόνων ἕνεκεν, τὰ δὲ λογικὰ ἀλλήλων ἕνεκεν. τὸ μὲν οὖν προηγούμενον ἐν τῇ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατασκευῇ τὸ κοινωνικόν ἐστι, δεύτερον δὲ τὸ ἀνένδοτον πρὸς τὰς σωματικὰς πείσεις· λογικῆς γὰρ καὶ νοερᾶς κινήσεως ἴδιον περιορίζειν ἑαυτὴν καὶ μήποτε ἡττᾶσθαι μήτε αἰσθητικῆς μήτε ὁρμητικῆς κινήσεως· ζῳώδεις γὰρ ἑκάτεραι, ἡ δὲ νοερὰ ἐθέλει πρωτιστεύειν καὶ μὴ κατακρατεῖσθαι ὑπ’ ἐκείνων. δικαίως γε· πέφυκε γὰρ χρηστικὴ πᾶσιν ἐκείνοις. τρίτον ἐν τῇ λογικῇ κατασκευῇ τὸ ἀπρόπτωτον καὶ ἀνεξαπάτητον. τούτων οὖν ἐχόμενον τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν εὐθεῖαν περαινέτω καὶ ἔχει τὰ ἑαυτοῦ.
7.56.1 As one already dead, and having lived only up to now, you must live the rest as a surplus, according to nature.
Ὡς ἀποτεθνηκότα δεῖ καὶ μέχρι νῦν βεβιωκότα τὸ λοιπὸν ἐκ τοῦ περιόντος ζῆσαι κατὰ τὴν φύσιν.
7.57.1 Love only what befalls you and is spun together for you; for what could be more fitting?
Μόνως φιλεῖν τὸ ἑαυτῷ συμβαῖνον καὶ συγκλωθόμενον· τί γὰρ ἁρμοδιώτερον;
7.58.1 At each thing that befalls, keep before your eyes those to whom the same things happened, and who then were vexed, taken aback, full of complaint. Where are they now? Nowhere. What then? Do you too wish to be like them? Will you not leave these alien turnings to those who turn and are turned, and become wholly taken up with how to use the things themselves? For you will use them well, and they will be your material. Only attend, and will to be good to yourself in everything you do; and remember both points—that the act itself is of consequence, and that what it is exercised upon is indifferent.
Ἐφ’ ἑκάστου συμβάματος ἐκείνους πρὸ ὀμμάτων ἔχειν, οἷς τὰ αὐτὰ συνέβαινεν, ἔπειτα ἤχθοντο, ἐξενίζοντο, ἐμέμφοντο· νῦν οὗν ἐκεῖνοι ποῦ; οὐδαμοῦ. τί οὖν; καὶ σὺ θέλεις ὁμοίως; οὐχὶ δὲ τὰς μὲν ἀλλοτρίας τροπὰς καταλιπεῖν τοῖς τρέπουσι καὶ τρεπομένοις, αὐτὸς δὲ περὶ τὸ πῶς χρῆσθαι αὐτοῖς ὅλος γίνεσθαι; χρήσῃ γὰρ καλῶς καὶ ὕλη σοι ἔσται, μόνον πρόσεχε καὶ θέλε σεαυτῷ καλὸς εἶναι ἐπὶ παντός, οὖ πράσσεις, καὶ μέμνησο ἀμφοτέρων, ὅτι καὶ διάφορον ἐφ’ οὗ ἡ πρᾶξις.
7.59.1 Dig within. Within is the spring of the good, and it can ever well up, if you ever dig.
Ἔνδον σκάπτε, ἔνδον ἡ πηγὴ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ ἀεὶ ἀναβλύειν δυναμένη, ἐὰν ἀεὶ σκάπτῃς.
7.60.1 The body too must be held firm, not flung about, whether in motion or at rest. For as the mind shows itself in the face, keeping it composed and seemly, so the like must be required of the whole body. But all this must be guarded without affectation.
Δεῖ καὶ τὸ σῶμα πεπηγέναι καὶ μὴ διερρῖφθαι μήτε ἐν κινήσει μήτε ἐν σχέσει. οἷον γάρ τι ἐπὶ τοῦ προσώπου παρέχεται ἡ διάνοια συνεστὼς αὐτὸ καὶ εὔσχημον συντηροῦσα, τοιοῦτο καὶ ἐπὶ ὅλου τοῦ σώματος ἀπαιτητέον. πάντα δὲ ταῦτα σὺν τῷ ἀνεπιτηδεύτῳ φυλακτέα.
7.61.1 The art of living is more like wrestling than dancing, in that it must stand ready and unshaken against what falls upon it, even unforeseen.
Ἡ βιωτικὴ τῇ παλαιστικῇ ὁμοιοτέρα ἤπερ τῇ ὀρχηστικῇ κατὰ τὸ πρὸς τὰ ἐμπίπτοντα καὶ οὐ προεγνωσμενα ἕτοιμος καὶ ἀπτὼς ἑστάναι.
7.62.1 Continually attend to who these people are whose witness you wish to have, and what ruling faculties they possess. For then you will neither blame those who stumble unwillingly, nor stand in need of their testimony, once you look into the springs of their opinion and impulse.
Συνεχῶς ἐφιστάναι, τίνες εἰσὶν οὗτοι, ὑφ’ ὧν μαρτυρεῖσθαι θέλεις, καὶ τίνα ἡγεμονικὰ ἔχουσιν· οὔτε γὰρ μέμψῃ τοῖς ἀκουσίως πταίουσιν οὔτε ἐπιμαρτυρήσεως δεήσῃ, ἐμβλέπων εἰς τὰς πηγὰς τῆς ὑπολήψεως καὶ ὁρμῆς αὐτῶν.
7.63.1 "Every soul," he says, "is robbed of the truth against its will." So too, then, of justice, of temperance, of kindness, and of all such. It is most necessary to remember this continually; for you will be gentler toward all.
ʽΠᾶσα ψυχή, φησίν, ἄκουσα στέρεται ἀληθείας·ʼ οὕτως οὖν καὶ δικαιοσύνης καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ εὐμενείας καὶ παντὸς τοῦ τοιούτου. ἀναγκαιότατον δὲ τὸ διηνεκῶς τούτου μεμνῆσθαι· ἔσῃ γὰρ πρὸς πάντας πρᾳότερος.
7.64.1 At every pain let this be ready to hand: that it is nothing shameful, and does not make the governing mind worse; for it corrupts the mind neither as it is rational nor as it is social. At most pains, too, let the saying of
Epicurus help you: that pain is neither unbearable nor everlasting, if you remember its limits and do not add to it by opinion. And remember this also, that many things which are really pain go unnoticed under another name, as being merely unpleasant—drowsiness, for instance, and being scorched by heat, and loss of appetite. When, then, you are discontented with any of these, say to yourself that you are giving in to pain.
Ἐπὶ μὲν παντὸς πόνου πρόχειρον ἔστω ὅτι οὐκ αἰσχρὸν οὐδὲ τὴν διάνοιαν τὴν κυβερνῶσαν χείρω ποιεῖ· οὔτε γὰρ καθὸ λογική ἐστιν οὔτε καθὸ κοινωνικὴ διαφθείρει αὐτήν. ἐπὶ μέντοι τῶν πλείστων πόνων καὶ τὸ τοῦ
Ἐπικούρου σοι βοηθείτω, ὅτι οὔτε ἀφόρητον οὔτε αἰώνιον, ἐὰν τῶν ὅρων μνημονεύῃς καὶ μὴ προσδοξάζῃς. κἀκείνου δὲ μέμνησο, ὅτι πολλὰ πόνῳ τὰ αὐτὰ ὄντα λανθάνει, δυσχεραινόμενα· οἷον τὸ νυστάζειν καὶ τὸ καυματίζεσθαι καὶ τὸ ἀνορεκτεῖν· ὅταν οὖν τινι τούτων δυσαρεστῇς, λέγε ἑαυτῷ, ὅτι πόνῳ ἐνδίδως.
7.65.1 See that you never feel toward the inhuman what the inhuman feel toward men.
Ὅρα μήποτέ τι τοιοῦτον πάθῃς πρὸς τοὺς ἀπανθρώπους, οἷον οἱ ἀπ άνθρωποι πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους.
7.66.1 How do we know that
Telauges was not, in his disposition, better than Socrates? For it is not enough that Socrates died more gloriously, and disputed more nimbly with the sophists, and bore the night out more stoutly in the frost, and, when ordered to fetch
the man of Salamis, thought it nobler to refuse, and "swaggered in the streets"—a point at which one might well pause, if indeed it were true. No: this is what we must consider—what kind of soul Socrates had; whether he could be content to be just toward men and holy toward the gods, neither flaring up rashly at wickedness nor enslaving himself to any man’s ignorance, neither receiving anything assigned from the Whole as strange, nor enduring it as unbearable, nor lending his mind to share in the passions of the poor flesh.
Πόθεν ἴσμεν, εἰ μὴ
Τηλαύγης Σωκράτους τὴν διάθεσιν κρείσσων ἦν; οὐ γὰρ ἀρκεῖ, εἰ Σωκράτης ἐνδοξότερον ἀπέθανε καὶ ἐντρεχέστερον τοῖς σοφισταῖς διελέγετο καὶ καρτερικώτερον ἐν τῷ πάγῳ διενυκτέρευε καὶ τὸν
Σαλαμίνιον κελευσθεὶς ἄγειν γεννικώτερον ἔδοξεν ἀντιβῆναι καὶ ʽἐν ταῖς ὁδοῖς ἐβρενθύετοʼ, περὶ οὗ καὶ μάλιστ’ ἄν τις ἐπιστήσειεν, εἴπερ ἀληθὲς ἦν· ἀλλ’ ἐκεῖνο δεῖ σκοπεῖν, ποίαν τινὰ τὴν ψυχὴν εἶχε Σωκράτης καὶ εἰ ἐδύνατο ἀρκεῖσθαι τῷ δίκαιος εἶναι τὰ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους καὶ ὅσιος τὰ πρὸς θεούς, μήτε εἰκῇ πρὸς τὴν κακίαν ἀγανακτῶν μηδὲ μὴν δουλεύων τινὸς ἀγνοίᾳ, μήτε τῶν ἀπονεμομένων ἐκ τοῦ ὅλου ὡς ξένον τι δεχόμενος ἢ ὡς ἀφόρητον ὑπομένων, μήτε τοῖς τοῦ σαρκιδίου πάθεσιν ἐμπαρέχων συμπαθῆ τὸν νοῦν·
7.67.1 Nature has not so blended you with the compound as to forbid you to bound yourself off and keep your own affairs under your own control. For it is very possible to become a godlike man and yet be recognized by no one. Remember this always, and this too: that to live happily lies in very few things. And do not, because you have given up hope of becoming a logician and a natural philosopher, despair on that account of becoming free, and modest, and social, and obedient to god.
Ἡ φύσις οὐχ οὕτως συνεκέρασε τῷ συγκρίματι, ὡς μὴ ἐφεῖσθαι περιορίζειν ἑαυτὸν καὶ τὰ ἑαυτοῦ ὑφ’ ἑαυτῷ ποιεῖσθαι· λίαν γὰρ ἐνδέχεται θεῖον ἄνδρα γενέσθαι καὶ ὑπὸ μηδενὸς γνωρισθῆναι. τούτου μέμνησο ἀεὶ καὶ ἔτι ἐκείνου, ὅτι ἐν ὀλιγίστοις κεῖται τὸ εὐδαιμόνως βιῶσαι καὶ μή, ὅτι ἀπήλπισας διαλεκτικὸς καὶ φυσικὸς ἔσεσθαι, διὰ τοῦτο ἀπογνῷς καὶ ἐλεύθερος καὶ αἰδήμων καὶ κοινωνικὸς καὶ εὐπειθὴς θεῷ.
7.68.1 To live out your life unconstrained and in the greatest gladness of heart, even though all men cry out against you what they will, even though the beasts tear apart the poor limbs of this lump grown about you. For what, in all this, prevents the mind from keeping itself in calm, in true judgment about the things that stand around it, and in readiness to use what is set before it—so that the judgment says to what befalls, "This is what you are in substance, however different you seem to opinion," and the use says to what falls under it, "You are the one I was seeking"? For to me the present is always the material of rational and civic virtue, and, in sum, of the art of a man or of a god. For everything that happens is made akin to god or to man, and is neither new nor hard to handle, but familiar and workable.
Ἀβιάστως διαζῆσαι ἐν πλείστῃ θυμηδίᾳ, κἂν πάντες καταβοῶσιν ἅτινα βούλονται, κἂν τὰ θηρία διασπᾷ τὰ μελύδρια τοῦ περιτεθραμμένου τούτου φυράματος. τί γὰρ κωλύει ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις τὴν διάνοιαν σῴζειν ἑαυτὴν ἐν γαλήνῃ καὶ κρίσει τῇ περὶ τῶν περιεστηκότων ἀληθεῖ καὶ χρήσει τῶν ὑποβεβλημένων ἑτοίμῃ, ὥστε τὴν μὲν κρίσιν λέγειν τῷ προσπίπτοντι· τοῦτο ὑπάρχεις κατ’ οὐσίαν, κἂν κατὰ δόξαν ἀλλοῖον φαίνῃ· τὴν δὲ χρῆσιν λέγειν τῷ ὑποπίπτοντι· σὲ ἐζήτουν· ἀεὶ γάρ μοι τὸ παρὸν ὕλη ἀρετῆς λογικῆς καὶ πολιτικῆς καὶ τὸ σύνολον τέχνης ἀνθρώπου ἢ θεοῦ· πᾶν γὰρ τὸ συμβαῖνον θεῷ ἢ ἀνθρώπῳ ἐξοικειοῦται καὶ οὔτε καινὸν οὔτε δυσμεταχείριστον, ἀλλὰ γνώριμον καὶ εὐεργές.
7.69.1 This is the perfection of character: to pass each day as if it were your last, neither feverish, nor numb, nor playing a part.
Τοῦτο ἔχει ἡ τελειότης τοῦ ἤθους, τὸ πᾶσαν ἡμέραν ὡς τελευταίαν διεξάγειν καὶ μήτε σφύζειν μήτε ναρκᾶν μήτε ὑποκρίνεσθαι.
7.70.1 The gods, immortal as they are, do not chafe that through so long an age they must forever endure such men, and so many of the base; nay, they even care for them in every way. And you, who are all but on the point of ceasing—do you give up, and that though you are yourself one of the base?
Οἱ θεοί, ἀθάνατοι ὄντες, οὐ δυσχεραίνουσιν ὅτι ἐν τοσούτῳ αἰῶνι δεήσει αὐτοὺς πάντως ἀεὶ τοιούτων ὄντων καὶ τοσούτων φαύλων ἀνέχεσθαι· προσέτι δὲ καὶ κήδονται αὐτῶν παντοίως. σὺ δέ, ὅσον οὐδέπω λήγειν μέλλων, ἀπαυδᾷς, καὶ ταῦτα εἶς ὢν τῶν φαύλων;
7.71.1 It is laughable not to flee your own vice, which is possible, while fleeing the vice of others, which is not.
Γελοῖόν ἐστι τὴν μὲν ἰδίαν κακίαν μὴ φεύγειν, ὃ καὶ δυνατόν ἐστι, τὴν δὲ τῶν ἄλλων φεύγειν, ὅπερ ἀδύνατον.
7.72.1 Whatever the rational and civic power finds to be neither intelligent nor social, it judges, with reason, to be beneath itself.
Ὃ ἂν ἡ λογικὴ καὶ πολιτικὴ δύναμις εὑρίσκῃ μήτε νοερὸν μήτε κοινωνικόν, εὐλόγως καταδεέστερον ἑαυτῆς κρίνει.
7.73.1 When you have done a good turn and another has received it, why do you still look, like the fools, for some third thing beyond these—to be thought to have done well, or to get a return?
Ὅταν σὺ εὖ πεποιηκὼς ᾖς καὶ ἄλλος εὖ πεπονθώς, τί ἐπιζητεῖς τρίτον παρὰ ταῦτα, ὥσπερ οἱ μωροί, τὸ καὶ δόξαι εὖ πεποιηκέναι ἢ τὸ ἀμοιβῆς τυχεῖν;
7.74.1 No one grows weary of being benefited; and to benefit is to act according to nature. Do not, then, grow weary of being benefited, in the very act by which you benefit others.
Οὐδεὶς κάμνει ὠφελούμενος, ὠφέλεια δὲ πρᾶξις κατὰ φύσιν·μὴ οὖν κάμνε ὠφελούμενος, ἐν ᾧ ὠφελεῖς.
7.75.1 The Nature of the Whole set itself in motion to make a kosmos. And now, either everything that comes to be does so by consequence, or even the most sovereign things, toward which the ruling faculty of the kosmos directs its own impulse, are without reason. Remembering this will make you calmer in many things.
Ἡ τοῦ ὅλου φύσις ἐπὶ τὴν κοσμοποιίαν ὥρμησε· νῦν δὲ ἤτοι πᾶν τὸ γινόμενον κατ’ ἐπακολούθησιν γίνεται ἢ ἀλόγιστα καὶ τὰ κυριώτατά ἐστιν ἐφ’ ἃ ποιεῖται ἰδίαν ὁρμὴν τὸ τοῦ κόσμου ἡγεμονικόν. εἰς πολλά σε γαληνότερον ποιήσει τοῦτο μνημονευόμενον.
Marcus reasons his way toward contentment with the life he has actually led, rather than the philosopher's life he once imagined for himself. He returns to cause and matter, to the social purpose for which rational beings exist, and to the futility of caring what posterity will say — since those who would praise you will soon be gone themselves. The recurring counsel is to look at each thing as it is, divide it into its matter, its cause, and its duration, and so quiet the alarm it raises.
8.1.1 This too conduces to freedom from vainglory: that you can no longer have lived your whole life, or at least your life from youth, as a philosopher; rather, to many others, and to yourself, it has become plain that you are far from philosophy. You are muddled, then, so that to win the reputation of a philosopher is no longer easy for you; and your station in life fights against it too. If, therefore, you have truly seen where the matter lies, let go what you will seem to be, and be content if you live the rest of your life, however long, as your nature wills. Consider, then, what it wills, and let nothing else distract you. For you have wandered through so many things and nowhere found the good life—not in syllogisms, not in wealth, not in glory, not in enjoyment, nowhere. Where, then, is it? In doing what man’s nature seeks. How, then, will you do these things? If you hold doctrines from which your impulses and actions spring. What doctrines? About goods and evils: that nothing is good for a man which does not make him just, temperate, brave, free; and nothing evil which does not make him the opposite of these.
Καὶ τοῦτο πρὸς τὸ ἀκενόδοξον φέρει, ὅτι οὐκέτι δύνασαι τὸν βίον ὅλον ἢ τόν γε ἀπὸ νεότητος φιλόσοφον βεβιωκέναι, ἀλλὰ πολλοῖς τε ἄλλοις καὶ αὐτὸς σεαυτῷ δῆλος γέγονας πόρρω φιλοσοφίας ὤν. πέφυρσαι οὖν, ὥστε τὴν μὲν δόξαν τὴν τοῦ φιλοσόφου κτήσασθαι οὐκέτι σοι ῥᾴδιον· ἀνταγωνίζεται δὲ καὶ ἡ ὑπόθεσις. εἴπερ οὖν ἀληθῶς ἑώρακας ποῦ κεῖται τὸ πρᾶγμα, τὸ μὲν τί δόξεις ἄφες, ἀρκέσθητι δέ, εἰ κἂν τὸ λοιπὸν τοῦ βίου ὅσον δήποτε, ὡς ἡ σὴ φύσις θέλει, βιώσῃ. κατανόησον οὖν τί θέλει, καὶ ἄλλο μηδέν σε περισπάτω· πεπείρασαι γὰρ περὶ πόσα πλανηθεὶς οὐδαμοῦ εὗρες τὸ εὖ ζῆν, οὐκ ἐν συλλογισμοῖς, οὐκ ἐν πλούτῳ, οὐκ ἐν δόξῃ, οὐκ ἐν ἀπολαύσει, οὐδαμοῦ. ποῦ οὖν ἐστιν; ἐν τῷ ποιεῖν ἃ ἐπιζητεῖ ἡ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου φύσις. πῶς οὖν ταῦτα ποιήσεις; ἐὰν δόγματα ἔχῃς ἀφ’ ὧν αἱ ὁρμαὶ καὶ αἱ πράξεις. τίνα δόγματα; περὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν, ὡς οὐδενὸς μὲν ἀγαθοῦ ὄντος ἀνθρώπῳ ὃ οὐχὶ ποιεῖ δίκαιον, σώφρονα, ἀνδρεῖον, ἐλεύθερον, οὐδενὸς δὲ κακοῦ ὃ οὐχὶ ποιεῖ τἀναντία τοῖς εἰρημένοις.
8.2.1 At each act ask yourself: how does this stand with me? Shall I not repent of it? In a little while I am dead, and all is gone. What more do I seek, if my present work is that of an intelligent and social being, under the same law as god?
Καθ’ ἑκάστην πρᾶξιν ἐρώτα σεαυτόν· πῶς μοι αὕτη ἔχει; μὴ μετανοήσω ἐπ’ αὐτῇ; μικρὸν καὶ τέθνηκα καὶ πάντ’ ἐκ μέσου· τί πλέον ἐπιζητῶ, εἰ τὸ παρὸν ἔργον ζῴου νοεροῦ καὶ κοινωνικοῦ καὶ ἰσονόμου θεῷ;
8.3.1 Alexander and
Gaius and Pompey—what are they beside
Diogenes and Heraclitus and Socrates? For these saw the things, and the causes, and the matter, and their ruling faculties were their own; but as for those—how many things there were to take thought for, and to how many they were enslaved!
Ἀλέξανδρος δὲ καὶ
Γάιος καὶ Πομπήιος τί πρὸς
Διογένη καὶ Ἡράκλειτον καὶ Σωκράτην; οἱ μὲν γὰρ εἶδον τὰ πράγματα καὶ τὰς αἰτίας καὶ τὰς ὕλας καὶ τὰ ἡγεμονικὰ ἦν αὐτῶν ταὐτά, ἐκεῖ δὲ ὅσων πρόνοια καὶ δουλεία πόσων.
8.4.1 They will do the same things none the less, even though you burst.
Ὅτι οὐδὲν ἧττον τὰ αὐτὰ ποιήσουσι, κἂν σὺ διαρραγῇς.
8.5.1 First, do not be troubled; for all things are according to the nature of the Whole, and in a little while you will be no one, nowhere—as not even Hadrian is now, nor Augustus. Next, fixing your gaze on the matter, see it as it is, and, recalling that you must be a good man, and what man’s nature requires, do this without swerving, and say what seems to you most just—only kindly, and modestly, and without pretense.
Τὸ πρῶτον μὴ ταράσσου· πάντα γὰρ κατὰ τὴν τοῦ ὅλου φύσιν καὶ ὀλίγου χρόνου οὐδεὶς οὐδαμοῦ ἔσῃ, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ Ἁδριανὸς οὐδὲ Αὔγουστος. ἔπειτα ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸ πρᾶγμα ἴδε αὐτὸ καὶ συμμνημονεύσας ὅτι ἀγαθόν σε ἄνθρωπον εἶναι δεῖ καὶ τί τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἡ φύσις ἀπαιτεῖ, πρᾶξον τοῦτο ἀμεταστρεπτὶ καὶ εἰπέ, ὡς δικαιότατον φαίνεταί σοι· μόνον εὐμενῶς καὶ αἰδημόνως καὶ ἀνυποκρίτως.
8.6.1 The nature of the Whole has this for its work: to transfer the things here to there, to change them, to lift them from one place and carry them to another. All is change; yet nothing so new as to be feared—all is familiar; and the apportionments, too, are equal.
Ἡ τῶν ὅλων φύσις τοῦτο ἔργον ἔχει, τὰ ὧδε ὄντα ἐκεῖ μετατιθέναι, μεταβάλλειν, αἴρειν ἔνθεν καὶ ἐκεῖ φέρειν. πάντα τροπαί, οὐχ ὥστε φοβηθῆναι, μή τι καινόν· πάντα συνήθη· ἀλλὰ καὶ ἴσαι αἱ ἀπονεμήσεις.
8.7.1 Every nature is content with itself when it goes well; and a rational nature goes well when, in its impressions, it assents to nothing false or unclear, directs its impulses only to social acts, makes its desires and aversions only of the things in our power, and welcomes all that is apportioned by the common Nature. For it is a part of that Nature, as the leaf’s nature is part of the plant’s—except that the leaf’s nature is part of a nature without sense, without reason, and liable to hindrance, while man’s nature is part of a Nature unhindered, intelligent, and just, seeing that it makes the apportionments of times, substance, cause, activity, and circumstance to each thing equal and according to worth. But look—not whether you will find one thing equal to one in every case, but whether, taken all together, the whole of this man’s matches the whole of that one’s.
Ἀρκεῖται πᾶσα φύσις ἑαυτῇ εὐοδούσῃ, φύσις δὲ λογικὴ εὐοδεῖ ἐν μὲν φαντασίαις μήτε ψευδεῖ μήτε ἀδήλῳ συγκατατιθεμένη, τὰς ὁρμὰς δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ κοινωνικὰ ἔργα μόνα ἀπευθύνουσα, τὰς ὀρέξεις δὲ καὶ τὰς ἐκκλίσεις τῶν ἐφ’ ἡμῖν μόνων πεποιημένη, τὸ δὲ ὑπὸ τῆς κοινῆς φύσεως ἀπονεμόμενον πᾶν ἀσπαζομένη· μέρος γὰρ αὐτῆς ἐστιν ὡς ἡ τοῦ φύλλου φύσις τῆς τοῦ φυτοῦ φύσεως· πλὴν ὅτι ἐκεῖ μὲν ἡ τοῦ φύλλου φύσις μέρος ἐστὶ φύσεως καὶ ἀναισθήτου καὶ ἀλόγου καὶ ἐμποδίζεσθαι δυναμένης, ἡ δὲ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου φύσις μέρος ἐστὶν ἀνεμποδίστου φύσεως καὶ νοερᾶς καὶ δικαίας, εἴγε ἴσους καὶ κατ’ ἀξίαν τοὺς μερισμοὺς χρόνων, οὐσίας, αἰτίου, ἐνεργείας, συμβάσεως ἑκάστοις ποιεῖται. σκόπει δέ, μὴ εἰ τὸ ἓν πρὸς τὸ ἓν ἴσον εὑρήσεις ἐπὶ παντός, ἀλλὰ εἰ συλλήβδην τὰ πάντα τοῦδε πρὸς ἀθρόα τὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου.
8.8.1 You cannot read. But you can ward off insolence; you can rise above pleasures and pains; you can be above the love of petty fame; you can refrain from anger at the unfeeling and the thankless—nay, even care for them.
Ἀναγινώσκειν οὐκ ἔξεστιν. ἀλλὰ ὕβριν ἀνείργειν ἔξεστιν· ἀλλὰ ἡδονῶν καὶ πόνων καθυπερτερεῖν ἔξεστιν· ἀλλὰ τοῦ δοξαρίου ὑπεράνω εἶναι ἔξεστιν· ἀλλὰ ἀναισθήτοις καὶ ἀχαρίστοις μὴ θυμοῦσθαι, προσέτι κήδεσθαι αὐτῶν ἔξεστιν.
8.9.1 Let no one ever again hear you finding fault with life at court, nor hear yourself find fault with it.
Μηκέτι σου μηδεὶς ἀκούσῃ καταμεμφομένου τὸν ἐν αὐλῇ βίον μηδὲ σὺ σεαυτοῦ.
8.10.1 Repentance is a kind of self-reproach for having let some useful thing go by; and the useful must be something good, and to be cared for by the good and noble man. But no good and noble man would repent of having let some pleasure go by. Pleasure, then, is neither useful nor good.
Ἡ μετάνοιά ἐστιν ἐπίληψίς τις ἑαυτοῦ ὡς χρήσιμόν τι παρεικότος· τὸ δὲ χρήσιμον ἀγαθόν τι δεῖ εἶναι καὶ ἐπιμελητέον αὐτοῦ τῷ καλῷ καὶ ἀγαθῷ ἀνδρί· οὐδεὶς δ’ ἂν καλὸς καὶ ἀγαθὸς ἀνὴρ μετανοήσειεν ἐπὶ τῷ ἡδονήν τινα παρεικέναι· οὔτε ἄρα ·χρήσιμον οὔτε ἀγαθὸν ἡδονή.
8.11.1 This thing—what is it in itself, by its own constitution? What is its substance and its material, what its cause, what does it do in the kosmos, and how long does it last?
Τοῦτο τί ἐστιν αὐτὸ καθ’ αὑτὸ τῇ ἰδίᾳ κατασκευῇ, τί μὲν τὸ οὐσιῶδες αὐτοῦ καὶ ὑλικόν, τί δὲ τὸ αἰτιῶδες, τί δὲ ποιεῖ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, πόσον δὲ χρόνον ὑφίσταται;
8.12.1 When you rise unwillingly from sleep, remember that it belongs to your constitution and to man’s nature to render social acts, while sleeping is shared even by the irrational animals. And what is according to each one’s nature is more proper to it, more native, and indeed more agreeable.
Ὅταν ἐξ ὕπνου δυσχερῶς ἐγείρῃ, ἀναμιμνῄσκου ὅτι κατὰ τὴν κατασκευήν σου ἐστὶ καὶ κατὰ τὴν ἀνθρωπικὴν φύσιν τὸ πράξεις κοινωνικὰς ἀποδιδόναι, τὸ δὲ καθεύδειν κοινὸν καὶ τῶν ἀλόγων ζῴων· ὃ δὲ κατὰ φύσιν ἑκάστῳ, τοῦτο οἰκειότερον καὶ προσφυέστερον καὶ δὴ καὶ προσηνέστερον.
8.13.1 Continually, and at every impression, if it can be done, apply the study of nature, of passion, and of logic.
Διηνεκῶς καὶ ἐπὶ πάσης, εἰ οἶόν τε, φαντασίας φυσιολογεῖν, παθολογεῖν, διαλεκτικεύεσθαι.
8.14.1 Whomever you meet, say to yourself at once: what doctrines does this man hold about goods and evils? For if he holds such-and-such doctrines about pleasure and pain and what produces each, about fame and obscurity, death and life, it is no wonder if he acts so; and I will remember that he is constrained to act thus.
Ὧι ἂν ἐντυγχάνῃς, εὐθὺς σαυτῷ πρόλεγε· οὖτος τίνα δόγματα ἔχει περὶ ἀγαθῶν καὶ κακῶν; εἰ γὰρ περὶ ἡδονῆς καὶ πόνου καὶ τῶν ποιητικῶν ἑκατέρου καὶ περὶ δόξης, ἀδοξίας, θανάτου, ζωῆς, τοιάδε τινὰ δόγματα ἔχει, οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν· ἢ ξένον μοι δόξει, ἐὰν τάδε τινὰ ποιῇ, καὶ μεμνήσομαι ὅτι ἀναγκάζεται οὕτως ποιεῖν.
8.15.1 Remember that, as it is shameful to be astonished if the fig tree bears figs, so it is to be astonished if the kosmos bears the things of which it is the bearer. And it is shameful for a physician or a helmsman to be astonished if a man has taken fever, or if a contrary wind has risen.
Μέμνησο ὅτι, ὥσπερ αἰσχρόν ἐστι ξενίζεσθαι, εἰ ἡ συκῆ σῦκα φέρει, οὕτως, εἰ ὁ κόσμος τάδε τινὰ φέρει ὧν ἐστι φορός· καὶ ἰατρῷ δὲ καὶ κυβερνήτῃ αἰσχρὸν ξενίζεσθαι, εἰ πεπύρεχεν οὗτος ἢ εἰ ἀντίπνοια γέγονεν.
8.16.1 Remember that to change your course and to follow one who sets you right is no less free; for it is your own act, fulfilled according to your own impulse and judgment, and indeed according to your own mind.
Μέμνησο ὅτι καὶ τὸ μετατίθεσθαι καὶ ἕπεσθαι τῷ διορθοῦντι ὁμοίως ἐλεύθερόν ἐστι· σὴ γὰρ ἐνέργεια κατὰ τὴν σὴν ὁρμὴν καὶ κρίσιν καὶ δὴ καὶ κατὰ νοῦν τὸν σὸν περαινομένη.
8.17.1 If it is in your power, why do you do it? If in another’s, whom do you blame? The atoms, or the gods? Either is madness. Blame no one. If you can, set it right; if you cannot, then set right the thing itself; and if not even that, what use is it still to you to blame? For nothing should be done at random.
Εἰ μὲν ἐπὶ ·σοί, τί αὐτὸ ποιεῖς; εἰ δὲ ἐπ’ ἄλλῳ, τίνι μέμφῃ; ταῖς ἀτόμοις ἢ τοῖς θεοῖς; ἀμφότερα μανιώδη. Οὐδενὶ μεμπτέον. εἰ μὲν γὰρ δύνασαι, διόρθωσον· εἰ δὲ τοῦτο μὴ δύνασαι, τό γε πρᾶγμα αὐτό· εἰ δὲ μηδὲ τοῦτο, πρὸς τί ἔτι σοι φέρει τὸ μέμψασθαι; εἰκῇ γὰρ οὐδὲν ποιητέον.
8.18.1 What dies does not fall outside the kosmos. If it remains here and changes here, it is dissolved here into its own parts, which are the elements of the kosmos and of you. And these too change, and do not grumble.
Ἔξω τοῦ κόσμου τὸ ἀποθανὸν οὐ πίπτει. εἰ ὧδε μένει καὶ μεταβάλλει ὧδε καὶ διαλύεται εἰς τὰ ἴδια, ἃ στοιχεῖά ἐστι τοῦ κόσμου καὶ σά. καὶ αὐτὰ δὲ μεταβάλλει καὶ οὐ γογγύζει.
8.19.1 Each thing has come to be for some end—a horse, a vine. Why do you wonder? The Sun too will say, "I have come to be for some work," and so the other gods. You, then—for what? To take pleasure? See whether the thought can bear it.
Ἕκαστον πρός τι γέγονεν, ἵππος, ἄμπελος. τί θαυμάζεις; καὶ ὁ
Ἥλιος ἐρεῖ· πρός τι ἔργου γέγονα, καὶ οἱ λοιποὶ θεοί. σὺ οὖν πρὸς τί; τὸ ἥδεσθαι; ἴδε εἰ ἀνέχεται ἡ ἔννοια.
8.20.1 Nature has aimed at each thing’s ending no less than at its beginning and its course, like one who tosses up a ball. What good is it to the ball to be tossed up, or evil to be brought down, or even to have fallen? What good to the bubble while it holds together, or evil when it bursts? The same too of a lamp.
Ἡ φύσις ἐστόχασται ἑκάστου οὐδέν τι ἔλασσον τῆς ἀπολήξεως ἢ τῆς ἀρχῆς τε καὶ διεξαγωγῆς, ὡς ὁ ἀναβάλλων τὴν σφαῖραν· τί οὖν ἀγαθὸν τῷ σφαιρίῳ ἀναφερομένῳ ἢ κακὸν καταφερομένῳ ἢ καὶ πεπτωκότι; τί δὲ ἀγαθὸν τῇ πομφόλυγι συνεστώσῃ ἢ κακὸν διαλυθείσῃ; τὰ ὅμοια δὲ καὶ ἐπὶ λύχνου.
8.21.1 Turn it inside out and see what it is; and what it becomes when grown old, when sick, when prostituted.
Ἔκστρεψον καὶ θέασαι οἷόν ἐστι, γηρᾶσαν δὲ οἷον γίνεται, νοσῆσαν δέ, πορνεῦσαν. Βραχύβιον καὶ ὁ ἐπαινῶν καὶ ὁ ἐπαινούμενος καὶ ὁ μνημονεύων καὶ ὁ μνημονευόμενος. προσέτι δὲ καὶ ἐν γωνίᾳ τούτου τοῦ κλίματος καὶ οὐδὲ ἐνταῦθα πάντες συμφωνοῦσι καὶ οὐδὲ αὐτός τις ἑαυτῷ· καὶ ὅλη δὲ ἡ γῆ στιγμή.
8.22.1 Attend to the thing before you—whether the matter, or the doctrine, or the act, or the meaning.
Πρόσεχε τῷ ὑποκειμένῳ ἢ τῷ δόγματι ἢ τῇ ἐνεργείᾳ ἢ τῷ σημαινομένῳ. Δικαίως ταῦτα πάσχεις· μᾶλλον δὲ θέλεις ἀγαθὸς αὔριον γενέσθαι ἢ σήμερον εἶναι.
8.23.1 Am I doing something? I do it referring it to the good of men. Does something befall me? I receive it, referring it to the gods and to the source of all, from which all that happens is spun together.
Πράσσω τι; πράσσω ἐπ’ ἀνθρώπων εὐποιίαν ἀναφέρων. συμβαίνει τί μοι; δέχομαι ἐπὶ τοὺς θεοὺς ἀναφέρων καὶ τὴν πάντων πηγήν, ἀφ’ ἧς πάντα τὰ γινόμενα συμμηρύεται.
8.24.1 What bathing seems to you—oil, sweat, filth, greasy water, all of it loathsome—such is every part of life and every thing before you.
Ὁποῖόν σοι φαίνεται τὸ λούεσθαι· ἔλαιον, ἱδρώς, ῥύπος, ὕδωρ γλοιῶδες, πάντα σικχαντά· τοιοῦτον πᾶν μέρος τοῦ βίου καὶ πᾶν ὑποκείμενον.
8.25.1 Lucilla buried
Verus, then Lucilla was buried;
Secunda buried Maximus, then Secunda;
Epitynchanus buried
Diotimus, then Epitynchanus; Antoninus buried
Faustina, then Antoninus. So with all:
Celer buried Hadrian, then Celer. And those sharp wits, the seers, the puffed-up—where are they? Sharp ones such as
Charax, and
Demetrius the Platonist, and
Eudaemon, and any like them. All of them ephemeral, long dead; some not remembered even for a little while, some turned into legends, some already faded even from legend. Remember, then, of these things, that either your poor compound must be scattered, or your little breath quenched, or it must change its place and be stationed elsewhere.
Λούκιλλα Οὐῆρον, εἶτα Λούκιλλα·
Σέκουνδα Μάξιμον, εἶτα Σέκουνδα·
Ἐπιτύγχανος Διότιμον, εἶτα Ἐπιτύγχανος·
Φαυστῖναν Ἀντωνῖνος, εἶτα Ἀντωνῖνος. τοιαῦτα πάντα·
Κέλερ Ἁδριανόν, εἶτα Κέλερ. οἱ δὲ δριμεῖς ἐκεῖνοι ἢ προγνωστικοὶ ἢ τετυφωμένοι ποῦ; οἷον, δριμεῖς μὲν
Χάραξ καὶ
Δημήτριος ὁ Πλατωνικὸς καὶ
Εὐδαίμων καὶ εἴ τις τοιοῦτος. πάντα ἐφήμερα, τεθνηκότα πάλαι· ἔνιοι μὲν οὐδὲ ἐπ’ ὀλίγον μνημονευθέντες, οἱ δὲ εἰς μύθους μεταβαλόντες, οἱ δὲ ἤδη καὶ ἐκ μύθων ἐξίτηλοι. τούτων οὖν μεμνῆσθαι ὅτι δεήσει ἤτοι σκεδασθῆναι τὸ συγκριμάτιόν σου ἢ σβεσθῆναι τὸ πνευμάτιον ἢ μεταστῆναι καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ καταταχθῆναι.
8.26.1 The joy of a man is to do what is proper to man; and proper to man is goodwill toward his own kind, contempt for the motions of sense, the discernment of plausible impressions, and the contemplation of the nature of the Whole and of what happens according to it.
Εὐφροσύνη ἀνθρώπου ποιεῖν τὰ ἴδια ἀνθρώπου, ἴδιον δὲ ἀνθρώπου εὔνοια πρὸς τὸ ὁμόφυλον, ὑπερόρασις τῶν αἰσθητικῶν κινήσεων, διάκρισις τῶν πιθανῶν φαντασιῶν, ἐπιθεώρησις τῆς τῶν ὅλων φύσεως καὶ τῶν κατ̓ αὐτὴν γινομένων.
8.27.1 Three relations: one to the vessel that encloses you; one to the divine cause, from which all things come to pass for all; and one to those who live alongside you.
Τρεῖς σχέσεις· ἡ μὲν πρὸς τὸ ἀγγεῖον τὸ περικείμενον, ἡ δὲ πρὸς τὴν θείαν αἰτίαν, ἀφ’ ἧς συμβαίνει πᾶσι πάντα, ἡ δὲ πρὸς τοὺς συμβιοῦντας.
8.28.1 Pain is either an evil to the body—then let the body declare it—or to the soul; but the soul can keep its own clear sky and calm, and not suppose it an evil. For every judgment, impulse, desire, and aversion is within, and nothing evil climbs up to that height.
Ὁ πόνος ἤτοι τῷ σώματι κακόν· οὐκοῦν ἀποφαινέσθω· ἢ τῇ ψυχῇ· ἀλλ’ ἔξεστιν αὐτῇ τὴν ἰδίαν αἰθρίαν καὶ γαλήνην διαφυλάσσειν καὶ μὴ ὑπολαμβάνειν ὅτι κακόν. πᾶσα γὰρ κρίσις καὶ ὁρμὴ καὶ ὄρεξις καὶ ἔκκλισις ἔνδον καὶ οὐδὲν ὧδε ἀναβαίνει.
8.29.1 Wipe out your impressions, continually saying to yourself: now it is in my power that in this soul there be no wickedness, no craving, no disturbance at all; but, seeing all things as they are, I use each according to its worth. Remember this power, which is according to nature.
Ἐξάλειφε τὰς φαντασίας συνεχῶς σεαυτῷ λέγων· νῦν ἐπ’ ἐμοί ἐστιν ἵνα ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ψυχῇ μηδεμία πονηρία ᾖ μηδὲ ἐπιθυμία μηδὲ ὅλως ταραχή τις, ἀλλὰ βλέπων πάντα ὁποῖά ἐστι χρῶμαι ἑκάστῳ κατ’ ἀξίαν. μέμνησο ταύτης τῆς ἐξουσίας κατὰ φύσιν.
8.30.1 Speak both in the Senate and to anyone whatever with decorum, not with bombast. Use sound speech.
Λαλεῖν καὶ ἐν συγκλήτῳ καὶ πρὸς πάνθ’ ὁντινοῦν κοσμίως, μὴ περιτράνως· ὑγιεῖ λόγῳ χρῆσθαι.
8.31.1 The court of Augustus—wife, daughter, grandsons, ancestors, sister,
Agrippa, kinsmen, household, friends,
Areius,
Maecenas, physicians, sacrificers—the death of a whole court. Then pass on to the others... not the death of a single man, like that of the Pompeys. And that inscription on the tombs—"the last of his line": reckon how the forebears of these strove to leave a successor, and then how, of necessity, some one of them must be the last. Here again, the death of a whole line.
Αὐλὴ Αὐγούστου, γυνή, θυγάτηρ, ἔγγονοι, πρόγονοι, ἀδελφή,
Ἀγρίππας, συγγενεῖς, οἰκεῖοι, φίλοι,
Ἄρειος,
Μαικήνας, ἰατροί, θύται· ὅλης αὐλῆς θάνατος. εἶτα ἔπιθι τὰς ἄλλας... μὴ καθ’ ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου θάνατον, οἷον Πομπηίων. κἀκεῖνο δὲ τὸ ἐπιγραφόμενον τοῖς μνήμασιν· ἔσχατος τοῦ ἰδίου γένους, ἐπιλογίζεσθαι πόσα ἐσπάσθησαν οἱ πρὸ αὐτῶν, ἵνα διάδοχόν τινα καταλίπωσιν, εἶτα ἀνάγκη ἔσχατόν τινα γενέσθαι· πάλιν ὧδε ὅλου γένους θάνατον.
8.32.1 You must compose your life action by action, and be content if each gives what it can; and that it give what is its own, no one can prevent you. "But something from outside will stand in the way." Nothing that bars acting justly, temperately, with good sense. "But perhaps some particular activity will be hindered." Yet by your glad acquiescence in the very hindrance, and by your good-tempered shift to what is granted, another act is at once put in its place, one that fits into the composition we are speaking of.
Συντιθέναι δεῖ τὸν βίον κατὰ μίαν πρᾶξιν καὶ εἰ ἑκάστη τὸ ἑαυτῆς παρέχει ὡς οἷόν τε, ἀρκεῖσθαι· ἵνα δὲ τὸ ἑαυτῆς παρέχῃ, οὐδὲ εἷς σε κωλῦσαι δύναται.—ἀλλ̓ ἐνστήσεταί τι ἔξωθεν.—οὐδὲν εἴς γε τὸ δικαίως καὶ σωφρόνως καὶ εὐλογίστως, ἄλλο δέ τι ἴσως ἐνεργητικὸν κωλυθήσεται, ἀλλὰ τῇ πρὸς αὐτὸ τὸ κώλυμα εὐαρεστήσει καὶ τῇ ἐπὶ τὸ διδόμενον εὐγνώμονι μεταβάσει εὐθὺς ἄλλη πρᾶξις ἀντικαθίσταται ἐναρμόσουσα εἰς τὴν σύνθεσιν, περὶ ἧς ὁ λόγος.
8.33.1 Take without conceit; let go with ease.
Ἀτύφως μὲν λαβεῖν, εὐλύτως δὲ ἀφεῖναι.
8.34.1 If ever you have seen a severed hand, or foot, or a head cut off, lying somewhere apart from the rest of the body—such does a man make of himself, so far as in him lies, when he will not accept what befalls and cuts himself off, or does something unsocial. You have thrown yourself somewhere outside the natural unity; for you were born a part, and now you have cut yourself off. Yet here is the fine thing: it is in your power to unite yourself again. To no other part has god granted this—once severed and cut off, to come together again. But consider the kindness with which he has honored man: he has put it in his power not to be broken off from the Whole in the first place, and, once broken off, to return again and grow together and resume his place as a part.
Εἴ ποτε εἶδες χεῖρα ἀποκεκομμένην ἢ πόδα ἢ κεφαλὴν ἀποτετμημένην, χωρίς πού ποτε ἀπὸ τοῦ λοιποῦ σώματος κειμένην· τοιοῦτον ἑαυτὸν ποιεῖ, ὅσον ἐφ’ ἑαυτῷ, ὁ μὴ θέλων τὸ συμβαῖνον καὶ ἀποσχίζων ἑαυτὸν ἢ ὁ ἀκοινώνητόν τι πράσσων. ἀπέρριψαί πού ποτε ἀπὸ τῆς κατὰ φύσιν ἑνώσεως· ἐπεφύκεις γὰρ μέρος· νῦν δὲ σεαυτὸν ἀπέκοψας. ἀλλ’ ὧδε κομψὸν ἐκεῖνο, ὅτι ἔξεστί σοι πάλιν ἑνῶσαι σεαυτόν. τοῦτο ἄλλῳ μέρει οὐδενὶ θεὸς ἐπέτρεψεν, χωρισθέντι καὶ διακοπέντι πάλιν συνελθεῖν, ἀλλὰ σκέψαι τὴν χρηστότητα ᾗ τετίμηκε τὸν ἄνθρωπον· καὶ γὰρ ἵνα τὴν ἀρχὴν μὴ ἀπορραγῇ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὅλου ἐπ’ αὐτῷ ἐποίησε, καὶ ἀπορραγέντι πάλιν ἐπανελθεῖν καὶ συμφῦναι καὶ τὴν τοῦ μέρους τάξιν ἀπολαβεῖν ἐποίησεν.
8.35.1 As we have received the other powers, each of the rational beings having about as much as the rational nature itself, so too we have received this from it: that, just as that Nature turns aside everything that opposes and withstands it, ranks it into the order of destiny, and makes it a part of itself, so the rational being too can make every hindrance its own material, and use it for whatever end it had set out upon.
Ὥσπερ τὰς ἄλλας δυνάμεις ἑκάστῳ τῶν λογικῶν σχεδὸν ὅσον ἡ τῶν λογικῶν φύσις, οὕτως καὶ ταύτην παῤ αὐτῆς εἰλήφαμεν. ὃν τρόπον γὰρ ἐκείνη πᾶν τὸ ἐνιστάμενον καὶ ἀντιβαῖνον ἐπιπεριτρέπει καὶ κατατάσσει εἰς τὴν εἱμαρμένην καὶ μέρος ἑαυτῆς ποιεῖ, οὕτως καὶ τὸ λογικὸν ζῷον δύναται πᾶν κώλυμα ὕλην ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖν καὶ χρῆσθαι αὐτῷ, ἐφ’ οἷον ἂν καὶ ὥρμησεν.
8.36.1 Do not let the picture of your whole life confound you; do not gather up in thought all the many grievous things that may probably befall, but at each present moment ask yourself: what in this work is unbearable and past enduring? You will be ashamed to confess it. Then remind yourself that neither the future nor the past weighs you down, but always the present; and this is made small if you mark it off by itself, and rebuke your mind if it cannot hold out against even this bare thing.
Μή σε συγχείτω ἡ τοῦ ὅλου βίου φαντασία, μὴ συμπερινόει ἐπίπονα οἷα καὶ ὅσα πιθανὸν ἐπιγεγενῆσθαι, ἀλλὰ καθ’ ἕκαστον τῶν παρόντων ἐπερώτα σεαυτόν· τί τοῦ ἔργου τὸ ἀφόρητον καὶ ἀνύποιστον; αἰσχυνθήσῃ γὰρ ὁμολογῆσαι. ἔπειτα ἀναμίμνῃσκε σεαυτὸν ὅτι οὔτε τὸ μέλλον οὔτε τὸ παρῳχηκὸς βαρεῖ σε, ἀλλ’ ἀεὶ τὸ παρόν, τοῦτο δὲ κατασμικρύνεται, ἐὰν αὐτὸ μόνον περιορίσῃς καὶ ἀπελέγχῃς τὴν διάνοιαν, εἰ πρὸς τοῦτο ψιλὸν ἀντέχειν μὴ δύναται.
8.37.1 Does
Panthea or
Pergamus now sit beside the bier of Verus? Or
Chabrias or Diotimus beside Hadrian’s? Absurd. And if they did sit there, would the dead perceive it? And if they perceived it, would they be pleased? And if pleased, would these mourners be immortal? Was it not fated for them too first to become old women and old men, and then to die? And what, after that, were those others to do, once these were dead? All this is rank filth and gore in a bag.
Μήτι νῦν παρακάθηται τῇ Οὐήρου σορῷ
Πάνθεια ἢ
Πέργαμος; τί δέ, τῇ Ἁδριανοῦ
Χαβρίας ἢ Διότιμος; γελοῖον. τί δέ, εἰ παρεκάθηντο, ἔμελλον αἰσθάνεσθαι; τί δέ, εἰ ᾐσθάνοντο, ἔμελλον ἡσθήσεσθαι; τί δέ, εἰ ἥδοντο, ἔμελλον οὗτοι ἀθάνατοι εἶναι; οὐχὶ καὶ τούτους πρῶτον μὲν γραίας καὶ γέροντας γενέσθαι οὕτως εἵμαρτο, εἶτα ἀποθανεῖν; τί οὖν ὕστερον ἔμελλον ἐκεῖνοι ποιεῖν τούτων ἀποθανόντων; γράσος πᾶν τοῦτο καὶ λύθρος ἐν θυλάκῳ.
8.38.1 If you can see keenly, then look and judge, he says, with the wisest discernment.
Εἰ δύνασαι ὀξὺ βλέπειν, βλέπε κρίνων, φησί, σοφωτάτοις.
8.39.1 In the constitution of the rational being I see no virtue set against justice; but against pleasure I see self-control.
Δικαιοσύνης κατεξαναστατικὴν ἀρετὴν οὐχ ὁρῶ ἐν τῇ τοῦ λογικοῦ ζῴου κατασκευῇ, ἡδονῆς δὲ ὁρῶ τὴν ἐγκράτειαν.
8.40.1 If you take away your opinion about what seems to grieve you, you yourself stand in the safest place. "Who is ‘yourself’?" Reason. "But I am not reason." Granted. Then let reason at least not grieve itself; and if some other part of you is in a bad way, let it form its own opinion about itself.
Ἐὰν ἀφέλῃς τὴν σὴν ὑπόληψιν περὶ τοῦ λυπεῖν σε δοκοῦντος, αὐτὸς ἐν τῷ ἀσφαλεστάτῳ ἕστηκας.—τίς αὐτός;—ὁ λόγος.—ἀλλ’ οὐκ εἰμὶ λόγος.—ἔστω. οὐκοῦν ὁ μὲν λόγος αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν μὴ λυπείτω, εἰ δέ τι ἄλλο σοι κακῶς ἔχει, ὑπολαβέτω αὐτὸ περὶ αὑτοῦ.
8.41.1 The hindrance of perception is an evil to the animal nature; the hindrance of impulse, likewise an evil to the animal nature. And there is something else likewise a hindrance and an evil to the plant’s constitution. So, then, the hindrance of mind is an evil to the intelligent nature. Apply all this to yourself. Does pain, does pleasure lay hold of you? Sense will see to it. Has a check come upon your impulse? If you were rushing without reservation, then it is at once an evil to you as a rational being; but if you take the common course, you are not yet harmed nor hindered. For the proper things of the mind no one else is wont to hinder; nothing touches it—not fire, not iron, not a tyrant, not slander, not anything whatever—when it has become "a sphere rounded and at rest."
Ἐμποδισμὸς αἰσθήσεως κακὸν ζωτικῆς φύσεως. ἐμποδισμὸς ὁρμῆς ὁμοίως κακὸν ζωτικῆς φύσεως. ἔστι δέ τι ἄλλο ὁμοίως ἐμποδιστικὸν καὶ κακὸν τῆς φυτικῆς κατασκευῆς. οὕτως τοίνυν ἐμποδισμὸς νοῦ κακὸν νοερᾶς φύσεως. πάντα δὴ ταῦτα ἐπὶ σεαυτὸν μετάφερε. πόνος, ἡδονὴ ἅπτεταί σου; ὄψεται ἡ αἴσθησις. ὁρμήσαντι ἔνστημα ἐγένετο; εἰ μὲν ἀνυπεξαιρέτως ὥρμας, ἤδη ὡς λογικοῦ κακόν, εἰ δὲ τὸ κοινὸν λαμβάνεις, οὔπω βέβλαψαι οὐδὲ ἐμπεπόδισαι. τὰ μέντοι τοῦ νοῦ ἴδια οὐδεὶς ἄλλος εἴωθεν ἐμποδίζειν· τούτου γὰρ οὐ πῦρ, οὐ σίδηρος, οὐ τύραννος, οὐ βλασφημία, οὐχ ὁτιοῦν ἅπτεται, ὅταν γένηται ʽσφαῖρος κυκλοτερὴς μονίῃʼ.
8.42.1 I am not worthy to grieve myself; for I have never willingly grieved another.
Οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος ἐμαυτὸν λυπεῖν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἄλλον πώποτε ἑκὼν ἐλύπησα.
8.43.1 Different things gladden different men; but my gladness is to keep my ruling faculty sound, turning away from no man and from nothing that befalls men, but looking on all with kindly eyes, receiving and using each thing according to its worth.
Εὐφραίνει ἄλλον ἄλλο, ἐμὲ δέ, ἐὰν ὑγιὲς ἔχω τὸ ἡγεμονικόν, μὴ ἀποστρεφόμενον μήτε ἄνθρωπόν τινα μήτε τι τῶν ἀνθρώποις συμβαινόντων, ἀλλὰ πᾶν εὐμενέσιν ὀφθαλμοῖς ὁρῶν τε καὶ δεχόμενον καὶ χρώμενον ἑκάστῳ κατ̓ ἀξίαν.
8.44.1 See, make a present of this present time to yourself. Those who pursue rather the fame that comes after do not reckon that the men to come will be just such as these whom they find hard to bear—and those too are mortal. What is it, in any case, to you, if they echo you with such voices, or hold such an opinion of you?
Τοῦτον ἰδοὺ τὸν χρόνον σεαυτῷ χάρισαι. οἱ τὴν ὑστεροφημίαν μᾶλλον διώκοντες οὐ λογίζονται ὅτι ἄλλοι τοιοῦτοι μέλλουσιν ἐκεῖνοι εἶναι, οἷοί εἰσιν οὗτοι οὓς βαροῦνται· κἀκεῖνοι δὲ θνητοί. τί δὲ ὅλως πρὸς σέ, ἂν ἐκεῖνοι φωναῖς τοιαύταις ἀπηχῶσιν ἢ ὑπόληψιν τοιαύτην περὶ σοῦ ἔχωσιν;
8.45.1 Lift me up and cast me where you will; for there too I shall keep my daimon gracious—that is, content—if it can have and do what follows from its own constitution.
Ἆρόν με καὶ βάλε, ὅπου θέλεις. κἀκεῖ γὰρ ἕξω τὸν ἐμὸν δαίμονα ἵλεων, τουτέστιν, ἀρκούμενον, εἰ ἔχοι καὶ ἐνεργοίη κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς τῇ ἰδίᾳ κατασκευῇ. Ἆρα τοῦτο ἄξιον, ἵνα δι’ αὐτὸ κακῶς μοι ἔχῃ ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ χείρων ἑαυτῆς ᾖ, ταπεινουμένη, ὀρεγομένη, συνδυομένη, πτυρομένη; καὶ τί εὑρήσεις τούτου ἄξιον;
8.46.1 Nothing can befall any man that is not a human accident, nor an ox what is not proper to oxen, nor a vine what is not proper to vines, nor a stone what is not proper to a stone. If, then, to each there befalls what is customary and natural, why should you be discontented? For the common Nature has brought you nothing you cannot bear.
Ἀνθρώπῳ οὐδενὶ συμβαίνειν τι δύναται ὃ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀνθρωπικὸν σύμπτωμα, οὐδὲ βοὶ ὃ οὐκ ἔστι βοικόν, οὐδὲ ἀμπέλῳ ὃ οὐκ ἔστιν ἀμπελικόν, οὐδὲ λίθῳ ὃ οὐκ ἔστι λίθου ἴδιον. εἰ οὖν ἑκάστῳ συμβαίνει ὃ καὶ εἴωθε καὶ πέφυκε, τί ἂν δυσχεραίνοις; οὐ γὰρ ἀφόρητόν σοι ἔφερεν ἡ κοινὴ φύσις.
8.47.1 If you are grieved by something external, it is not that thing that troubles you, but your own judgment about it; and this it is in your power to wipe out at once. But if what grieves you lies in your own disposition, who prevents you from correcting your doctrine? Likewise, if you are grieved because you are not doing some particular thing that seems sound to you, why not do it rather than grieve? "But something stronger stands in the way." Then do not grieve; the cause of its not being done is not in you. "But it is not worth living if this is not done." Then leave life graciously, as one who dies in the act of doing, and at peace with what stands in the way.
Εἰ μὲν διά τι τῶν ἐκτὸς λυπῇ, οὐκ ἐκεῖνό σοι ἐνοχλεῖ, ἀλλὰ τὸ σὸν περὶ αὐτοῦ κρῖμα, τοῦτο δὲ ἤδη ἐξαλεῖψαι ἐπὶ σοί ἐστιν. εἰ δὲ λυπεῖ σέ τι τῶν ἐν τῇ σῇ διαθέσει, τίς ὁ κωλύων διορθῶσαι τὸ δόγμα; ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ εἰ λυπῇ ὅτι οὐχὶ τόδε τι ἐνεργεῖς ὑγιές σοι φαινόμενον, τί οὐχὶ μᾶλλον ἐνεργεῖς ἢ λυπῇ;—ἀλλὰ ἰσχυρότερόν τι ἐνίσταται.—μὴ οὖν λυποῦ· οὐ γὰρ παρὰ σὲ ἡ αἰτία τοῦ μὴ ἐνεργεῖσθαι.—ἀλλὰ οὐκ ἄξιον ζῆν μὴ ἐνεργουμένου τούτου.—ἄπιθι οὖν ἐκ τοῦ ζῆν εὐμενής, ᾗ καὶ ὁ ἐνεργῶν ἀποθνῄσκει, ἅμα ἵλεως τοῖς ἐνισταμένοις.
8.48.1 Remember that the ruling faculty becomes invincible when, drawn together into itself, it is content with itself, doing nothing it does not will, even if it makes its stand without reason. What then, when it judges about a thing with reason and after deliberation? For this reason the mind free of passions is a citadel; man has nothing stronger to which he may flee for refuge and be thereafter unassailable. He who has not seen this is unlearned; he who has seen it and does not flee there is unfortunate.
Μέμνησο ὅτι ἀκαταμάχητον γίνεται τὸ ἡγεμονικόν, ὅταν εἰς ἑαυτὸ συστραφὲν ἀρκεσθῇ ἑαυτῷ, μὴ ποιοῦν τι ὃ μὴ θέλει, κἂν ἀλόγως παρατάξηται. τί οὖν, ὅταν καὶ μετὰ λόγου καὶ περιεσκεμμένως κρίνῃ περί τινος; διὰ τοῦτο ἀκρόπολίς ἐστιν ἡ ἐλευθέρα παθῶν διάνοια· οὐδὲν γὰρ ὀχυρώτερον ἔχει ἄνθρωπος, ἐφ’ ὃ καταφυγὼν ἀνάλωτος λοιπὸν ἂν εἴη. ὁ μὲν οὖν μὴ ἑωρακὼς τοῦτο ἀμαθής, ὁ δὲ ἑωρακὼς καὶ μὴ καταφεύγων ἀτυχής.
8.49.1 Say to yourself no more than what the leading impressions report. It has been reported that so-and-so speaks ill of you. This has been reported; but that you have been harmed has not been reported. I see that the child is sick. I see it; but that he is in danger I do not see. So, then, always stay with the first impressions, and add nothing of your own from within, and nothing happens to you—or rather, add only the recognition of each of the things that come to pass in the kosmos.
Μηδὲν πλέον σαυτῷ λέγε ὧν αἱ προηγούμεναι φαντασίαι ἀναγγέλλουσιν. ἤγγελται ὅτι ὁ δεῖνά σε κακῶς λέγει. ἤγγελται τοῦτο· τὸ δέ, ὅτι βέβλαψαι, οὐκ ἤγγελται. βλέπω ὅτι νοσεῖ τὸ παιδίον. βλέπω· ὅτι δὲ κινδυνεύει, οὐ βλέπω. οὕτως οὖν μένε ἀεὶ ἐπὶ τῶν πρώτων φαντασιῶν καὶ μηδὲν αὐτὸς ἔνδοθεν ἐπίλεγε καὶ οὐδέν σοι γίνεται· μᾶλλον δὲ ἐπίλεγε ὡς γνωρίζων ἕκαστα τῶν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ συμβαινόντων.
8.50.1 A bitter cucumber? Throw it away. Brambles in the path? Turn aside. That is enough; do not go on to ask, "Why did these things come to be in the world at all?" For you would be laughed at by the student of nature, just as you would be laughed at by a carpenter or a cobbler if you found fault with the shavings and parings of their work that you see in the shop. And yet they at least have somewhere to throw them, while the nature of the Whole has nothing outside itself; but the marvel of this craft is that, having bounded itself off, it turns into itself everything within that seems to decay, to grow old, and to be useless, and out of these very things makes other new things, so that it needs neither substance from outside nor anywhere to cast its refuse. It is content, then, with its own space, its own matter, and its own craft.
Σίκυος πικρός; ἄφες. βάτοι ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ; ἔκκλινον. ἀρκεῖ, μὴ προσεπείπῃς· τί δὲ καὶ ἐγένετο ταῦτα ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ; ἐπεὶ καταγελασθήσῃ ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπου φυσιολόγου, ὡς ἂν καὶ ὑπὸ τέκτονος καὶ σκυτέως γελασθείης καταγινώσκων ὅτι ἐν τῷ ἐργαστηρίῳ ξέσματα καὶ περιτμήματα τῶν κατασκευαζομένων ὁρᾷς. καίτοι ἐκεῖνοί γε ἔχουσι ποῦ αὐτὰ ῥίψωσιν, ἡ δὲ τῶν ὅλων φύσις ἔξω οὐδὲν ἔχει, ἀλλὰ τὸ θαυμαστὸν τῆς τέχνης ταύτης ἐστὶν ὅτι περιορίσασα ἑαυτὴν πᾶν τὸ ἔνδον διαφθείρεσθαι καὶ γηράσκειν καὶ ἄχρηστον εἶναι δοκοῦν εἰς ἑαυτὴν μεταβάλλει, καὶ ὅτι πάλιν ἄλλα νεαρὰ ἐκ τούτων αὐτῶν ποιεῖ, ἵνα μήτε οὐσίας ἔξωθεν χρῄζῃ μήτε ὅπου ἐκβάλῃ τὰ σαπρότερα προσδέηται. ἀρκεῖται οὖν καὶ χώρᾳ τῇ ἑαυτῆς καὶ ὕλῃ τῇ ἑαυτῆς καὶ τέχνῃ τῇ ἰδίᾳ.
8.51.1 In your actions, no slackness; in your conversations, no confusion; in your impressions, no wandering; in your soul, neither shrinking wholly inward nor flying out; and in your life, no being so busy as to have no leisure.
Μήτε ἐν ταῖς πράξεσιν ἐπισύρειν μήτε ἐν ταῖς ὁμιλίαις φύρειν μήτε ἐν ταῖς φαντασίαις ἀλᾶσθαι μήτε τῇ ψυχῇ καθάπαξ συνέλκεσθαι ἢ ἐκθόρνυσθαι μήτε ἐν τῷ βίῳ ἀσχολεῖσθαι. Κτείνουσι, κρεανομοῦσι, κατάραις ἐλαύνουσι. τί οὖν ταῦτα πρὸς τὸ τὴν διάνοιαν μένειν καθαράν, φρενήρη, σώφρονα, δικαίαν; οἷον εἴ τις παραστὰς πηγῇ διαυγεῖ καὶ γλυκείᾳ βλασφημοίη αὐτήν, ἡ δὲ οὐ παύεται πότιμον ἀναβλύζουσα· κἂν πηλὸν ἐμβάλῃ, κἂν κοπρίαν, τάχιστα διασκεδάσει αὐτὰ καὶ ἐκκλύσει καὶ οὐδαμῶς βαφήσεται. πῶς οὖν πηγὴν ἀέναον ἕξεις καὶ μὴ φρέαρ; ἂν φυλάσσῃς σεαυτὸν πάσης ὥρας εἰς ἐλευθερίαν μετὰ τοῦ εὐμενῶς καὶ ἁπλῶς καὶ αἰδημόνως.
8.52.1 He who does not know what the kosmos is does not know where he is. He who does not know for what he was born does not know who he is, nor what the kosmos is. And he who has failed in even one of these could not say for what he himself was born. What, then, do you think of the man who flees, or pursues, the praise of the applauders—who know neither where they are nor who they are?
Ὁ μὲν μὴ εἰδὼς ὅ τι ἐστὶ κόσμος, οὐκ οἶδεν ὅπου ἐστίν. ὁ δὲ μὴ εἰδὼς πρὸς ὅ τι πέφυκεν, οὐκ οἶδεν ὅστις ἐστὶν οὐδὲ τί ἐστι κόσμος. ὁ δὲ ἕν τι τούτων ἀπολιπὼν οὐδὲ πρὸς ὅ τι αὐτὸς πέφυκεν εἴποι. τίς οὖν φαίνεταί σοι ὁ τὸν τῶν κροτούντων ἔπαινον φεύγων ἢ διώκων, οἳ οὔθ’ ὅπου εἰσὶν οὔτε οἵτινές εἰσι γινώσκουσιν;
8.53.1 Do you wish to be praised by a man who curses himself three times an hour? Do you wish to please a man who does not please himself? Does he please himself who repents of nearly everything he does?
Ἐπαινεῖσθαι θέλεις ὑπὸ ἀνθρώπου τρὶς τῆς ὥρας ἑαυτῷ καταρωμένου; ἀρέσκειν θέλεις ἀνθρώπῳ ὃς οὐκ ἀρέσκει ἑαυτῷ; ἀρέσκει ἑαυτῷ ὁ μετανοῶν ἐφ’ ἅπασι σχεδὸν οἷς πράσσει;
8.54.1 No longer only to breathe with the air that surrounds you, but now also to think with the intelligence that surrounds all things. For the intelligent power is poured out and pervades all things, for him who can draw it in, no less than the airy power for him who can breathe.
Μηκέτι μόνον συμπνεῖν τῷ περιέχοντι ἀέρι, ἀλλ’ ἤδη καὶ συμφρονεῖν τῷ περιέχοντι πάντα νοερῷ. οὐ γὰρ ἧττον ἡ νοερὰ δύναμις πάντῃ κέχυται καὶ διαπεφοίτηκε τῷ σπάσαι δυναμένῳ ἤπερ ἡ ἀερώδης τῷ ἀναπνεῦσαι δυναμένῳ.
8.55.1 Generally, vice does no harm to the kosmos; and a particular vice does no harm to another—it is harmful only to him to whom it has been granted to be rid of it, the moment he first wills so.
Γενικῶς μὲν ἡ κακία οὐδὲν βλάπτει τὸν κόσμον, ἡ δὲ κατὰ μέρος οὐδὲν βλάπτει τὸν ἕτερον, μόνῳ δὲ βλαβερά ἐστι τούτῳ ᾧ ἐπιτέτραπται καὶ ἀπηλλάχθαι αὐτῆς, ὁπόταν πρῶτον οὕτως θελήσῃ.
8.56.1 To my will the will of my neighbor is just as indifferent as his poor breath and his poor flesh. For even though we have been made above all for one another’s sake, still each of our ruling faculties has its own sovereignty; otherwise my neighbor’s vice would be an evil to me—which god did not think right, lest my misfortune should rest with another.
Τῷ ἐμῷ προαιρετικῷ τὸ τοῦ πλησίον προαιρετικὸν ἐπίσης ἀδιάφορόν ἐστιν, ὡς καὶ τὸ πνευμάτιον αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ σαρκίδιον. καὶ γὰρ εἰ ὅτι μάλιστα ἀλλήλων ἕνεκεν γεγόναμεν, ὅμως τὰ ἡγεμονικὰ ἡμῶν ἕκαστον τὴν ἰδίαν κυρίαν ἔχει· ἐπεί τοι ἔμελλεν ἡ τοῦ πλησίον κακία ἐμοῦ κακὸν εἶναι, ὅπερ οὐκ ἔδοξε τῷ θεῷ, ἵνα μὴ ἐπ’ ἄλλῳ ᾖ τὸ ἐμὲ ἀτυχεῖν.
8.57.1 The sun seems to be poured down, and indeed is poured out in every direction, yet is not poured away. For this pouring is an extension; its beams (augai) are called rays (aktines) from being extended (ekteinesthai). What sort of thing a ray is, you may see if you watch the sunlight entering through a narrow opening into a shadowed room; for it stretches in a straight line, and props itself, as it were, against any solid thing it meets that cuts off the air beyond, and there it stands and does not slide off or fall. Such, then, should be the pouring and diffusion of the mind—in no way a pouring-away, but an extension—and against the hindrances it meets it should make no violent or headlong thrust, nor yet fall down, but stand and light up what receives it; for whatever does not pass it on will deprive itself of the light.
Ὁ ἥλιος κατακεχύσθαι δοκεῖ καὶ πάντῃ γε κέχυται, οὐ μὴν ἐκκέχυται. ἡ γὰρ χύσις αὕτη τάσις ἐστίν· ἀκτῖνες γοῦν αἱ αὐγαὶ αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐκτείνεσθαι λέγονται. ὁποῖον δέ τι ἐστὶν ἀκτίς, ἴδοις ἄν, εἰ διά τινος στενοῦ εἰς ἐσκιασμένον οἶκον τὸ ἀφ’ ἡλίου φῶς εἰσδυόμενον θεάσαιο· τείνεται γὰρ κατ’ εὐθὺ καὶ ὥσπερ διερείδεται πρὸς τὸ στερέμνιον ὅ τι ἂν ἀπαντήσῃ διεῖργον τὸν ἐπέκεινα ἀέρα, ἐνταῦθα δὲ ἔστη καὶ οὐ κατώλισθεν οὐδὲ ἔπεσε. τοιαύτην οὖν τὴν χύσιν καὶ διάχυσιν τῆς διανοίας εἶναι χρή, μηδαμῶς ἔκχυσιν, ἀλλὰ τάσιν, καὶ πρὸς τὰ ἀπαντῶντα κωλύματα μὴ βίαιον μηδὲ ῥαγδαίαν τὴν ἐπέρεισιν ποιεῖσθαι μηδὲ μὴν καταπίπτειν, ἀλλὰ ἵστασθαι καὶ ἐπιλάμπειν τὸ δεχόμενον· αὐτὸ γὰρ ἑαυτὸ στερήσει τῆς αὐγῆς τὸ μὴ παραπέμπον αὐτήν.
8.58.1 He who fears death fears either insensibility or a different sort of sensation. But if there is no longer any sensation, you will feel no evil either; and if you acquire a different sort of sensation, you will be a different sort of creature, and will not cease to live.
Ὁ τὸν θάνατον φοβούμενος ἤτοι ἀναισθησίαν φοβεῖται ἢ αἴσθησιν ἑτεροίαν. ἀλλ’ εἴτε οὐκέτι αἴσθησιν, οὐδὲ κακοῦ τινος αἰσθήσῃ· εἴτε ἀλλοιοτέραν αἴσθησιν κτήσῃ, ἀλλοῖον ζῷον ἔσῃ καὶ τοῦ ζῆν οὐ παύσῃ.
8.59.1 Men have come to be for one another’s sake. Either teach them, then, or bear with them.
Οἱ ἄνθρωποι γεγόνασιν ἀλλήλων ἕνεκεν· ἢ δίδασκε οὖν ἢ φέρε.
8.60.1 An arrow moves one way, the mind another. Yet the mind, even when it is on its guard and even when it turns about in inquiry, moves none the less straight on toward its object.
Ἄλλως βέλος, ἄλλως νοῦς φέρεται. ὁ μέντοι νοῦς καὶ ὅταν εὐλαβῆται καὶ ὅταν περὶ τὴν σκέψιν στρέφηται, φέρεται κατ’ εὐθὺ οὐδὲν ἧττον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ προκείμενον.
8.61.1 To enter into the ruling faculty of each man, and to grant every other man to enter into your own ruling faculty.
Εἰσιέναι εἰς τὸ ἡγεμονικὸν ἑκάστου, παρέχειν δὲ καὶ ἑτέρῳ παντὶ εἰσιέναι εἰς τὸ ἑαυτοῦ ἡγεμονικόν.
This book presses the social virtues hardest: to do injustice is a kind of impiety, because Nature made rational beings for one another, and the liar and the coward offend against that same Nature.
Marcus dwells on change as the universe's constant work — nothing is evil in changing, nothing good in standing still — and on the smallness of fame against the gulf of time. He counsels meeting others' faults with instruction rather than anger, since no one does wrong on purpose, only through ignorance of the good.
9.1.1 He who does wrong commits impiety. For since the nature of the Whole has constituted rational beings for one another’s sake—to benefit one another according to worth, and never to harm—he who transgresses its will plainly commits impiety against the eldest of the gods. And he who lies, too, commits impiety toward the same goddess; for the nature of the Whole is the nature of the things that are, and the things that are are intimately bound up with all that exists. Further, she is named Truth, and is the first cause of all things true.
Ὁ ἀδικῶν ἀσεβεῖ· τῆς γὰρ τῶν ὅλων φύσεως κατεσκευακυίας τὰ λογικὰ ζῷα ἕνεκεν ἀλλήλων, ὥστε ὠφελεῖν μὲν ἄλληλα κατ’ ἀξίαν βλάπτειν δὲ μηδαμῶς, ὁ τὸ βούλημα ταύτης παραβαίνων ἀσεβεῖ δηλονότι εἰς τὴν πρεσβυτάτην τῶν θεῶν. καὶ ὁ ψευδόμενος δὲ ἀσεβεῖ περὶ τὴν αὐτὴν θεόν· ἡ γὰρ τῶν ὅλων φύσις ὄντων ἐστὶ φύσις· τὰ δέ γε ὄντα πρὸς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα πάντα οἰκείως ἔχει. ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἀλήθεια αὕτη ὀνομάζεται καὶ τῶν ἀληθῶν ἁπάντων πρώτη αἰτία ἐστίν.
9.1.2 He, then, who lies willingly commits impiety insofar as, by deceiving, he does wrong; and he who lies unwillingly, insofar as he is out of tune with the nature of the Whole, and insofar as he brings disorder by fighting against the nature of the kosmos. For he fights against it who is carried, by his own doing, toward what is contrary to truth; for he had received from nature the starting-points which, having neglected, he is now unable to distinguish the false from the true. And again, he who pursues pleasures as goods and flees pains as evils commits impiety; for such a man must often blame the common Nature for distributing something to the bad and to the good against their worth, since the bad are often amid pleasures and acquire what produces them, while the good meet with pain and what produces it.
ὁ μὲν οὖν ἑκὼν ψευδόμενος ἀσεβεῖ, καθόσον ἐξαπατῶν ἀδικεῖ· ὁ δὲ ἄκων, καθόσον διαφωνεῖ τῇ τῶν ὅλων φύσει καὶ καθόσον ἀκοσμεῖ μαχόμενος τῇ τοῦ κόσμου φύσει· μάχεται γὰρ ὁ ἐπὶ τἀναντία τοῖς ἀληθέσι φερόμενος παρ’ ἑαυτόν· ἀφορμὰς γὰρ προειλήφει παρὰ τῆς φύσεως, ὧν ἀμελήσας οὐχ οἷός τέ ἐστι νῦν διακρίνειν τὰ ψευδῆ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀληθῶν. καὶ μὴν ὁ τὰς ἡδονὰς ὡς ἀγαθὰ διώκων, τοὺς δὲ πόνους ὡς κακὰ φεύγων ἀσεβεῖ· ἀνάγκη γὰρ τὸν τοιοῦτον μέμφεσθαι πολλάκις τῇ κοινῇ φύσει ὡς παῤ ἀξίαν τι ἀπονεμούσῃ τοῖς φαύλοις καὶ τοῖς σπουδαίοις, διὰ τὸ πολλάκις τοὺς μὲν φαύλους ἐν ἡδοναῖς εἶναι καὶ τὰ ποιητικὰ τούτων κτᾶσθαι, τοὺς δὲ σπουδαίους πόνῳ καὶ τοῖς ποιητικοῖς τούτου περιπίπτειν.
9.1.3 Further, he who fears pains will sometimes fear something that is to be in the kosmos, and that is already impious; and he who pursues pleasures will not refrain from doing wrong, and that is plainly impious. But toward the things to which the common Nature is indifferent—for it would not have made both unless it were indifferent to both—toward these, those who wish to follow Nature, being of one mind with her, must be indifferent likewise. Whoever, then, is not himself indifferent toward pain and pleasure, death and life, fame and obscurity—which the nature of the Whole treats indifferently—clearly commits impiety.
ἔτι δὲ ὁ φοβούμενος τοὺς πόνους φοβηθήσεταί ποτε καὶ τῶν ἐσομένων τι ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ, τοῦτο δὲ ἤδη ἀσεβές· ὅ τε διώκων τὰς ἡδονὰς οὐκ ἀφέξεται τοῦ ἀδικεῖν, τοῦτο δὲ ἐναργῶς ἀσεβές· χρὴ δὲ πρὸς ἃ ἡ κοινὴ φύσις ἐπίσης ἔχει (οὐ γὰρ ἀμφότερα ἂν ἐποίει, εἰ μὴ πρὸς ἀμφότερα ἐπίσης εἶχε), πρὸς ταῦτα καὶ τοὺς τῇ φύσει βουλομένους ἕπεσθαι, ὁμογνώμονας ὄντας, ἐπίσης διακεῖσθαι· ὅστις οὖν πρὸς πόνον καὶ ἡδονὴν ἢ θάνατον καὶ ζωὴν ἢ δόξαν καὶ ἀδοξίαν, οἷς ἐπίσης ἡ τῶν ὅλων φύσις χρῆται, αὐτὸς οὐκ ἐπίσης ἔχει, δῆλον ὡς ἀσεβεῖ.
9.1.4 By the common Nature’s treating these things indifferently I mean that they befall, indifferently and in due sequence, the things that come to be and follow after, by some ancient impulse of Providence, by which, from some beginning, it set out upon this ordering of the world, having conceived certain principles of the things to be, and marked off generative powers of substances and changes and successions of the like.
λέγω δὲ τὸ χρῆσθαι τούτοις ἐπίσης τὴν κοινὴν φύσιν ἀντὶ τοῦ συμβαίνειν ἐπίσης κατὰ τὸ ἑξῆς τοῖς γινομένοις καὶ ἐπιγινομένοις ὁρμῇ τινι ἀρχαίᾳ τῆς προνοίας, καθ’ ἣν ἀπό τινος ἀρχῆς ὥρμησεν ἐπὶ τήνδε τὴν διακόσμησιν, συλλαβοῦσά τινας λόγους τῶν ἐσομένων καὶ δυνάμεις γονίμους ἀφορίσασα ὑποστάσεών τε καὶ μεταβολῶν καὶ διαδοχῶν τοιούτων.
9.2.1 It would have been the part of a more gracious man to depart from among men untasted of falsehood and all pretense and luxury and conceit. But the next-best voyage is to breathe one’s last at least when sated with these. Or have you chosen to sit on amid vice, and does not even experience yet persuade you to flee the plague? For the corruption of the mind is a plague far more than any such tainting and shifting of the surrounding air; for the latter is a plague to living creatures as living, but the former to men as men.
Χαριεστέρου μὲν ἦν ἀνδρός, ἄγευστον ψευδολογίας καὶ πάσης ὑποκρίσεως καὶ τρυφῆς καὶ τύφου γενόμενον ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἀπελθεῖν. τὸ δ’ οὖν κορεσθέντα γε τούτων ἀποπνεῦσαι δεύτερος πλοῦς. ἢ προῄρησαι προσκαθῆσθαι τῇ κακίᾳ καὶ οὔπω σε οὐδὲ ἡ πεῖρα πείθει φεύγειν ἐκ τοῦ λοιμοῦ; λοιμὸς γὰρ διαφθορὰ διανοίας πολλῷ γε μᾶλλον ἤπερ ἡ τοῦ περικεχυμένου τούτου πνεύματος τοιάδε τις δυσκρασία καὶ τροπή· αὕτη μὲν γὰρ ζῴων λοιμός, καθὸ ζῷά ἐστιν, ἐκείνη δὲ ἀνθρώπων,καθὸ ἄνθρωποί εἰσιν.
9.3.1 Do not despise death, but be content with it, as one of the things that Nature wills. For just as it is to be young and to grow old, to increase and to reach one’s prime, to put forth teeth and beard and gray hairs, to beget and conceive and bring forth, and all the other natural functions that the seasons of life bring—such too is dissolution. This, then, befits a thinking man: toward death to be neither careless nor impatient nor disdainful, but to await it as one of the functions of nature. And as you now wait for the time when the child shall come forth from your wife’s womb, so look for the hour in which your little soul shall fall out of this shell.
Μὴ καταφρόνει θανάτου, ἀλλὰ εὐαρέστει αὐτῷ, ὡς καὶ τούτου ἑνὸς ὄντος ὧν ἡ φύσις ἐθέλει. οἷον γάρ ἐστι τὸ νεάσαι καὶ τὸ γηρᾶσαι, καὶ τὸ αὐξῆσαι καὶ τὸ ἀκμάσαι, καὶ ὀδόντας καὶ γένειον καὶ πολιὰς ἐνεγκεῖν, καὶ σπεῖραι καὶ κυοφορῆσαι καὶ ἀποκυῆσαι, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα φυσικὰ ἐνεργήματα ὅσα αἱ τοῦ βίου ὧραι φέρουσι, τοιοῦτο καὶ τὸ διαλυθῆναι. τοῦτο μὲν οὖν κατὰ ἄνθρωπόν ἐστι λελογισμένον, μὴ ὁλοσχερῶς μηδὲ ὠστικῶς μηδὲ ὑπερηφάνως πρὸς τὸν θάνατον ἔχειν ἀλλὰ περιμένειν ὡς μίαν τῶν φυσικῶν ἐνεργειῶν, καὶ ὡς νῦν περιμένεις πότε ἔμβρυον ἐκ τῆς γαστρὸς τῆς γυναικός σου ἐξέλθῃ, οὕτως ἐκδέχεσθαι τὴν ὥραν ἐν ᾗ τὸ ψυχάριόν σου τοῦ ἐλύτρου τούτου ἐκπεσεῖται.
9.3.2 But if you want also a homely rule to touch your heart, nothing will make you so content toward death as to dwell on the things you are about to leave, and the characters with which your soul will no longer be entangled. For you must by no means take offense at them, but care for them and bear with them gently; yet remember that your release will not be from men who share your doctrines. For this alone, if anything, would have drawn you back and held you in life—had it been granted you to live with those who had acquired the same convictions. But now you see how great the weariness is in the discord of living together, so that you may say: Come quickly, O death, lest I too forget myself.
εἰ δὲ καὶ ἰδιωτικὸν παράπηγμα ἁψικάρδιον θέλεις, μάλιστά σε εὔκολον πρὸς τὸν θάνατον ποιήσει ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ ἐπὶ τὰ ὑποκείμενα, ὧν μέλλεις ἀφίστασθαι, καὶ μεθ’ ἠθῶν οὐκέτι ἔσται ἡ... ἐμπεφυρμένη. προσκόπτεσθαι μὲν γὰρ αὐτοῖς ἥκιστα δεῖ, ἀλλὰ καὶ κήδεσθαι καὶ πρᾴως φέρειν, μεμνῆσθαι μέντοι ὅτι οὐκ ἀπ’ ἀνθρώπων ὁμοδογματούντων σοι ἡ ἀπαλλαγὴ ἔσται. τοῦτο γὰρ μόνον, εἴπερ ἄρα, ἀνθεῖλκεν ἂν καὶ κατεῖχεν ἐν τῷ ζῆν, εἰ συζῆν ἐφεῖτο τοῖς τὰ αὐτὰ δόγματα περιπεποιημένοις· νῦν δ’ ὁρᾷς ὅσος ὁ κόπος ἐν τῇ διαφωνίᾳ τῆς συμβιώσεως, ὥστε εἰπεῖν· θᾶττον ἔλθοις, ὦ θάνατε, μή που καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπιλάθωμαι ἐμαυτοῦ.
9.4.1 He who does wrong, does wrong against himself; he who does injustice, does it to himself, making himself bad.
Ὁ ἁμαρτάνων ἑαυτῷ ἁμαρτάνει· ὁ ἀδικῶν ἑαυτὸν ἀδικεῖ, ἑαυτὸν, ἑαυτὸν κακὸν ποιῶν.
9.5.1 Often he does injustice who does not do a thing, not only he who does a thing.
Ἀδικεῖ πολλάκις ὁ μὴ ποιῶν τι, οὐ μόνον ὁ ποιῶν τι.
9.6.1 Enough: a present judgment that grasps the truth, a present act that is social, and a present disposition content with all that befalls from the external cause.
Ἀρκεῖ ἡ παροῦσα ὑπόληψις καταληπτικὴ καὶ ἡ παροῦσα πρᾶξις κοινωνικὴ καὶ ἡ παροῦσα διάθεσις εὐαρεστικὴ πρὸς πᾶν τὸ παρὰ τῆς ἐκτὸς αἰτίας συμβαῖνον.
9.7.1 Wipe out impression; check impulse; quench desire; keep the ruling faculty your own.
Ἐξαλεῖψαι φαντασίαν· στῆσαι ὁρμήν· σβέσαι ὄρεξιν· ἐφ’ ἑαυτῷ ἔχειν τὸ ἡγεμονικόν.
9.8.1 Among the irrational animals one soul is parceled out, and among the rational beings one intelligent soul is divided up—just as there is one earth for all earthy things, and we see by one light, and breathe one air, all of us that have sight and life.
Εἰς μὲν τὰ ἄλογα ζῷα μία ψυχὴ διῄρηται, εἰς δὲ τὰ λογικὰ μία νοερὰ ψυχὴ μεμέρισται, ὥσπερ καὶ μία γῆ ἐστιν ἁπάντων τῶν γεωδῶν καὶ ἑνὶ φωτὶ ὁρῶμεν καὶ ἕνα ἀέρα ἀναπνέομεν, ὅσα ὁρατικὰ καὶ ἔμψυχα.
9.9.1 All things that share in some common thing hasten toward what is of their kind. All that is earthy inclines to earth; all that is moist flows together; all that is airy likewise, so that it needs barriers and force to keep it apart. Fire rises upward because of the elemental fire, yet is so ready to be kindled along with any fire here that any material a little drier is easily kindled, because less of what prevents kindling is mixed into it. So too everything that shares in the common intelligent nature hastens toward its kin likewise, or even more; for in proportion as it is superior to the rest, so much the readier is it to mingle and blend with its own.
Πάντα ὅσα κοινοῦ τινος μετέχει πρὸς τὸ ὁμογενὲς σπεύδει. τὸ γεῶδες πᾶν ῥέπει ἐπὶ γῆν· τὸ ὑγρὸν πᾶν σύρρουν· τὸ ἀερῶδες ὁμοίως, ὥστε χρῄζειν τῶν διειργόντων καὶ βίας· τὸ πῦρ ἀνωφερὲς μὲν διὰ τὸ στοιχειῶδες πῦρ, παντὶ δὲ πυρὶ ἐνταῦθα πρὸς τὸ συνεξάπτεσθαι ἕτοιμον οὕτως, ὥστε καὶ πᾶν τὸ ὑλικὸν τὸ ὀλίγῳ ξηρότερον εὐέξαπτον εἶναι διὰ τὸ ἔλαττον ἐγκεκρᾶσθαι αὐτῷ τὸ κωλυτικὸν πρὸς ἔξαψιν. καὶ τοίνυν πᾶν τὸ κοινῆς νοερᾶς φύσεως μέτοχον πρὸς τὸ συγγενὲς ὁμοίως σπεύδει ἢ καὶ μᾶλλον· ὅσῳ γάρ ἐστι κρεῖττον παρὰ τὰ ἄλλα, τοσούτῳ καὶ πρὸς τὸ συγκιρνᾶσθαι τῷ οἰκείῳ καὶ συγχεῖσθαι ἑτοιμότερον.
9.9.2 Thus at once, among the irrational, there were found swarms and herds and the rearing of young, and a kind of loving; for there were already souls there, and the uniting power was found heightened in the higher beings, as it was not in plants or stones or logs. And among the rational beings there were found commonwealths and friendships and households and assemblies, and, in wars, treaties and truces. And among the still higher beings, even though they stand apart, a kind of unity subsisted, as among the stars; thus the ascent toward the higher could work fellow-feeling even in things set apart.
εὐθὺς γοῦν ἐπὶ μὲν τῶν ἀλόγων εὑρέθη σμήνη καὶ ἀγέλαι καὶ νεοσσοτροφίαι καὶ οἷον ἔρωτες· ψυχαὶ γὰρ ἤδη ἦσαν ἐνταῦθα καὶ τὸ συναγωγὸν ἐν τῷ κρείττονι ἐπιτεινόμενον εὑρίσκετο, οἷον οὔτε ἐπὶ φυτῶν ἦν οὔτε ἐπὶ λίθων ἢ ξύλων. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν λογικῶν ζῴων πολιτεῖαι καὶ φιλίαι καὶ οἶκοι καὶ σύλλογοι καὶ ἐν πολέμοις συνθῆκαι καὶ ἀνοχαί. ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἔτι κρειττόνων καὶ ἐκ διεστηκότων τρόπον τινὰ ἕνωσις ὑπέστη οἵα ἐπὶ τῶν ἄστρων· οὕτως ἡ ἐπὶ τὸ κρεῖττον ἐπανάβασις συμπάθειαν καὶ ἐν διεστῶσιν ἐργάσασθαι ἐδύνατο.
9.9.3 See, then, what now comes to pass: only the intelligent beings have now forgotten their eagerness and convergence toward one another, and here alone the flowing-together is not seen. Yet even so, though they flee, they are overtaken; for Nature prevails. You will see what I mean if you watch closely: one would sooner find some earthy thing touching nothing earthy than a man cut off from man.
ὅρα οὖν τὸ νῦν γινόμενον· μόνα γὰρ τὰ νοερὰ νῦν ἐπιλέλησται τῆς πρὸς ἄλληλα σπουδῆς καὶ συννεύσεως καὶ τὸ σύρρουν ὧδε μόνον οὐ βλέπεται. ἀλλ’ ὅμως καίτοι φεύγοντες περικαταλαμβάνονται· κρατεῖ γὰρ ἡ φύσις. ὄψει δὲ ὃ λέγω παραφυλάσσων· θᾶσσον γοῦν εὕροι τις ἂν γεῶδές τι μηδενὸς γεώδους προσαπτόμενον ἤπερ ἄνθρωπον ἀνθρώπου ἀπεσχισμένον.
9.10.1 Both man and god and the kosmos bear fruit; each bears it in its own seasons. If custom has properly worn the word down to the vine and the like, that is nothing. Reason too has its fruit, common and its own; and from it come other such things, of the same sort as reason itself.
Φέρει καρπὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπος καὶ θεὸς καὶ ὁ κόσμος· ἐν ταῖς οἰκείαις ὥραις ἕκαστα φέρει. εἰ δὲ ἡ συνήθεια κυρίως τέτριφεν ἐπὶ ἀμπέλου καὶ τῶν ὁμοίων, οὐδὲν τοῦτο. ὁ λόγος δὲ καὶ κοινὸν καὶ ἴδιον καρπὸν ἔχει καὶ γίνεται ἐξ αὐτοῦ τοιαῦθ’ ἕτερα, ὁποῖόν τι αὐτός ἐστιν ὁ λόγος.
9.11.1 If you can, teach them better; if not, remember that kindness was given you for this. The gods, too, are kind to such men, and in some things even work with them—toward health, toward wealth, toward fame; so good they are. And it is open to you too; or say, who prevents you?
Εἰ μὲν δύνασαι, μεταδίδασκε· εἰ δὲ μή, μέμνησο ὅτι πρὸς τοῦτο ἡ εὐμένειά σοι δέδοται. καὶ οἱ θεοὶ δὲ εὐμενεῖς τοῖς τοιούτοις εἰσίν, εἰς ἔνια δὲ καὶ συνεργοῦσιν, εἰς ὑγίειαν, εἰς πλοῦτον, εἰς δόξαν· οὕτως εἰσὶ χρηστοί. ἔξεστι δὲ καὶ σοί· ἢ εἰπέ, τίς ὁ κωλύων;
9.12.1 Toil, not as a wretch, nor as one wishing to be pitied or admired, but will one thing only: to move and to be checked as the civic reason requires.
Πόνει μὴ ὡς ἄθλιος μηδὲ ὡς ἐλεεῖσθαι ἢ θαυμάζεσθαι θέλων, ἀλλὰ μόνον ἓν θέλε· κινεῖσθαι καὶ ἴσχεσθαι, ὡς ὁ πολιτικὸς λόγος ἀξιοῖ.
9.13.1 Today I escaped from all circumstance—rather, I cast out all circumstance; for it was not outside, but within, in my judgments.
Σήμερον ἐξῆλθον πάσης περιστάσεως, μᾶλλον δὲ ἐξέβαλον πᾶσαν περίστασιν· ἔξω γὰρ οὐκ ἦν, ἀλλὰ ἔνδον ἐν ταῖς ὑπολήψεσιν.
9.14.1 All these things are familiar by experience, ephemeral in time, foul in their matter; all now just as they were in the days of those whom we have buried.
Πάντα ταῦτα συνήθη μὲν τῇ πείρᾳ, ἐφήμερα δὲ τῷ χρόνῳ, ῥυπαρὰ δὲ τῇ ὕλῃ· πάντα νῦν οἷα ἐπ’ ἐκείνων οὓς κατεθάψαμεν.
9.15.1 Things stand outside the doors, by themselves, knowing nothing of themselves and declaring nothing. What, then, declares anything about them? The ruling faculty.
Τὰ πράγματα ἔξω θυρῶν ἕστηκεν αὐτὰ ἐφ’ ἑαυτῶν, μηδὲν μήτε εἰδότα περὶ αὑτῶν μήτε ἀποφαινόμενα. τί οὖν ἀποφαίνεται περὶ αὐτῶν; τὸ ἡγεμονικόν.
9.16.1 Not in being acted upon, but in activity, lies the good and evil of the rational and civic being; just as its virtue and vice lie not in being acted upon, but in activity.
Οὐκ ἐν πείσει ἀλλ’ ἐνεργείᾳ τὸ τοῦ λογικοῦ καὶ πολιτικοῦ ζῴου κακὸν καὶ ἀγαθόν, ὥσπερ οὐδὲ ἡ ἀρετὴ καὶ κακία αὐτοῦ ἐν πείσει ἀλλὰ ἐνεργείᾳ.
9.17.1 To the stone thrown up there is no evil in coming down, nor good in being carried up.
Τῷ ἀναρριφέντι λίθῳ οὐδὲν κακὸν τὸ κατενεχθῆναι οὐδὲ ἀγαθὸν τὸ ἀνενεχθῆναι.
9.18.1 Pass within, into their ruling faculties, and you will see what judges you fear—and what poor judges they are of themselves.
Δίελθε ἔσω ἔσω εἰς τὰ ἡγεμονικὰ αὐτῶν καὶ ὄψει τίνας κριτὰς φοβῇ, οἵους καὶ περὶ αὑτῶν ὄντας κριτάς.
9.19.1 All things are in change. You yourself are in continual alteration and, in a way, in decay; and so is the whole kosmos.
Πάντα ἐν μεταβολῇ· καὶ αὐτὸς σὺ ἐν διηνεκεῖ ἀλλοιώσει καὶ κατά τι φθορᾷ, καὶ ὁ κόσμος δὲ ὅλος.
9.20.1 Another’s fault must be left there, with him.
Τὸ ἄλλου ἁμάρτημα ἐκεῖ δεῖ καταλιπεῖν.
9.21.1 The ending of an activity, the pause of an impulse and an opinion—a kind of death—is no evil. Pass now to the ages of life: childhood, boyhood, youth, old age; for every change of these too is a death. Is it anything to fear? Pass now to the life under your grandfather, then under your mother, then under your father; and finding many other dissolutions and changes and endings, ask yourself: is it anything to fear? So, then, neither is the ending and pause and change of your whole life.
Ἐνεργείας ἀπόληξις, ὁρμῆς, ὑπολήψεως παῦλα καὶ οἷον θάνατος· οὐδὲν κακόν. μέτιθι νῦν ἐπὶ ἡλικίαν, οἷον τὴν παιδικήν, τὴν τοῦ μειρακίου, τὴν νεότητα, τὸ γῆρας· καὶ γὰρ τούτων πᾶσα μεταβολή, θάνατος· μήτι δεινόν; μέτιθι νῦν ἐπὶ βίον τὸν ὑπὸ τῷ πάππῳ, εἶτα τὸν ὑπὸ τῇ μητρί, εἶτα τὸν ὑπὸ τῷ πατρί, καὶ ἄλλας δὲ πολλὰς διαφθορὰς καὶ μεταβολὰς καὶ ἀπολήξεις εὑρίσκων ἐπερώτα σεαυτόν· μήτι δεινόν; οὕτως τοίνυν οὐδὲ ἡ τοῦ ὅλου σου βίου λῆξις καὶ παῦλα καὶ μεταβολή.
9.22.1 Run to your own ruling faculty, and to that of the Whole, and to this man’s. To your own, that you may make it a just mind; to that of the Whole, that you may recall whose part you are; to this man’s, that you may consider whether it is ignorance or judgment, and at the same time reckon that he is your kin.
Τρέχε ἐπὶ τὸ σεαυτοῦ ἡγεμονικὸν καὶ τὸ τοῦ ὅλου καὶ τὸ τούτου. τὸ μὲν σεαυτοῦ, ἵνα νοῦν δικαικὸν αὐτὸ ποιήσῃς· τὸ δὲ τοῦ ὅλου, ἵνα συμμνημονεύσῃς τίνος μέρος εἶ· τὸ δὲ τούτου, ἵνα ἐπιστήσῃς πότερον ἄγνοια ἢ γνώμη, καὶ ἅμα λογίσῃ ὅτι συγγενές.
9.23.1 As you yourself are a completing part of a civic system, so let every act of yours be a completing part of civic life. Whatever act of yours, then, has no reference, near or far, to the social end, this tears your life apart and does not let it be one, and is seditious—as in a community the man who, for his own part, stands apart from such concord.
Ὥσπερ αὐτὸς σὺ πολιτικοῦ συστήματος συμπληρωτικὸς εἶ, οὕτως καὶ πᾶσα πρᾶξίς σου συμπληρωτικὴ ἔστω ζωῆς πολιτικῆς. ἥτις ἐὰν οὖν πρᾶξίς σου μὴ ἔχῃ τὴν ἀναφοράν, εἴτε προσεχῶς εἴτε πόρρωθεν, ἐπὶ τὸ κοινωνικὸν τέλος, αὕτη διασπᾷ τὸν βίον καὶ οὐκ ἐᾷ ἕνα εἶναι καὶ στασιώδης ἐστίν, ὥσπερ ἐν δήμῳ ὁ τὸ καθ’ αὑτὸν μέρος διιστάμενος ἀπὸ τῆς τοιαύτης συμφωνίας.
9.24.1 Children’s tempers and playthings, and "little spirits carrying corpses about"—so that the Nekyia strikes one more vividly.
Παιδίων ὀργαὶ καὶ παίγνια, καὶ ʽπνευμάτια νεκροὺς βαστάζονταʼ, ὥστε ἐναργέστερον προσπεσεῖν τὸ τῆς Νεκυίας.
9.25.1 Go to the quality of the cause, and, marking it off from the material, look at it by itself; then bound also the time, the longest that this particular quality is by nature to subsist.
Ἴθι ἐπὶ τὴν ποιότητα τοῦ αἰτίου καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὑλικοῦ αὐτὸ περιγράψας θέασαι· εἶτα καὶ τὸν χρόνον περιόρισον, ὅσον πλεῖστον ὑφίστασθαι πέφυκε τοῦτο τὸ ἰδίως ποιόν.
9.26.1 You have endured countless things through not being content with your ruling faculty doing what it was constituted to do. But enough.
Ἀνέτλης μύρια διὰ τὸ μὴ ἀρκεῖσθαι τῷ σῷ ἡγεμονικῷ ποιοῦντι ταῦτα, οἷα κατεσκεύασται. ἀλλὰ ἅλις.
9.27.1 When another blames you, or hates you, or men cry out such things, go to their poor souls, pass within, and see what kind of men they are. You will see that you need not be torn that they should hold any opinion whatever about you. Yet you must be kindly toward them; for by nature they are friends, and the gods too help them in every way—through dreams, through oracles—at least toward those things about which they are concerned.
Ὅταν ἄλλος ψέγῃ σε ἢ μισῇ ἢ τοιαῦτά τινα ἐκφωνῶσιν, ἔρχου ἐπὶ τὰ ψυχάρια αὐτῶν, δίελθε ἔσω καὶ ἴδε ποῖοί τινές εἰσιν. ὄψει ὅτι οὐ δεῖ σε σπᾶσθαι, ἵνα τούτοις τί ποτε περὶ σοῦ δοκῇ. εὐνοεῖν μέντοι αὐτοῖς δεῖ· φύσει γὰρ φίλοι, καὶ οἱ θεοὶ δὲ παντοίως αὐτοῖς βοηθοῦσι, δι’ ὀνείρων, διὰ μαντειῶν, πρὸς ταῦτα μέντοι, πρὸς ἃ ἐκεῖνοι διαφέρονται.
9.28.1 The same things are the rounds of the kosmos, up and down, from age to age. And either the mind of the Whole sets an impulse toward each thing—and if it does, accept what it impels—or it impelled once, and the rest follow by consequence; and why be anxious? For, in a way, all is atoms, or indivisibles. In sum: if there is a god, all is well; if all is at random, do not you too be at random.
Ταὐτά ἐστι τὰ τοῦ κόσμου ἐγκύκλια, ἄνω κάτω, ἐξ αἰῶνος εἰς αἰῶνα. καὶ ἤτοι ἐφ’ ἕκαστον ὁρμᾷ ἡ τοῦ ὅλου διάνοια· ὅπερ εἰ ἔστιν, ἀποδέχου τὸ ἐκείνης ὁρμητόν· ἢ ἅπαξ ὥρμησε, τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ κατ’ ἐπακολούθησιν καὶ τί ἐντείνῃ; τρόπον γάρ τινα ἄτομοι ἢ ἀμερῆ. τὸ δ’ ὅλον, εἴτε θεός, εὖ ἔχει πάντα· εἴτε τὸ εἰκῇ, μὴ καὶ σὺ εἰκῇ. Ἤδη πάντας ἡμᾶς γῆ καλύψει, ἔπειτα καὶ αὐτὴ μεταβαλεῖ κἀκεῖνα εἰς ἄπειρον μεταβαλεῖ καὶ πάλιν ἐκεῖνα εἰς ἄπειρον. τὰς γὰρ ἐπικυματώσεις τῶν μεταβολῶν καὶ ἀλλοιώσεων ἐνθυμούμενός τις καὶ τὸ τάχος παντὸς θνητοῦ καταφρονήσει.
9.29.1 The substance of the Whole is a torrent; it carries all things. How cheap, too, are these political affairs, and these little men who fancy they act as philosophers—full of snot! Man, what then? Do what nature now requires. Set out, if it is granted, and do not look about to see whether anyone will know. Do not hope for Plato’s Republic, but be content if the smallest thing goes forward, and reckon the outcome even of that to be no small matter. For who will change men’s doctrines? And without a change of doctrines, what is there but the slavery of men who groan and pretend to obey? Go now, and tell me of Alexander and
Philip and
Demetrius of Phalerum. They shall see to it, whether they saw what the common Nature willed and schooled themselves; but if they played the tragedian, no one has condemned me to imitate them. Simple and modest is the work of philosophy; do not lead me astray into solemn humbug.
Χειμάρρους ἡ τῶν ὅλων οὐσία· πάντα φέρει. ὡς εὐτελῆ δὲ καὶ τὰ πολιτικὰ ταῦτα καί, ὡς οἴεται, φιλοσόφως πρακτικὰ ἀνθρώπια· μυξῶν μεστά.—ἄνθρωπε, τί ποτε; ποίησον ὃ νῦν ἡ φύσις ἀπαιτεῖ, ὅρμησον, ἐὰν διδῶται, καὶ μὴ περιβλέπου εἴ τις εἴσεται. μὴ τὴν Πλάτωνος πολιτείαν ἔλπιζε, ἀλλὰ ἀρκοῦ, εἰ τὸ βραχύτατον πρόεισι, καὶ τούτου αὐτοῦ τὴν ἔκβασιν ὡς μικρόν τί ἐστι διανοοῦ. δόγμα γὰρ αὐτῶν τίς μεταβαλεῖ; χωρὶς δὲ δογμάτων μεταβολῆς τί ἄλλο ἢ δουλεία στενόντων καὶ πείθεσθαι προσποιουμένων; ὕπαγε νῦν καὶ Ἀλέξανδρον καὶ
Φίλιππον καὶ
Δημήτριον τὸν Φαληρέα μοι λέγε. ὄψονται, εἰ εἶδον, τί ἡ κοινὴ φύσις ἤθελε, καὶ ἑαυτοὺς ἐπαιδαγώγησαν· εἰ δὲ ἐτραγῴδησαν, οὐδείς με κατακέκρικε μιμεῖσθαι. ἁπλοῦν ἐστι καὶ αἰδῆμον τὸ φιλοσοφίας ἔργον· μή με ἄπαγε ἐπὶ σεμνοτυφίαν.
9.30.1 From on high look down on the countless herds, the countless rites, the voyaging of every kind in storms and calms, and the differences of things coming to be, met together, passing away. Consider too the life lived long ago by others, and the life that will be lived after you, and the life now lived among the barbarian nations; how many do not even know your name, how many will most quickly forget it, how many who praise you now will perhaps most quickly blame you; and that neither memory is worth much, nor fame, nor anything else at all.
Ἄνωθεν ἐπιθεωρεῖν ἀγέλας μυρίας καὶ τελετὰς μυρίας καὶ πλοῦν παντοῖον ἐν χειμῶσι καὶ γαλήναις καὶ διαφορὰς γινομένων, συγγινομένων, ἀπογινομένων. ἐπινόει δὲ καὶ τὸν ὑπ’ ἄλλων πάλαι βεβιωμένον βίον καὶ τὸν μετὰ σὲ βιωθησόμενον καὶ τὸν νῦν ἐν τοῖς βαρβάροις ἔθνεσι βιούμενον· καὶ ὅσοι μὲν οὐδὲ ὄνομά σου γινώσκουσιν, ὅσοι δὲ τάχιστα ἐπιλήσονται, ὅσοι δ’ ἐπαινοῦντες ἴσως νῦν σε τάχιστα ψέξουσι· καὶ ὡς οὔτε ἡ μνήμη ἀξιόλογόν γε οὔτε ἡ δόξα οὔτε ἄλλο τι τὸ σύμπαν.
9.31.1 Calm toward what befalls from the external cause; justice in the things done by the cause that is from you—that is, impulse and action ending in this very thing, to act socially, as being according to your nature.
Ἀταραξία μὲν περὶ τὰ ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκτὸς αἰτίας συμβαίνοντα, δικαιότης δὲ ἐν τοῖς παρὰ τὴν ἐκ σοῦ αἰτίαν ἐνεργουμένοις· τουτέστιν, ὁρμὴ καὶ πρᾶξις καταλήγουσα ἐπ’ αὐτὸ τὸ κοινωνικῶς πρᾶξαι ὡς τοῦτό σοι κατὰ φύσιν ὄν.
9.32.1 You can strip away many superfluous things that trouble you, since they lie wholly in your judgment; and you will at once gain much room for yourself by embracing the whole kosmos with your mind, and pondering everlasting time, and considering the swift change of each particular thing—how short the span from birth to dissolution, how yawning the gulf before birth, and likewise how infinite the time after dissolution.
Πολλὰ περισσὰ περιελεῖν τῶν ἐνοχλούντων σοι δύνασαι ὅλα ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπολήψει σου κείμενα, καὶ πολλὴν εὐρυχωρίαν περιποιήσεις ἤδη σεαυτῷ τῷ τὸν ὅλον κόσμον περιειληφέναι τῇ γνώμῃ καὶ τὸν ἀίδιον αἰῶνα περινοεῖν καὶ τὴν τῶν κατὰ μέρος ἑκάστου πράγματος ταχεῖαν μεταβολὴν ἐπινοεῖν, ὡς βραχὺ μὲν τὸ ἀπὸ γενέσεως μέχρι διαλύσεως, ἀχανὲς δὲ τὸ πρὸ τῆς γενέσεως, ὡς καὶ τὸ μετὰ τὴν διάλυσιν ὁμοίως ἄπειρον.
9.33.1 All that you see will most swiftly perish, and those who watch it perishing will themselves most swiftly perish too; and he who dies in extreme old age will be brought to the same state as the untimely dead.
Πάντα ὅσα ὁρᾷς τάχιστα φθαρήσεται καὶ οἱ φθειρόμενα αὐτὰ ἐπιδόντες τάχιστα καὶ αὐτοὶ φθαρήσονται καὶ ὁ ἐσχατόγηρως ἀποθανὼν εἰς ἴσον καταστήσεται τῷ προώρῳ.
9.34.1 What are the ruling faculties of these men, and on what have they spent their zeal, and for what do they love and honor? Imagine you see their poor little souls naked. When they fancy they harm by blaming, or benefit by extolling—what conceit!
Τίνα τὰ ἡγεμονικὰ τούτων καὶ περὶ οἷα ἐσπουδάκασι καὶ δι’ οἷα φιλοῦσι καὶ τιμῶσι· γυμνὰ νόμιζε βλέπειν τὰ ψυχάρια αὐτῶν. ὅτε δοκοῦσι βλάπτειν ψέγοντες ἢ ὠφελεῖν ἐξυμνοῦντες, ὅση οἴησις.
9.35.1 Loss is nothing but change. In this the nature of the Whole rejoices, by which all things come to be well, and from of old came to be in the same kind, and to infinity will be such others. Why, then, do you say that all things came to be ill, and will always be ill, and that no power, after all, was ever found among so many gods to set these things right, but the kosmos is condemned to be held fast in unceasing evils?
Ἡ ἀποβολὴ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ μεταβολή. τούτῳ δὲ χαίρει ἡ τῶν ὅλων φύσις, καθ’ ἢν πάντα καλῶς γίνεται καὶ ἐξ αἰῶνος ὁμοειδῶς ἐγίνετο καὶ εἰς ἄπειρον τοιαῦθ̓ ἕτερα ἔσται. τί οὖν λέγεις ὅτι ἐγίνετό τε πάντα κακῶς καὶ πάντα ἀεὶ κακῶς ἔσται καὶ οὐδεμία ἄρα δύναμις ἐν τοσούτοις θεοῖς ἐξευρέθη ποτὲ ἡ διορθώσουσα ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ κατακέκριται ὁ κόσμος ἐν ἀδιαλείπτοις κακοῖς συνέχεσθαι;
9.36.1 The rottenness of the matter that underlies each thing—water, dust, little bones, stench; or again: marble is but a callus of the earth, gold and silver but sediments, your robe but hairs, the purple but blood; and all the rest is of this kind. The little breath, too, is another such thing, changing from these into those.
Τὸ σαπρὸν τῆς ἑκάστῳ ὑποκειμένης ὕλης· ὕδωρ, κόνις, ὀστάρια, γράσος, ἢ πάλιν· πῶροι γῆς τὰ μάρμαρα καὶ ὑποστάθμαι ὁ χρυσός, ὁ ἄργυρος, καὶ τριχία ἡ ἐσθὴς καὶ αἷμα ἡ πορφύρα, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάντα τοιαῦτα. καὶ τὸ πνευμάτιον δὲ ἄλλο τοιοῦτον καὶ ἐκ τούτων εἰς ταῦτα μεταβάλλον.
9.37.1 Enough of this wretched life, and grumbling, and aping. Why are you troubled? What in this is new? What unsettles you? The cause? Look at it. Or the matter? Look at that. Beyond these there is nothing; but toward the gods, too, become at last simpler and better.
Ἅλις τοῦ ἀθλίου βίου καὶ γογγυσμοῦ καὶ πιθηκισμοῦ.—τί ταράσσῃ; τί τούτων καινόν; τί σε ἐξίστησι; τὸ αἴτιον; ἴδε αὐτό. ἀλλ’ ἡ ὕλη; ἴδε αὐτήν. ἔξω δὲ τούτων οὐδέν ἐστιν, ἀλλὰ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς θεοὺς ἤδη ποτὲ ἁπλούστερος καὶ χρηστότερος γενοῦ. Ἴσον τὸ ἑκατὸν ἔτεσι καὶ τὸ τρισὶ ταῦτα ἱστορῆσαι.
9.38.1 If he has done wrong, there lies the evil—with him. But perhaps he has not done wrong.
Εἰ μὲν ἥμαρτεν, ἐκεῖ τὸ κακόν. τάχα δ’ οὐχ ἥμαρτεν.
9.39.1 Either all things flow from one intelligent source and befall as upon one body, and the part must not blame what happens for the good of the whole; or there are atoms, and nothing but a jumble and a scattering. Why, then, are you troubled? Say to your ruling faculty: Are you dead, are you corrupted, are you turned beast, do you play a part, do you herd with the flock, do you graze?
Ἤτοι ἀπὸ μιᾶς πηγῆς νοερᾶς πάντα ὡς ἑνὶ σώματι ἐπισυμβαίνει καὶ οὐ δεῖ τὸ μέρος τοῖς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὅλου γινομένοις μέμφεσθαι· ἢ ἄτομοι καὶ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ κυκεὼν καὶ σκεδασμός· τί οὖν ταράσσῃ; τῷ ἡγεμονικῷ λέγεις· τέθνηκας, ἔφθαρσαι, τεθηρίωσαι, ὑποκρίνῃ, συναγελάζῃ, βόσκῃ;
9.40.1 Either the gods can do nothing, or they can do something. If, then, they can do nothing, why do you pray? But if they can, why not rather pray that they grant you neither to fear any of these things, nor to desire any of these things, nor to grieve over any of these things, rather than that some of them be present or absent? For surely, if they can help men at all, they can help in these things too. But perhaps you will say: the gods have put these in my power. Then is it not better to use what is in your power with freedom, than to fret over what is not in your power with slavishness and abjectness? And who told you that the gods do not also lend a hand even in the things in our power? Begin, at least, to pray about these, and you will see. This man prays: how may I sleep with that woman? You: how may I not desire to sleep with her. Another: how may I be rid of that man? You: how may I not need to be rid of him. Another: how may I not lose my little child? You: how may I not be afraid to lose him. In a word, turn your prayers this way, and see what comes of it.
Ἤτοι οὐδὲν δύνανται οἱ θεοὶ ἢ δύνανται. εἰ μὲν οὖν μὴ δύνανται, τί εὔχῃ; εἰ δὲ δύνανται, διὰ τί οὐχὶ μᾶλλον εὔχῃ. διδόναι αὐτοὺς τὸ μήτε φοβεῖσθαί τι τούτων μήτε ἐπιθυμεῖν τινος τούτων μήτε λυπεῖσθαι ἐπί τινι τούτων, μᾶλλον ἤπερ τὸ μὴ παρεῖναί τι τούτων ἢ τὸ παρεῖναι; πάντως γάρ, εἰ δύνανται συνεργεῖν ἀνθρώποις, καὶ εἰς ταῦτα δύνανται συνεργεῖν. ἀλλὰ ἴσως ἐρεῖς ὅτι· ἐπ’ ἐμοὶ αὐτὰ οἱ θεοὶ ἐποίησαν. εἶτα οὐ κρεῖσσον χρῆσθαι τοῖς ἐπὶ σοὶ μετ̓ ἐλευθερίας ἣ διαφέρεσθαι πρὸς τὰ μὴ ἐπὶ σοὶ μετὰ δουλείας καὶ ταπεινότητος; τίς δέ σοι εἶπεν ὅτι οὐχὶ καὶ εἰς τὰ ἐφ̓ ἡμῖν οἱ θεοὶ συλλαμβάνουσιν; ἄρξαι γοῦν περὶ τούτων εὔχεσθαι καὶ ὄψει. οὗτος εὔχεται· πῶς κοιμηθῶ μετ̓ ἐκείνης· σύ· πῶς μὴ ἐπιθυμήσω τοῦ κοιμηθῆναι μετ’ ἐκείνης. ἄλλος· πῶς στερηθῶ ἐκείνου· σύ· πῶς μὴ χρῄζω τοῦ στερηθῆναι. ἄλλος· πῶς μὴ ἀποβάλω τὸ τεκνίον· σύ· πῶς μὴ φοβηθῶ ἀποβαλεῖν. ὅλως ὧδε ἐπίστρεψον τὰς εὐχὰς καὶ θεώρει τί γίνεται.
9.41.1 Epicurus says: "In my illness my conversations were not about the sufferings of my poor body, nor," he says, "did I talk of such things to those who came in; but I went on discussing the chief points of natural philosophy, intent on this very thing—how the mind, while it shares in such motions of the poor flesh, may yet remain untroubled, keeping its own good. Nor," he says, "did I let the physicians give themselves airs as though they were doing something great, but my life went on well and nobly." Do, then, the same as he, in illness if you fall ill, and in any other circumstance. For not to depart from philosophy, whatever befalls, nor to babble like an ignorant man unversed in nature, is common to every school. Be intent only on what is now being done, and on the instrument by which you do it.
Ὁ Ἐπίκουρος λέγει ὅτι· ʽἐν τῇ νόσῳ οὐκ ἦσάν μοι αἱ ὁμιλίαι περὶ τῶν τοῦ σωματίου παθῶν οὐδὲ πρὸς τοὺς εἰσιόντας τοιαῦτά τινα, φησίν, ἐλάλουν, ἀλλὰ τὰ προηγούμενα φυσιολογῶν διετέλουν καὶ πρὸς αὐτῷ τούτῳ ὤν, πῶς ἡ διάνοια συμμεταλαμβάνουσα τῶν ἐν τῷ σαρκιδίῳ τοιούτων κινήσεων ἀταρακτεῖ τὸ ἴδιον ἀγαθὸν τηροῦσα. οὐδὲ τοῖς ἰατροῖς ἐμπαρεῖχον, φησί, καταφρυάττεσθαι ὥς τι ποιοῦσιν, ἀλλ’ ὁ βίος ἤγετο εὖ καὶ καλῶς.ʼ ταὐτὰ οὖν ἐκείνῳ, ἐν νόσῳ, ἐὰν νοσῇς καὶ ἐν ἄλλῃ τινὶ περιστάσει· τὸ γὰρ μὴ ἀφίστασθαι φιλοσοφίας ἐν οἷς δήποτε τοῖς προσπίπτουσι μηδὲ ἰδιώτῃ καὶ ἀφυσιολόγῳ συμφλυαρεῖν, πάσης αἱρέσεως κοινόν. πρὸς μόνῳ τῷ νῦν πρασσομένῳ εἶναι καὶ τῷ ὀργάνῳ, δι’ οὗ πράσσεις.
9.42.1 When you stumble against someone’s shamelessness, ask yourself at once: is it possible for the shameless not to exist in the kosmos? It is not. Then do not demand the impossible; for this man too is one of those shameless ones who must exist in the kosmos. Let the same be ready to hand toward the rogue, the faithless, and everyone who does any wrong whatever; for, the moment you recall that the class of such men cannot but be, you will be kinder toward them one by one.
Ὅταν τινὸς ἀναισχυντίᾳ προσκόπτῃς, εὐθὺς πυνθάνου σεαυτοῦ· δύνανται οὖν ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ ἀναίσχυντοι μὴ εἶναι; οὐ δύνανται· μὴ οὖν ἀπαίτει τὸ ἀδύνατον· εἷς γὰρ καὶ οὗτός ἐστιν ἐκείνων τῶν ἀναισχύντων, οὓς ἀνάγκη ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ εἶναι. τὸ δ’ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ πανούργου καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ ἀπίστου καὶ παντὸς τοῦ ὁτιοῦν ἁμαρτάνοντος ἔστω σοι πρόχειρον· ἅμα γὰρ τῷ ὑπομνησθῆναι ὅτι τὸ γένος τῶν τοιούτων ἀδύνατόν ἐστι μὴ ὑπάρχειν, εὐμενέστερος ἔσῃ πρὸς τοὺς καθ’ ἕνα.
9.42.2 It is useful, too, to consider at once what virtue Nature has given man against this wrong; for she has given, as an antidote, gentleness against the thankless, and against another some other power. And in general it is in your power to teach better one who has gone astray; for everyone who does wrong misses the mark set before him and has gone astray. And how have you been harmed? For you will find that none of these men against whom you are exasperated has done anything by which your mind was to be made worse;
εὔχρηστον δὲ κἀκεῖνο εὐθὺς ἐννοεῖν, τίνα ἔδωκεν ἡ φύσις τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ἀρετὴν πρὸς τοῦτο τὸ ἁμάρτημα· ἔδωκε γὰρ ὡς ἀντιφάρμακον πρὸς μὲν τὸν ἀγνώμονα τὴν πρᾳότητα, πρὸς δὲ ἄλλον ἄλλην τινὰ δύναμιν, ὅλως δὲ ἔξεστί σοι μεταδιδάσκειν τὸν πεπλανημένον· πᾶς γὰρ ὁ ἁμαρτάνων ἀφαμαρτάνει τοῦ προκειμένου καὶ πεπλάνηται. τί δὲ καὶ βέβλαψαι; εὑρήσεις γὰρ μηδένα τούτων, πρὸς οὓς παροξύνῃ, πεποιηκότα τι τοιοῦτον, ἐξ οὗ ἡ διάνοιά σου χείρων ἔμελλε γενήσεσθαι·
9.42.3 and your evil and your harm have their whole subsistence there, in your own mind. What is new or strange in it, if the uninstructed man does the deeds of the uninstructed? See whether you ought not rather to blame yourself, for not expecting that this man would commit this wrong. For you had from reason the means to reflect that it was likely this man would commit this wrong, and yet, forgetting it, you are astonished that he has done wrong.
τὸ δὲ κακόν σου καὶ τὸ βλαβερὸν ἐνταῦθα πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπόστασιν ἔχει. τί δὲ καινὸν ἢ ξένον γέγονεν, εἰ ὁ ἀπαίδευτος τὰ τοῦ ἀπαιδεύτου πράσσει; ὅρα μὴ σεαυτῷ μᾶλλον ἐγκαλεῖν ὀφείλῃς, ὅτι οὐ προσεδόκησας τοῦτον τοῦτο ἁμαρτήσεσθαι· σὺ γὰρ καὶ ἀφορμὰς ἐκ τοῦ λόγου εἶχες πρὸς τὸ ἐνθυμηθῆναι ὅτι εἰκός ἐστι τοῦτον τοῦτο ἁμαρτήσεσθαι, καὶ ὅμως ἐπιλαθόμενος θαυμάζεις εἰ ἡμάρτηκε.
9.42.4 Above all, when you blame a man as faithless or thankless, turn to yourself; for plainly the fault is yours, whether you trusted that a man of such a disposition would keep faith, or, in granting a favor, did not grant it without reservation, nor so as to have reaped at once, from the act itself, your whole fruit. For what more do you want, having done a man good? Is it not enough that you have done something according to your nature, but you seek a reward for it? As if the eye should demand recompense for seeing, or the feet for walking. For just as these came to be for a certain end, and, fulfilling it according to their own constitution, have what is their own, so too man, made to do good, whenever he does some good, or otherwise works together toward things indifferent, has done what he was made for, and has what is his own.
μάλιστα δέ, ὅταν ὡς ἀπίστῳ ἢ ἀχαρίστῳ μέμφῃ, εἰς σεαυτὸν ἐπιστρέφου· προδήλως γὰρ σὸν τὸ ἁμάρτημα, εἴτε περὶ τοῦ τοιαύτην τὴν διάθεσιν ἔχοντος ἐπίστευσας ὅτι τὴν πίστιν φυλάξει, εἴτε τὴν χάριν διδοὺς μὴ καταληκτικῶς ἔδωκας μηδὲ ὥστε ἐξ αὐτῆς τῆς πράξεως εὐθὺς ἀπειληφέναι πάντα τὸν καρπόν. τί γὰρ πλέον θέλεις εὖ ποιήσας ἄνθρωπον; οὐκ ἀρκεῖ τοῦτο, ὅτι κατὰ φύσιν τὴν σήν τι ἔπραξας, ἀλλὰ τούτου μισθὸν ζητεῖς; ὡσεὶ ὁ ὀφθαλμὸς ἀμοιβὴν ἀπῄτει, ὅτι βλέπει, ἢ οἱ πόδες, ὅτι βαδίζουσιν. ὥσπερ γὰρ ταῦτα πρὸς τόδε τι γέγονεν, ὅπερ κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν κατασκευὴν ἐνεργοῦντα ἀπέχει τὸ ἴδιον, οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος εὐεργετικὸς πεφυκώς, ὁπόταν τι εὐεργετικὸν ἢ ἄλλως εἰς τὰ μέσα συνεργητικὸν πράξῃ, πεποίηκε, πρὸς ὃ κατεσκεύασται, καὶ ἔχει τὸ ἑαυτοῦ.
Marcus addresses his own soul directly — will you ever be good, simple, and one? — urging it toward simplicity and trust in the whole. He returns to the thought that whatever happens to you was bound up with you from the beginning, woven into your fate by the same Nature that made you. There are reflections on living each day as if it might be the last act, on doing your part without theatrics, and on seeing the chain of causes behind every event, so that nothing seems merely to befall you.
10.1.1 Will you ever, O soul, be good and simple and one and naked, more manifest than the body that wraps you? Will you ever taste the disposition of love and tenderness? Will you ever be full and without want, longing for nothing and craving nothing—neither living thing nor lifeless—for the enjoyment of pleasures; nor time, in which to enjoy them longer; nor place, or country, or fair climate; nor the harmony of men? But will you be content with your present state and pleased with all that is present, and persuade yourself that all is with you from the gods, and that all is well for you and will be well, whatever is dear to them and whatever they are about to give for the preservation of the perfect living thing—the good and just and beautiful, that begets all things and holds them together and embraces and gathers them in as they are dissolved into the generation of others like them? Will you ever be such as to live as a fellow-citizen with gods and men, so as neither to blame them at all, nor to be condemned by them?
Ἔσῃ ποτὲ ἆρα, ὦ ψυχή, ἀγαθὴ καὶ ἁπλῆ καὶ μία καὶ γυμνή, φανερωτέρα τοῦ περικειμένου σοι σώματος; γεύσῃ ποτὲ ἆρα τῆς φιλητικῆς καὶ στερκτικῆς διαθέσεως; ἔσῃ ποτὲ ἆρα πλήρης καὶ ἀνενδεὴς καὶ οὐδὲν ἐπιποθοῦσα οὐδὲ ἐπιθυμοῦσα οὐδενὸς οὔτε ἐμψύχου οὔτε ἀψύχου πρὸς ἡδονῶν ἀπολαύσεις; οὐδὲ χρόνου, ἐν ᾧ ἐπὶ μακρότερον ἀπολαύσεις; οὐδὲ τόπου ἢ χώρας ἢ ἀέρων εὐκρασίας; οὐδὲ ἀνθρώπων εὐαρμοστίας; ἀλλὰ ἀρκεσθήσῃ τῇ παρούσῃ καταστάσει καὶ ἡσθήσῃ τοῖς παροῦσι πᾶσι καὶ συμπείσεις σεαυτὴν ὅτι πάντα σοι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν πάρεστι, πάντα σοι εὖ ἔχει καὶ εὖ ἕξει, ὅσα φίλον αὐτοῖς καὶ ὅσα μέλλουσι δώσειν ἐπὶ σωτηρίᾳ τοῦ τελείου ζῴου, τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ καὶ δικαίου καὶ καλοῦ καὶ γεννῶντος πάντα καὶ συνέχοντος καὶ περιέχοντος καὶ περιλαμβάνοντος διαλυόμενα εἰς γένεσιν ἑτέρων ὁμοίων; ἔσῃ ποτὲ ἆρα τοιαύτη, οἵα θεοῖς τε καὶ ἀνθρώποις οὕτως συμπολιτεύεσθαι ὡς μήτε μέμφεσθαί τι αὐτοῖς μήτε καταγινώσκεσθαι ὑπ’ αὐτῶν;
10.2.1 Watch what your nature requires of you, as one governed by nature alone; then do it and admit it, unless your nature as a living creature is to be made worse thereby. Next you must watch what your nature as a living creature requires, and take it all in, unless your nature as a rational creature is to be made worse; and the rational is at once the civic. Using these as your rules, meddle with nothing further.
Παρατήρει τί σου ἡ φύσις ἐπιζητεῖ ὡς ὑπὸ φύσεως μόνον διοικουμένου· εἶτα ποίει αὐτὸ καὶ προσίεσο, εἰ μὴ χεῖρον μέλλει διατίθεσθαί σου ἡ ὡς ζῴου φύσις. ἑξῆς δὲ παρατηρητέον τί ἐπιζητεῖ σου ἡ ὡς ζῴου φύσις, καὶ πᾶν τοῦτο παραληπτέον, εἰ μὴ χεῖρον μέλλει διατίθεσθαι ἡ ὡς ζῴου λογικοῦ φύσις· ἔστι δὲ τὸ λογικὸν εὐθὺς καὶ πολιτικόν. τούτοις δὴ κανόσι χρώμενος μηδὲν περιεργάζου.
10.3.1 Everything that happens either happens in such a way that you are by nature fitted to bear it, or in such a way that you are not. If, then, what happens to you is such as you are fitted to bear, do not be discontented, but bear it as you are fitted to. But if it is such as you are not fitted to bear, do not be discontented; for it will destroy you and itself perish. Remember, however, that you are by nature fitted to bear everything that it is in your judgment’s power to make bearable and endurable, by conceiving it as your advantage, or your duty, to do so.
Πᾶν τὸ συμβαῖνον ἤτοι οὕτω συμβαίνει ὡς πέφυκας αὐτὸ φέρειν ἢ ὡς οὐ πέφυκας αὐτὸ φέρειν. εἰ μὲν οὖν συμβαίνει σοι ὡς πέφυκας φέρειν. μὴ δυσχέραινε, ἀλλ’ ὡς πέφυκας φέρε. εἰ δὲ ὡς μὴ πέφυκας φέρειν, μὴ δυσχέραινε· φθαρήσεται γάρ σε ἀπαναλῶσαν. μέμνησο μέντοι ὅτι πέφυκας φέρειν πᾶν, περὶ οὗ ἐπὶ τῇ ὑπολήψει ἐστὶ τῇ σῇ φορητὸν καὶ ἀνεκτὸν αὐτὸ ποιῆσαι κατὰ φαντασίαν τοῦ συμφέρειν ἢ καθήκειν σεαυτῷ τοῦτο ποιεῖν.
10.4.1 If he is going wrong, teach him kindly and show him what is overlooked. But if you cannot, blame yourself—or not even yourself.
Εἰ μὲν σφάλλεται, διδάσκειν εὐμενῶς καὶ τὸ παρορώμενον δεικνύναι. εἰ δὲ ἀδυνατεῖς, σεαυτὸν αἰτιᾶσθαι ἢ μηδὲ σεαυτόν.
10.5.1 Whatever happens to you was being prepared for you from everlasting; and the interweaving of causes was spinning together, from eternity, both your existence and this event.
Ὅ τι ἄν σοι συμβαίνῃ, τοῦτό σοι ἐξ αἰῶνος προκατεσκευάζετο καὶ ἡ ἐπιπλοκὴ τῶν αἰτίων συνέκλωθε τήν τε σὴν ὑπόστασιν ἐξ ἀιδίου καὶ τὴν τούτου σύμβασιν.
10.6.1 Whether atoms or Nature, let it first be laid down that I am a part of the Whole governed by Nature; and next, that I stand in a kind of kinship to the parts of my own kind. For, remembering these things, insofar as I am a part, I shall be discontented with nothing apportioned by the Whole; for nothing is harmful to the part that benefits the Whole. The Whole contains nothing that is not to its own advantage; for while all natures have this in common, the nature of the kosmos has the further property of not being compelled by any external cause to generate anything harmful to itself.
Εἴτε ἄτομοι εἴτε φύσις, πρῶτον κείσθω ὅτι μέρος εἰμὶ τοῦ ὅλου ὑπὸ φύσεως διοικουμένου· ἔπειτα, ὅτι ἔχω πως οἰκείως πρὸς τὰ ὁμογενῆ μέρη. τούτων γὰρ μεμνημένος, καθότι μὲν μέρος εἰμί, οὐδενὶ δυσαρεστήσω τῶν ἐκ τοῦ ὅλου ἀπονεμομένων· οὐδὲν γὰρ βλαβερὸν τῷ μέρει ὃ τῷ ὅλῳ συμφέρει. οὐ γὰρ ἔχει τι τὸ ὅλον ὃ μὴ συμφέρει ἑαυτῷ, πασῶν μὲν φύσεων κοινὸν ἐχουσῶν τοῦτο, τῆς δὲ τοῦ κόσμου προσειληφυίας τὸ μηδὲ ὑπό τινος ἔξωθεν αἰτίας ἀναγκάζεσθαι βλαβερόν τι ἑαυτῇ γεννᾶν.
10.6.2 So, by remembering that I am a part of such a Whole, I shall be content with everything that befalls; and insofar as I stand in kinship to the parts of my own kind, I shall do nothing unsocial, but rather aim at my kin, and direct every impulse of mine toward the common advantage, and turn it away from the contrary. And, these things being so accomplished, life must flow smoothly—as you might conceive the smooth-flowing life of a citizen who goes through actions beneficial to his fellow-citizens, and welcomes whatever the city assigns him.
κατὰ μὲν δὴ τὸ μεμνῆσθαι ὅτι μέρος εἰμὶ ὅλου τοῦ τοιούτου, εὐαρεστήσω παντὶ τῷ ἀποβαίνοντι, καθόσον δὲ ἔχω πως οἰκείως πρὸς τὰ ὁμογενῆ μέρη, οὐδὲν πράξω ἀκοινώνητον, μᾶλλον δὲ στοχάσομαι τῶν ὁμογενῶν καὶ πρὸς τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον πᾶσαν ὁρμὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ἄξω καὶ ἀπὸ τοὐναντίου ἀπάξω. τούτων δὲ οὕτως περαινομένων ἀνάγκη τὸν βίον εὐροεῖν, ὡς ἂν καὶ πολίτου βίον εὔρουν ἐπινοήσειας προιόντος διὰ πράξεων τοῖς πολίταις λυσιτελῶν καὶ ὅπερ ἂν ἡ πόλις ἀπονέμῃ, τοῦτο ἀσπαζομένου.
10.7.1 The parts of the Whole—all that are by nature contained within the kosmos—must perish; let "perish" be understood as meaning "be altered." But if this is by nature an evil and a necessity for them, the Whole could not be well carried on, with its parts going to alteration and constituted in various ways for perishing. For did Nature herself undertake to harm her own parts, and make them liable to evil and of necessity falling into evil, or did such things come to pass without her knowing? Both are incredible.
Τοῖς μέρεσι τοῦ ὅλου, ὅσα φύσει περιέχεται ὑπὸ τοῦ κόσμου, ἀνάγκη φθείρεσθαι· λεγέσθω δὲ τοῦτο σημαντικῶς τοῦ ἀλλοιοῦσθαι. εἰ δὲ φύσει κακόν τε καὶ ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι τοῦτο αὐτοῖς, οὐκ ἂν τὸ ὅλον καλῶς διεξάγοιτο τῶν μερῶν εἰς ἀλλοίωσιν ἰόντων καὶ πρὸς τὸ φθείρεσθαι διαφόρως κατεσκευασμένων. πότερον γὰρ ἐπεχείρησεν ἡ φύσις αὐτὴ τὰ ἑαυτῆς μέρη κακοῦν καὶ περιπτωτικὰ τῷ κακῷ καὶ ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἔμπτωτα εἰς τὸ κακὸν ποιεῖν, ἢ ἔλαθεν αὐτὴν τοιάδε τινὰ γινόμενα; ἀμφότερα γὰρ ἀπίθανα.
10.7.2 And if anyone, dropping "Nature," should explain these things by saying they are simply "so by nature," even so it is absurd at once to say that the parts of the Whole are by nature subject to change, and yet to be astonished or discontented as at something happening contrary to nature—especially since the dissolution is into those things out of which each is composed. For it is either a scattering of the elements out of which it was compounded, or a turning of the solid into the earthy and of the airy into air, so that these too are taken up into the reason of the Whole, whether it is periodically consumed by fire or renewed by everlasting exchanges.
εἰ δέ τις καὶ ἀφέμενος τῆς φύσεως κατὰ τὸ πεφυκέναι ταῦτα ἐξηγοῖτο, καὶ ὣς γελοῖον ἅμα μὲν φάναι πεφυκέναι τὰ μέρη τοῦ ὅλου μεταβάλλειν, ἅμα δὲ ὡς ἐπί τινι τῶν παρὰ φύσιν συμβαίνοντι θαυμάζειν ἣ δυσχεραίνειν, ἄλλως τε καὶ τῆς διαλύσεως εἰς ταῦτα γινομένης, ἐξ ὧν ἕκαστον συνίσταται. ἤτοι γὰρ σκεδασμὸς στοιχείων, ἐξ ὧν συνεκρίθη, ἢ τροπὴ τοῦ μὲν στερεμνίου εἰς τὸ γεῶδες, τοῦ δὲ πνευματικοῦ εἰς τὸ ἀερῶδες, ὥστε καὶ ταῦτα ἀναληφθῆναι εἰς τὸν τοῦ ὅλου λόγον, εἴτε κατὰ περίοδον ἐκπυρουμένου εἴτε ἀιδίοις ἀμοιβαῖς ἀνανεουμένου.
10.7.3 And do not imagine the solid and the airy to be from the first birth; for all of this took on its influx only yesterday or the day before, from food and the air breathed in. It is this, then—what it took in—that changes, not what your mother bore. Grant that that other binds you closely to its particular quality; that, I think, is nothing to the present argument.
καὶ τὸ στερέμνιον δὲ καὶ τὸ πνευματικὸν μὴ φαντάζου τὸ ἀπὸ τῆς πρώτης γενέσεως· πᾶν γὰρ τοῦτο ἐχθὲς καὶ τρίτην ἡμέραν ἐκ τῶν σιτίων καὶ τοῦ ἑλκομένου ἀέρος τὴν ἐπιρροὴν ἔλαβεν· τοῦτο οὖν ὃ ἔλαβε μεταβάλλει, οὐχ ὃ ἡ μήτηρ ἔτεκεν. ὑπόθου δ’ ὅτι ἐκείνῳ σε λίαν προσπλέκει τῷ ἰδίως ποιῷ, οὐδὲν ὄντι οἶμαι πρὸς τὸ νῦν λεγόμενον.
10.8.1 Having given yourself these names—good, modest, truthful, sensible, agreeing, high-minded—take care never to be renamed; and if you should lose these names, return to them quickly. Remember that "sensible" was meant to signify to you the discriminating attention you give to each thing, and your freedom from heedlessness; "agreeing," the willing acceptance of what is apportioned by the common Nature; and "high-minded," the lifting of the thinking part above the smooth or rough motions of the flesh, above petty fame and death and all such things.
Ὀνόματα θέμενος σαυτῷ ταῦτα· ἀγαθός, αἰδήμων, ἀληθής, ἔμφρων, σύμφρων, ὑπέρφρων, πρόσεχε μήποτε μετονομάζῃ, κἂν ἀπολλύῃς ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα, καὶ ταχέως ἐπάνιθι ἐπ’ αὐτά. μέμνησο δὲ ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἔμφρων ἐβούλετό σοι σημαίνειν τὴν ἐφ’ ἕκαστα διαληπτικὴν ἐπίστασιν καὶ τὸ ἀπαρενθύμητον· τὸ δὲ σύμφρων τὴν ἑκούσιον ἀπόδεξιν τῶν ὑπὸ τῆς κοινῆς φύσεως ἀπονεμομένων· τὸ δὲ ὑπέρφρων τὴν ὑπέρτασιν τοῦ φρονοῦντος μορίου ὑπὲρ λείαν ἣ τραχεῖαν κίνησιν τῆς σαρκὸς καὶ τὸ δοξάριον καὶ τὸν θάνατον καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα.
10.8.2 If, then, you keep yourself in these names, not grasping to be so called by others, you will be another man and will enter upon another life. For to be still such as you have been until now, and to be torn and defiled in such a life, is the mark of a man utterly senseless and over-fond of life—like the half-devoured beast-fighters who, though full of wounds and gore, nonetheless beg to be kept till the morrow, only to be thrown, in the same state, to the same claws and teeth.
ἐὰν οὖν διατηρῇς σεαυτὸν ὲν τούτοις τοῖς ὀνόμασι μὴ γλιχόμενος τοῦ ὑπ’ ἄλλων κατὰ ταῦτα ὀνομάζεσθαι, ἔσῃ ἕτερος καὶ εἰς βίον εἰσελεύσῃ ἕτερον. τὸ γὰρ ἔτι τοιοῦτον εἶναι οἷος μέχρι νῦν γέγονας, καὶ ἐν βίῳ τοιούτῳ σπαράσσεσθαι καὶ μολύνεσθαι, λίαν ἐστὶν ἀναισθήτου καὶ φιλοψύχου καὶ ὁμοίου τοῖς ἡμιβρώτοις θηριομάχοις, οἵτινες μεστοὶ τραυμάτων καὶ λύθρου παρακαλοῦσιν ὅμως εἰς τὴν αὔριον φυλαχθῆναι, παραβληθησόμενοι τοιοῦτοι τοῖς αὐτοῖς ὄνυξι καὶ δήγμασιν.
10.8.3 Set yourself, then, upon these few names; and if you can abide in them, abide, as one removed to some Isles of the Blessed. But if you perceive that you are falling away and cannot keep your hold, withdraw with good courage into some corner where you will keep it—or even depart altogether from life, not in anger, but simply and freely and with self-respect, having done at least this one thing in life, to have so departed.
ἐμβίβασον οὖν σαυτὸν εἰς τὰ ὀλίγα ταῦτα ὀνόματα, κἂν μὲν ἐπ’ αὐτῶν μένειν δύνῃ, μένε ὥσπερ εἰς μακάρων τινὰς νήσους μετῳκισμένος· ἐὰν δὲ αἴσθῃ ὅτι ἐκπίπτεις καὶ οὐ περικρατεῖς, ἄπιθι θαρρῶν εἰς γωνίαν τινά, ὅπου κρατήσεις, ἢ καὶ παντάπασιν ἔξιθι τοῦ βίου, μὴ ὀργιζόμενος, ἀλλὰ ἁπλῶς καὶ ἐλευθέρως καὶ αἰδημόνως, ἕν γε τοῦτο μόνον πράξας ἐν τῷ βίῳ τὸ οὕτως ἐξελθεῖν.
10.8.4 Toward remembering these names, it will greatly help you to remember the gods, and that they desire not to be flattered, but that all rational beings be made like themselves; and that the fig tree should do the work of a fig tree, the dog of a dog, the bee of a bee, and the man of a man.
πρὸς μέντοι τὸ μεμνῆσθαι τῶν ὀνομάτων μεγάλως συλλήψεταί σοι τὸ μεμνῆσθαι θεῶν καὶ ὅτιπερ οὐ κολακεύεσθαι οὗτοι θέλουσιν, ἀλλὰ ἐξομοιοῦσθαι ἑαυτοῖς τὰ λογικὰ πάντα καὶ εἶναι τὴν μὲν συκῆν τὰ συκῆς ποιοῦσαν, τὸν δὲ κύνα τὰ κυνός, τὴν δὲ μέλισσαν τὰ μελίσσης, τὸν δὲ ἄνθρωπον τὰ ἀνθρώπου.
10.9.1 Mime, war, panic, torpor, slavery—daily these will wipe out those sacred doctrines of yours, all that you imagine and dismiss without the study of nature. But one must so look at and do everything that the practical task is at once accomplished, and at the same time the contemplative is exercised, and the self-confidence that comes from knowledge of each thing is kept—hidden, not concealed. For when will you enjoy simplicity? When dignity? When the knowledge of each thing—what it is in substance, what place it holds in the kosmos, how long it is by nature to subsist, of what it is composed, to whom it can belong, and who can give it and take it away?
Μῖμος, πόλεμος, πτοία, νάρκα, δουλεία· καθ’ ἡμέραν ἀπαλείψεταί σου τὰ ἱερὰ ἐκεῖνα δόγματα, ὁπόσα ἀφυσιολογήτως φαντάζῃ καὶ παραπέμπεις. δεῖ δὲ πᾶν οὕτω βλέπειν καὶ πράσσειν ὥστε καὶ τὸ πρακτικὸν ἅμα συντελεῖσθαι καὶ ἅμα τὸ θεωρητικὸν ἐνεργεῖσθαι καὶ τὸ ἐκ τῆς περὶ ἑκάστων ἐπιστήμης αὔθαδες σῴζεσθαι λανθάνον, οὐχὶ κρυπτόμενον. πότε γὰρ ἁπλότητος ἀπολαύσεις; πότε δὲ σεμνότητος; πότε δὲ τῆς ἐφ’ ἑκάστου γνωρίσεως, τί τε ἐστὶ κατ̓ οὐσίαν καὶ τίνα χώραν ἔχει ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ ἐπὶ πόσον πέφυκεν ὑφίστασθαι καὶ ἐκ τίνων συγκέκριται καὶ τίσι δύναται ὑπάρχειν καὶ τίνες δύνανται αὐτὸ διδόναι τε καὶ ἀφαιρεῖσθαι;
10.10.1 A spider is proud to have caught a fly; one man, a hare; another, a sprat in his net; another, boars; another, bears; another,
Sarmatians. Are these not bandits, if you examine their doctrines?
Ἀράχνιον μυῖαν θηρᾶσαν μέγα φρονεῖ, ἄλλος δὲ λαγίδιον, ἄλλος δὲ ὑποχῇ ἀφύην, ἄλλος δὲ συίδια, ἄλλος δὲ ἄρκτους, ἄλλος
Σαρμάτας. οὗτοι γὰρ οὐ λῃσταί, ἐὰν τὰ δόγματα ἐξετάζῃς;
10.11.1 Acquire a contemplative method for seeing how all things change into one another; attend to it continually, and exercise yourself in this part; for nothing is so apt to produce greatness of mind. Such a man has stripped off the body, and, reflecting that he must, all but at once, leave all these things and depart from among men, has given himself wholly—in his own acts—to justice, and, in all that befalls, to the nature of the Whole. What anyone will say or think of him, or do against him, he does not even take into mind, content with these two things: that he himself acts justly in what he now does, and loves what is now apportioned to him. He has let go all other businesses and ambitions, and wishes nothing else than to run a straight course through the law, and, running straight, to follow god.
Πῶς εἰς ἄλληλα πάντα μεταβάλλει, θεωρητικὴν μέθοδον κτῆσαι καὶ διηνεκῶς πρόσεχε καὶ συγγυμνάσθητι περὶ τοῦτο τὸ μέρος· οὐδὲν γὰρ οὕτως μεγαλοφροσύνης ποιητικόν. ἐξεδύσατο τὸ σῶμα καὶ ἐννοήσας ὅτι ὅσον οὐδέπω πάντα ταῦτα καταλιπεῖν ἀπιόντα ἐξ ἀνθρώπων δεήσει, ἀνῆκεν ὅλον ἑαυτὸν δικαιοσύνῃ μὲν εἰς τὰ ὑφ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἐνεργούμενα, ἐν δὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις συμβαίνουσι τῇ τῶν ὅλων φύσει. τί δ’ ἐρεῖ τις ἢ ὑπολήψεται περὶ αὐτοῦ ἢ πράξει κατ’ αὐτοῦ, οὐδ’ εἰς νοῦν βάλλεται, δύο τούτοις ἀρκούμενος, εἰ αὐτὸς δικαιοπραγεῖ τὸ νῦν πρασσόμενον καὶ φιλεῖ τὸ νῦν ἀπονεμόμενον ἑαυτῷ· ἀσχολίας δὲ πάσας καὶ σπουδὰς ἀφῆκε καὶ οὐδὲν ἄλλο βούλεται ἢ εὐθεῖαν περαίνειν διὰ τοῦ νόμου καὶ εὐθεῖαν περαίνοντι ἕπεσθαι τῷ θεῷ.
10.12.1 What need of surmise, when you can look to see what ought to be done? And if you see it, go that way, kindly, without turning back; but if you do not see it, hold off, and use the best counselors. And if other things stand in the way of these, advance according to your present means, with deliberation, holding to what seems just. For it is best to hit upon this; since to fail is to fail from this. He who in everything follows reason is at once unhurried and quick, cheerful and composed.
Τίς ὑπονοίας χρεία παρὸν σκοπεῖν τί δεῖ πραχθῆναι, κἂν μὲν συνορᾷς, εὐμενῶς, ἀμεταστρεπτὶ ταύτῃ χωρεῖν· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ συνορᾷς, ἐπέχειν καὶ συμβούλοις τοῖς ἀρίστοις χρῆσθαι· ἐὰν δὲ ἕτερά τινα πρὸς ταῦτα ἀντιβαίνῃ, προιέναι κατὰ τὰς παρούσας ἀφορμὰς λελογισμένως, ἐχόμενον τοῦ φαινομένου δικαίου; ἄριστον γὰρ κατατυγχάνειν τούτου, ἐπεί τοι ἥ γε ἀπόπτωσις ἀπὸ τούτου ἐστίν. σχολαῖόν τι καὶ ἅμα εὐκίνητόν ἐστι καὶ φαιδρὸν ἅμα καὶ συνεστηκὸς ὁ τῷ λόγῳ κατὰ πᾶν ἑπόμενος.
10.13.1 Ask yourself, the moment you wake from sleep: will it make any difference to you if just and noble things are blamed by another? It will not. Have you forgotten that these men who give themselves airs in praising or blaming others are such as they are upon their beds, such at their tables; what they do, what they flee, what they pursue, what they steal and snatch—not with hands and feet, but with the most precious part of themselves, by which, when one wills, there come to be faith, self-respect, truth, law, a good daimon?
Πυνθάνεσθαι ἑαυτοῦ εὐθὺς ἐξ ὕπνου γενόμενον· μήτι διοίσει σοι, ἐὰν ὑπὸ ἄλλου ψέγηται τὰ δίκαια καὶ καλῶς ἔχοντα; οὐ διοίσει. μήτι ἐπιλέλησαι ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ ἐν τοῖς περὶ ἄλλων ἐπαίνοις καὶ ψόγοις φρυαττόμενοι τοιοῦτοι μὲν ἐπὶ τῆς κλίνης εἰσί, τοιοῦτοι δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης, οἷα δὲ ποιοῦσιν, οἷα δὲ φεύγουσιν, οἷα δὲ διώκουσιν, οἷα δὲ κλέπτουσιν, οἷα δὲ ἁρπάζουσιν, οὐ χερσὶ καὶ ποσίν, ἀλλὰ τῷ τιμιωτάτῳ ἑαυτῶν μέρει, ὃ γίνεται ὅταν θέλῃ, πίστις, αἰδώς, ἀλήθεια, νόμος, ἀγαθὸς δαίμων;
10.14.1 To Nature, who gives all things and takes them back, the instructed and modest man says: Give what you will; take back what you will. And he says this not in defiance, but only in obedience and goodwill toward her.
Τῇ πάντα διδούσῃ καὶ ἀπολαμβανούσῃ φύσει ὁ πεπαιδευμένος καὶ αἰδήμων λέγει· δὸς ὃ θέλεις· ἀπόλαβε ὃ θέλεις. λέγει δὲ τοῦτο οὐ καταθρασυνόμενος, ἀλλὰ πειθαρχῶν μόνον καὶ εὐνοῶν αὐτῇ.
10.15.1 Little is this that remains. Live as on a mountain; for it makes no difference whether here or there, if everywhere one lives in the kosmos as in a city. Let men see, let them observe, a true man living according to nature. If they cannot bear him, let them kill him; for that is better than to live as they do.
Ὀλίγον ἐστὶ τὸ ὑπολειπόμενον τοῦτο. ζῆσον ὡς ἐν ὄρει· οὐδὲν γὰρ διαφέρει ἐκεῖ ἢ ὧδε, ἐάν τις πανταχοῦ ὡς ἐν πόλει τῷ κόσμῳ. ἰδέτωσαν, ἱστορησάτωσαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι ἄνθρωπον ἀληθινὸν κατὰ φύσιν ζῶντα. εἰ μὴ φέρουσιν, ἀποκτεινάτωσαν· κρεῖττον γὰρ ἢ οὕτως ζῆν.
10.16.1 No longer talk at all about what a good man should be, but be such.
Μηκέθ’ ὅλως περὶ τοῦ οἷόν τινα εἶναι τὸν ἀγαθὸν ἄνδρα διαλέγεσθαι, ἀλλὰ εἶναι τοιοῦτον.
10.17.1 Continually picture the whole of time and the whole of substance, and that every particular thing is, as to substance, a grain of millet, and, as to time, the turn of a drill.
Τοῦ ὅλου αἰῶνος καὶ τῆς ὅλης οὐσίας συνεχῶς φαντασία καὶ ὅτι πάντα τὰ κατὰ μέρος, ὡς μὲν πρὸς οὐσίαν, κεγχραμίς, ὡς δὲ πρὸς χρόνον, τρυπάνου περιστροφή.
10.18.1 Standing over each of the things before you, conceive it as already dissolving and in change, and as it were in decay or scattering, or as each thing is by nature, as it were, dying.
Εἰς ἕκαστον τῶν ὑποκειμένων ἐφιστάντα ἐπινοεῖν αὐτὸ ἤδη διαλυόμενον καὶ ἐν μεταβολῇ καὶ οἷον σήψει ἢ σκεδάσει γινόμενον ἢ καθότι ἕκαστον πέφυκεν ὥσπερ θνῄσκειν.
10.19.1 What they are like eating, sleeping, coupling, relieving themselves, and the rest; then what they are like lording it and giving themselves airs, or growing angry and rebuking from on high—yet a little while ago to how many, and for what, were they slaves; and a little hence they will be in such a state again.
Οἷοί εἰσιν ἐσθίοντες, καθεύδοντες, ὀχεύοντες, ἀποπατοῦντες, τὰ ἄλλα· εἶτα οἷοι ἀνδρονομούμενοι καὶ γαυρούμενοι ἢ χαλεπαίνοντες καὶ ἐξ ὑπεροχῆς ἐπιπλήττοντες, πρὸ ὀλίγου δὲ ἐδούλευον πόσοις καὶ δι’ οἷα· καὶ μετ’ ὀλίγον ἐν τοιούτοις ἔσονται.
10.20.1 What the nature of the Whole brings to each is to each one’s advantage; and it is to his advantage at the moment when she brings it.
Συμφέρει ἑκάστῳ ὃ φέρει ἑκάστῳ ἡ τῶν ὅλων φύσις, καὶ τότε συμφέρει ὅτε ἐκείνη φέρει.
10.21.1 "Earth loves the rain, and the august heaven loves"; and the kosmos loves to make whatever is about to be. I say, then, to the kosmos: I will love along with you. Is it not also said in this way—that "this is wont to come to be"?
ʽἘρᾷ μὲν ὄμβρου γαῖα, ἐρᾷ δὲ ὁ σεμνὸς αἰθήρ,ʼ ἐρᾷ δὲ ὁ κόσμος ποιῆσαι ὃ ἂν μέλλῃ γίνεσθαι. λέγω οὖν τῷ κόσμῳ ὅτι σοὶ συνερῶ. μήτι δὲ οὕτω κἀκεῖνο λέγεται, ὅτι· φιλεῖ τοῦτο γίνεσθαι;
10.22.1 Either you live here, and have already grown used to it; or you go away, and that was your own will; or you die, and have discharged your service. Beyond these there is nothing. Take heart, then.
Ἤτοι ἐνταῦθα ζῇς καὶ ἤδη εἴθικας· ἢ ἔξω ὑπάγεις καὶ τοῦτο ἤθελες· ἢ ἀποθνῄσκεις καὶ ἀπελειτούργησας. παρὰ δὲ ταῦτα οὐδέν. οὐκοῦν εὐθύμει.
10.23.1 Let it always be clear that yonder place, the country, is such a thing as this, and how all things here are the same as on the mountain-top, or on the seashore, or wherever you will. For you will find exactly what Plato says: "fencing a fold on a mountain," he says, "and milking bleating flocks."
Ἐναργὲς ἔστω ἀεὶ τὸ ὅτι τοιοῦτο ἐκεῖνο ὁ ἀγρός ἐστι καὶ πῶς πάντα ἐστὶ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐνθάδε τοῖς ἐν ἄκρῳ τῷ ὄρει ἢ ἐπὶ τοῦ αἰγιαλοῦ ἢ ὅπου θέλεις. ἄντικρυς γὰρ εὑρήσεις τὰ τοῦ Πλάτωνος· ʽσηκὸν ἐν ὄρει, φησί, περιβαλλόμενος καὶ βδάλλων βληχήματα.ʼ
10.24.1 What is my ruling faculty to me, and what sort of thing am I now making it, and to what use am I now putting it? Is it empty of mind? Is it loosed and torn from fellowship? Is it so fused and blended with the poor flesh as to turn along with it?
Τί ἐστί μοι τὸ ἡγεμονικόν μου καὶ ποῖόν τι αὐτὸ ἐγὼ ποιῶ νῦν καὶ πρὸς τί ποτε αὐτῷ νῦν χρῶμαι; μήτι κενὸν νοῦ ἐστι; μήτι ἀπόλυτον καὶ ἀπεσπασμένον κοινωνίας; μήτι προστετηκὸς καὶ ἀνακεκραμένον τῷ σαρκιδίῳ, ὥστε τούτῳ συντρέπεσθαι;
10.25.1 He who flees his master is a runaway; and the law is master, and so he who breaks the law is a runaway. But likewise the man who grieves, or is angry, or is afraid, wishes that something had not been, or were not, or would not be, of the things ordained by the one who governs all—who is law, distributing to each what befalls him. He, then, who fears or grieves or is angry is a runaway.
Ὁ τὸν κύριον φεύγων δραπέτης· κύριος δὲ ὁ νόμος καὶ ὁ παρανομῶν οὖν δραπέτης. ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁ λυπούμενος ἢ ὀργιζόμενος ἢ φοβούμενος οὐ βούλεταί τι γεγονέναι ἢ γίνεσθαι ἢ γενήσεσθαι τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ τὰ πάντα διοικοῦντος τεταγμένων, ὅς ἐστι νόμος, νέμων ὅσα ἑκάστῳ ἐπιβάλλει. ὁ ἄρα φοβούμενος ἢ λυπούμενος ἢ ὀργιζόμενος δραπέτης.
10.26.1 A man drops seed into a womb and goes away, and thereafter another cause takes it up, works upon it, and completes a child: out of such a thing, what a thing! Again: a man lets food down through his throat, and thereafter another cause takes it up and makes sensation and impulse and, in sum, life and strength and other things—how many and what kind! Behold, then, these things that come to be in such concealment, and see the power, just as we see the power that bears down and bears up—not with our eyes, yet no less clearly.
Σπέρμα εἰς μήτραν ἀφεὶς ἀπεχώρησε καὶ λοιπὸν ἄλλη αἰτία παραλαβοῦσα ἐργάζεται καὶ ἀποτελεῖ βρέφος· ἐξ οἵου οἷον; πάλιν· τροφὴν διὰ φάρυγγος ἀφῆκε καὶ λοιπὸν ἄλλη αἰτία παραλαβοῦσα αἴσθησιν καὶ ὁρμὴν καὶ τὸ ὅλον ζωὴν καὶ ῥώμην καὶ ἄλλα (ὅσα καὶ οἷα;) ποιεῖ. ταῦτα οὖν ἐν τοιαύτῃ ἐγκαλύψει γινόμενα θεωρεῖν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν οὕτως ὁρᾶν, ὡς καὶ τὴν βρίθουσαν καὶ τὴν ἀνωφερῆ ὁρῶμεν, οὐχὶ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, ἀλλ’ οὐχ ἧττον ἐναργῶς.
10.27.1 Continually reflect how all things, such as they now are, came to be before as well, and reflect that they will be so again; and set before your eyes whole dramas and scenes of like kind, all that you have known from your own experience or from older history—the whole court of Hadrian, the whole court of Antoninus, the whole court of Philip, of Alexander, of
Croesus; for all those were just such, only with other actors.
Συνεχῶς ἐπινοεῖν πῶς πάντα τοιαῦτα, ὁποῖα νῦν γίνεται, καὶ πρόσθεν ἐγίνετο, καὶ ἐπινοεῖν γενησόμενα· καὶ ὅλα δράματα καὶ σκηνὰς ὁμοειδεῖς, ὅσα ἐκ πείρας τῆς σῆς ἢ τῆς πρεσβυτέρας ἱστορίας ἔγνως, πρὸ ὀμμάτων τίθεσθαι, οἷον αὐλὴν ὅλην Ἁδριανοῦ καὶ αὐλὴν ὅλην Ἀντωνίνου καὶ αὐλὴν ὅλην Φιλίππου, Ἀλεξάνδρου,
Κροίσου· πάντα γὰρ ἐκεῖνα τοιαῦτα ἦν, μόνον δι’ ἑτέρων.
10.28.1 Picture every man who grieves or is discontented at anything as like a pig being sacrificed, kicking and squealing. Like him, too, is the man who, alone upon his little bed, silently bewails our bondage. And reflect that to the rational creature alone is it given to follow willingly what comes to pass; mere following is necessary for all.
Φαντάζου πάντα τὸν ἐφ’ ᾡτινιοῦν λυπούμενον ἢ δυσαρεστοῦντα ὅμοιον τῷ θυομένῳ χοιριδίῳ καὶ ἀπολακτίζοντι καὶ κεκραγότι· ὅμοιος καὶ ὁ οἰμώζων ἐπὶ τοῦ κλινιδίου μόνος σιωπῇ. τὴν ἔνδεσιν ἡμῶν καὶ ὅτι μόνῳ τῷ λογικῷ ζῴῳ δέδοται τὸ ἑκουσίως ἕπεσθαι τοῖς γινομένοις, τὸ δὲ ἕπεσθαι ψιλὸν πᾶσιν ἀναγκαῖον.
10.29.1 On each particular thing you do, stop and ask yourself whether death is to be dreaded for the loss of this.
Κατὰ μέρος ἐφ’ ἑκάστου ὧν ποιεῖς ἐφιστάνων ἐπερώτα σεαυτὸν εἰ ὁ θάνατος δεινὸν διὰ τὸ τούτου στέρεσθαι.
10.30.1 When you stumble against someone’s fault, turn at once and reflect what like fault you commit yourself—judging money, say, to be a good, or pleasure, or petty fame, and so forth. For attending to this, you will quickly forget your anger, as it occurs to you that he is under compulsion; for what else can he do? Or, if you can, remove the compulsion from him.
Ὅταν προσκόπτῃς ἐπί τινος ἁμαρτίᾳ, εὐθὺς μεταβὰς ἐπιλογίζου τί παρόμοιον ἁμαρτάνεις· οἷον, ἀργύριον ἀγαθὸν εἶναι κρίνων ἢ τὴν ἡδονὴν ἢ τὸ δοξάριον καὶ κατ’ εἶδος. τούτῳ γὰρ ἐπιβάλλων ταχέως ἐπιλήσῃ τῆς ὀργῆς, συμπροσπίπτοντος τοῦ ὅτι βιάζεται· τί γὰρ ποιήσει; ἤ, εἰ δύνασαι, ἄφελε αὐτοῦ τὸ βιαζόμενον.
10.31.1 Seeing
Satyrion, picture a Socratic, or
Eutyches, or
Hymen; and seeing
Euphrates, picture
Eutychion or
Silvanus; and seeing
Alciphron, picture
Tropaeophorus; and seeing Severus, picture
Crito or
Xenophon; and looking at yourself, picture one of the Caesars, and for each the analogue. Then let this strike you: where, then, are those men? Nowhere, or who knows where. For so you will continually see human things as smoke and nothing—especially if you also remember that what has once changed will be no more through infinite time. Why, then, do you strain? Why is it not enough for you to pass through this brief span in good order?
Σατυρίωνα ἰδὼν Σωκρατικὸν φαντάζου ἢ
Εὐτύχην ἢ
Ὑμένα, καὶ
Εὐφράτην ἰδὼν
Εὐτυχίωνα ἢ
Σιλουανὸν φαντάζου, καὶ
Ἀλκίφρονα Τροπαιοφόρον φαντάζου, καὶ Σευῆρον ἰδὼν
Κρίτωνα ἢ
Ξενοφῶντα φαντάζου, καὶ εἰς σεαυτὸν ἀπιδὼν τῶν Καισάρων τινὰ φαντάζου, καὶ ἐφ’ ἑκάστου τὸ ἀνάλογον. εἶτα συμπροσπιπτέτω σοι· ποῦ οὖν ἐκεῖνοι; οὐδαμοῦ ἢ ὁπουδή. οὕτως γὰρ συνεχῶς θεάσῃ τὰ ἀνθρώπινα καπνὸν καὶ τὸ μηδέν, μάλιστα ἐὰν συμμνημονεύσῃς ὅτι τὸ ἅπαξ μεταβαλὸν οὐκέτι ἔσται ἐν τῷ ἀπείρῳ χρόνῳ. τί οὖν ἐντείνῃ; τί δ’ οὐκ ἀρκεῖ σοι τὸ βραχὺ τοῦτο κοσμίως διαπερᾶσαι; Οἵαν ὕλην καὶ ὑπόθεσιν φεύγεις· τί γάρ ἐστι πάντα ταῦτα ἄλλο πλὴν γυμνάσματα λόγου ἑωρακότος ἀκριβῶς καὶ φυσιολόγως τὰ ἐν τῷ βίῳ; μένε οὖν, μέχρι ἐξοικειώσῃς σεαυτῷ καὶ ταῦτα, ὡς ὁ ἐρρωμένος στόμαχος πάντα ἐξοικειοῖ, ὡς τὸ λαμπρὸν πῦρ, ὅ τι ἂν ἐμβάλῃς, φλόγα ἐξ αὐτοῦ καὶ αὐγὴν ποιεῖ.
10.32.1 Let no one be able to say truthfully of you that you are not simple or not good, but let whoever forms such an opinion of you be a liar. And all this is in your power; for who prevents you from being good and simple? Only resolve to live no longer if you will not be such; for reason does not require you to live if you are not.
Μηδενὶ ἐξέστω εἰπεῖν ἀληθεύοντι περὶ σοῦ ὅτι οὐχ ἁπλοῦς ἢ ὅτι οὐκ ἀγαθός, ἀλλὰ ψευδέσθω, ὅστις τούτων τι περὶ σοῦ ὑπολήψεται. πᾶν δὲ τοῦτο ἐπὶ σοί· τίς γὰρ ὁ κωλύων ἀγαθὸν εἶναί σε καὶ ἁπλοῦν; σὺ μόνον κρῖνον μηκέτι ζῆν, εἰ μὴ τοιοῦτος ἔσῃ· οὐδὲ γὰρ αἱρεῖ λόγος μὴ τοιοῦτον ὄντα.
10.33.1 What is it that, on this material, can be done or said most soundly? For whatever it may be, it is in your power to do or say it; and do not make excuses as though hindered.
Τί ἐστι τὸ ἐπὶ ταύτης τῆς ὕλης δυνάμενον κατὰ τὸ ὑγιέστατον πραχθῆναι ἢ ῥηθῆναι; ὅ τι γὰρ ἂν τοῦτο ᾖ, ἔξεστιν αὐτὸ πρᾶξαι ἢ εἰπεῖν καὶ μὴ προφασίζου ὡς κωλυόμενος. Οὐ πρότερον παύσῃ στένων πρὶν ἢ τοῦτο πάθῃς, ὅτι οἷόν ἐστι τοῖς ἡδυπαθοῦσιν ἡ τρυφή; τοιοῦτό σοι τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς ὑποβαλλομένης καὶ ὑποπιπτούσης ὕλης ποιεῖν τὰ οἰκεῖα τῇ τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατασκευῇ· ἀπόλαυσιν γὰρ δεῖ ὑπολαμβάνειν πᾶν ὃ ἔξεστι κατὰ τὴν ἰδίαν φύσιν ἐνεργεῖν.
10.33.2 And everywhere it is in your power. The cylinder is not allowed everywhere to follow its own motion, nor is water, nor fire, nor the rest that are governed by nature or an irrational soul; for the things that bar and stand in the way are many. But mind and reason can go through all that opposes, as it is by nature and as it wills.
πανταχοῦ δὲ ἔξεστι. τῷ μὲν οὖν κυλίνδρῳ οὐ πανταχοῦ δίδοται φέρεσθαι τὴν ἰδίαν κίνησιν οὐδὲ τῷ ὕδατι οὐδὲ πυρὶ οὐδὲ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὅσα ὑπὸ φύσεως ἢ ψυχῆς ἀλόγου διοικεῖται· τὰ γὰρ διείργοντα καὶ ἐνιστάμενα πολλά· νοῦς δὲ καὶ λόγος διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ἀντιπίπτοντος οὕτως πορεύεσθαι δύναται ὡς πέφυκε καὶ ὡς θέλει.
10.33.3 Set before your eyes this ease, by which reason will be borne through all things, as fire upward, as a stone downward, as a cylinder down a slope, and seek nothing further. For the remaining checks are either of the dead body, or, apart from opinion and the surrender of reason itself, do not crush or do any harm whatever.
ταύτην τὴν ῥᾳστώνην πρὸ ὀμμάτων τιθέμενος, καθ’ ἣν ἐνεχθήσεται ὁ λόγος διὰ πάντων ὡς πῦρ ἄνω, ὡς λίθος κάτω, ὡς κύλινδρος κατὰ πρανοῦς, μηκέτι μηδὲν ἐπιζήτει· τὰ γὰρ λοιπὰ ἐγκόμματα ἤτοι τοῦ σωματίου ἐστὶ τοῦ νεκροῦ, ἢ χωρὶς ὑπολήψεως καὶ τῆς αὐτοῦ τοῦ λόγου ἐνδόσεως οὐ θραύει οὐδὲ ποιεῖ κακὸν οὐδ’ ὁτιοῦν.
10.33.4 Else, indeed, the one who suffered would at once become bad. In all other constructions, whatever evil befalls any of them, the thing affected becomes worse thereby; but here, if one must say it, a man even becomes better and more praiseworthy by using rightly what befalls. And, in sum, remember that what does not harm the city does not harm the man who is by nature a citizen, and what does not harm the law does not harm the city; and of these so-called misfortunes, not one harms the law. What, then, does not harm the law harms neither city nor citizen.
ἐπεί τοι καὶ ὁ πάσχων αὐτὸς κακὸς ἂν εὐθὺς ἐγίνετο· ἐπὶ γοῦν τῶν ἄλλων κατασκευασμάτων πάντων, ὅ τι ἂν κακόν τινι αὐτῶν συμβῇ, παρὰ τοῦτο χεῖρον γίνεται αὐτὸ τὸ πάσχον, ἐνταῦθα δέ, εἰ δεῖ εἰπεῖν, καὶ κρείττων γίνεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος καὶ ἐπαινετώτερος, ὀρθῶς χρώμενος τοῖς προσπίπτουσιν. ὅλως δὲ μέμνησο ὅτι τὸν φύσει πολίτην οὐδὲν βλάπτει ὃ πόλιν οὐ βλάπτει, οὐδέ γε πόλιν βλάπτει ὃ νόμον οὐ βλάπτει· τούτων δὲ τῶν καλουμένων ἀκληρημάτων οὐδὲν βλάπτει νόμον. ὃ τοίνυν νόμον οὐ βλάπτει, οὔτε πόλιν οὔτε πολίτην.
10.34.1 For one steeped in the true doctrines, even the briefest and most familiar saying suffices for a reminder of freedom from grief and fear—such as: "The leaves, some the wind scatters on the ground; so is the race of men." Little leaves, too, are your children; little leaves, too, these who cry you up so trustingly and sing your praises, or, on the contrary, curse you, or quietly blame and mock; little leaves, likewise, are those who will inherit your after-fame. For all these "come on in the season of spring"; then the wind casts them down, and the wood puts forth others in their place. Short life is common to all; yet you flee and pursue all things as though they were to be eternal. In a little while you will close your eyes, and another will soon lament the man who carried you out.
Τῷ δεδευμένῳ ὑπὸ τῶν ἀληθῶν δογμάτων ἀρκεῖ καὶ τὸ βραχύτατον καὶ ἐν μέσῳ κείμενον εἰς ὑπόμνησιν ἀλυπίας καὶ ἀφοβίας, οἷον· ʽφύλλα τὰ μέν τ’ ἄνεμος χαμάδις χέει· ὣς ἀνδρῶν γενεή.ʼ φυλλάρια δὲ καὶ τὰ τεκνία σου, φυλλάρια δὲ καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ἐπιβοῶντα ἀξιοπίστως καὶ ἐπευφημοῦντα ἢ ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων καταρώμενα ἢ ἡσυχῇ ψέγοντα καὶ χλευάζοντα, φυλλάρια δὲ ὁμοίως καὶ τὰ διαδεξόμενα τὴν ὑστεροφημίαν. πάντα γὰρ ταῦτα ʽἔαρος ἐπιγίγνεται ὥρῃʼ. εἶτα ἄνεμος καταβέβληκεν· ἔπειθ’ ὕλη ἕτερα ἀντὶ τούτων φύει. τὸ δὲ ὀλιγοχρόνιον κοινὸν πᾶσιν, ἀλλὰ σὺ πάντα ὡς αἰώνια ἐσόμενα φεύγεις καὶ διώκεις. μικρὸν καὶ καταμύσεις, τὸν δὲ ἐξενεγκόντα σε ἤδη ἄλλος θρηνήσει.
10.35.1 The healthy eye must look at all that is visible, and not say, "I want green things"; for that is the mark of a sore eye. And the healthy hearing and smell must be ready for all that is to be heard and smelled, and the healthy stomach must be disposed toward all nourishment as a mill toward all that it is made to grind. So, too, the healthy mind must be ready for all that befalls; but the mind that says, "Let my children be safe," and "Let all praise whatever I do," is an eye seeking green things, or teeth seeking soft food.
Τὸν ὑγιαίνοντα ὀφθαλμὸν πάντα ὁρᾶν δεῖ τὰ ὁρατὰ καὶ μὴ λέγειν· τὰ χλωρὰ θέλω· τοῦτο γὰρ ὀφθαλμιῶντός ἐστι. καὶ τὴν ὑγιαίνουσαν ἀκοὴν καὶ ὄσφρησιν εἰς πάντα δεῖ τὰ ἀκουστὰ καὶ ὀσφραντὰ ἑτοίμην εἶναι, καὶ τὸν ὑγιαίνοντα στόμαχον πρὸς πάντα τὰ τρόφιμα ὁμοίως ἔχειν ὡς μύλην πρὸς πάντα ὅσα ἀλέσουσα κατεσκεύασται. καὶ τοίνυν τὴν ὑγιαίνουσαν διάνοιαν πρὸς πάντα δεῖ τὰ συμβαίνοντα ἑτοίμην εἶναι, ἡ δὲ λέγουσα· τὰ τεκνία σῳζέσθω, καί· πάντες ὅ τι ἂν πράξω ἐπαινείτωσαν, ὀφθαλμός ἐστι τὰ χλωρὰ ζητῶν ἢ ὀδόντες τὰ ἁπαλά.
10.36.1 There is no one so fortunate that, as he dies, some will not stand by welcoming the evil that befalls. Was he earnest and wise? Will there not be someone at the very last to say to himself: "We shall breathe again at last, freed from this schoolmaster; he was harsh to none of us, but I felt that he silently condemned us." So much for the earnest man; but in our own case, how many other things there are for which many wish to be rid of us! Think of this, then, as you die, and you will depart more easily, reasoning: I am leaving a life in which even my own associates, for whom I struggled so, prayed, took such thought, even they wish me gone, hoping perhaps for some relief from it. Why, then, should anyone cling to a longer stay here? Yet do not for that reason depart any less kindly toward them, but, keeping your own character, friendly and well-disposed and gracious; and again, not as one torn away, but as, in a gentle death, the little soul slips easily from the body—such too should be your withdrawal from them. For nature joined and compounded you with them; and now she dissolves it. I am dissolved as from kinsmen, yet not dragged back, but unconstrained; for this too is one of the things according to nature.
Οὐδείς ἐστιν οὕτως εὔποτμος ᾧ ἀποθνῄσκοντι οὐ παρεστήξονταί τινες ἀσπαζόμενοι τὸ συμβαῖνον κακόν. σπουδαῖος καὶ σοφὸς ἦν· μὴ τὸ πανύστατον ἔσται τις ὁ καθ’ αὑτὸν λέγων· ἀναπνεύσομέν ποτε ἀπὸ τούτου τοῦ παιδαγωγοῦ; χαλεπὸς μὲν οὐδενὶ ἡμῶν ἦν, ἀλλὰ ᾐσθανόμην ὅτι ἡσυχῇ καταγινώσκει ἡμῶν. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐπὶ τοῦ σπουδαίου, ἐφ’ ἡμῶν δὲ πόσα ἄλλα ἐστί, δι’ ἃ πολὺς ὁ ἀπαλλακτιῶν ἡμῶν. τοῦτο οὖν ἐννοήσεις ἀποθνῄσκων καὶ εὐκολώτερον ἐξελεύσῃ, λογιζόμενος· ἐκ τοιούτου βίου ἀπέρχομαι, ἐν ᾧ αὐτοὶ οἱ κοινωνοί, ὑπὲρ ὧν τὰ τοσαῦτα ἠγωνισάμην, ηὐξάμην, ἐφρόντισα, αὐτοὶ ἐκεῖνοι θέλουσί με ὑπάγειν, ἄλλην τινὰ τυχὸν ἐκ τούτου ῥᾳστώνην ἐλπίζοντες. τί ἂν οὖν τις ἀντέχοιτο τῆς ἐνταῦθα μακροτέρας διατριβῆς; μὴ μέντοι διὰ τοῦτο ἔλαττον εὐμενὴς αὐτοῖς ἄπιθι, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἴδιον ἔθος διασῴζων, φίλος καὶ εὔνους καὶ ἵλεως· καὶ μὴ πάλιν ὡς ἀποσπώμενος, ἀλλ’ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ τοῦ εὐθανατοῦντος εὐκόλως τὸ ψυχάριον ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος ἐξειλεῖται, τοιαύτην καὶ τὴν ἀπὸ τούτων ἀποχώρησιν δεῖ γίνεσθαι· καὶ γὰρ τούτοις ἡ φύσις συνῆψε καὶ συνέκρινεν, ἀλλὰ νῦν διαλύει. διαλύομαι ὡς ἀπὸ οἰκείων μέν, οὐ μὴν ἀνθελκόμενος ἀλλ̓ ἀβιάστως· ἓν γὰρ καὶ τοῦτο τῶν κατὰ φύσιν.
10.37.1 Train yourself, on everything done by anyone, so far as you can, to ask yourself: to what end does this man refer it? But begin from yourself, and examine yourself first.
Ἔθισον ἐπὶ παντός, ὡς οἷόν τε, τοῦ πρασσομένου ὑπό τινος ἐπιζητεῖν κατὰ σαυτόν· οὗτος τοῦτο ἐπὶ τί ἀναφέρει; ἄρχου δὲ ἀπὸ σαυτοῦ καὶ σαυτὸν πρῶτον ἐξέταζε.
10.38.1 Remember that what pulls the strings is that thing hidden within; that is eloquence, that is life, that, if one must say it, is the man. Never picture along with it the enclosing vessel and these organs molded around it; for they are like an adze, differing only in being grown to us. Since, indeed, these parts are of no more use without the cause that moves and checks them than the shuttle is to the weaver, the pen to the writer, or the whip to the charioteer.
Μέμνησο ὅτι τὸ νευροσπαστοῦν ἐστιν ἐκεῖνο τὸ ἔνδον ἐγκεκρυμμένον· ἐκεῖνο ῥητορεία, ἐκεῖνο ζωή, ἐκεῖνο, εἰ δεῖ εἰπεῖν, ἄνθρωπος. μηδέποτε συμπεριφαντάζου τὸ περικείμενον ἀγγειῶδες καὶ τὰ ὀργάνια ταῦτα τὰ περιπεπλασμένα· ὅμοια γάρ ἐστι σκεπάρνῳ, μόνον διαφέροντα, καθότι προσφυῆ ἐστιν. ἐπεί τοι οὐ μᾶλλόν τι τούτων ὄφελός ἐστι τῶν μορίων χωρὶς τῆς κινούσης καὶ ἰσχούσης αὐτὰ αἰτίας, ἢ τῆς κερκίδος τῇ ὑφαντρίᾳ καὶ τοῦ καλάμου τῷ γράφοντι καὶ τοῦ μαστιγίου τῷ ἡνιόχῳ.
A book about what the rational soul can do: range over the whole universe, foresee its own dissolution without fear, and love its neighbors.
Marcus lists the things that make anger needless — that the offender will soon be dead, that we all share in fault, that kindness disarms — and quotes the tragic and comic poets to drive it home. Even bitterness has its remedy, he notes: are there thorns in the path? Then step aside.
11.1.1 The properties of the rational soul: it sees itself, articulates itself, makes itself whatever it wills, reaps for itself the fruit it bears (for the fruits of plants, and what corresponds in animals, others reap), and attains its own end wherever the limit of life may fall. Not as in dancing and acting and the like, where the whole performance is left incomplete if anything cuts it short; but in every part, and wherever it is overtaken, it makes what it set before itself full and lacking nothing, so that it can say: I have what is mine.
Τὰ ἴδια τῆς λογικῆς ψυχῆς· ἑαυτὴν ὁρᾷ, ἑαυτὴν διαρθροῖ, ἑαυτὴν ὁποίαν ἂν βούληται ποιεῖ, τὸν καρπὸν ὃν φέρει αὐτὴ καρποῦται (τοὺς γὰρ τῶν φυτῶν καρποὺς καὶ τὸ ἀνάλογον ἐπὶ τῶν ζῴων ἄλλοι καρποῦνται), τοῦ ἰδίου τέλους τυγχάνει, ὅπου ἂν τὸ τοῦ βίου πέρας ἐπιστῇ, οὐχ ὥσπερ ἐπὶ ὀρχήσεως καὶ ὑποκρίσεως καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἀτελὴς γίνεται ἡ ὅλη πρᾶξις, ἐάν τι ἐγκόψῃ, ἀλλ’ ἐπὶ παντὸς μέρους καὶ ὅπου ἂν καταληφθῇ, πλῆρες καὶ ἀπροσδεὲς ἑαυτῇ τὸ προτεθὲν ποιεῖ, ὥστε εἰπεῖν· ἐγὼ ἀπέχω τὰ ἐμά.
11.1.2 Further, it ranges over the whole kosmos and the void around it and its shape, and stretches into the infinity of time, and takes in the periodic rebirth of the Whole, and comprehends and observes that those after us will see nothing new, nor did those before us see anything more; but, in a way, the man of forty, if he has any mind at all, has seen all that has been and all that will be, by reason of its uniformity. It is proper to the rational soul, too, to love its neighbors, and truth, and self-respect, and to honor nothing above itself—which is also the property of law. Thus right reason and the reason of justice are no different.
ἔτι δὲ περιέρχεται τὸν ὅλον κόσμον καὶ τὸ περὶ αὐτὸν κενὸν καὶ τὸ σχῆμα αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς τὴν ἀπειρίαν τοῦ αἰῶνος ἐκτείνεται καὶ τὴν περιοδικὴν παλιγγενεσίαν τῶν ὅλων ἐμπεριλαμβάνει καὶ περινοεῖ καὶ θεωρεῖ ὅτι οὐδὲν νεώτερον ὄψονται οἱ μεθ’ ἡμᾶς οὐδὲ περιττότερον εἶδον οἱ πρὸ ἡμῶν, ἀλλὰ τρόπον τινὰ ὁ τεσσαρακοντούτης, ἐὰν νοῦν ὁποσονοῦν ἔχῃ, πάντα τὰ γεγονότα καὶ τὰ ἐσόμενα ἑώρακε κατὰ τὸ ὁμοειδές. ἴδιον δὲ λογικῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τὸ φιλεῖν τοὺς πλησίον καὶ ἀλήθεια καὶ αἰδὼς καὶ τὸ μηδὲν ἑαυτῆς προτιμᾶν, ὅπερ ἴδιον καὶ νόμου· οὕτως ἄρ’ οὐδὲν διήνεγκε λόγος ὀρθὸς καὶ λόγος δικαιοσύνης.
11.2.1 You will despise delightful song and dance and the pancratium if you divide the tuneful voice into its several notes and ask yourself, of each, whether you are mastered by it; for you will be ashamed. And do the like with the dance, for each motion or posture, and the same with the pancratium. In sum, then, apart from virtue and what comes from virtue, remember to run to the parts, and by their division to come to contempt; and carry this over to the whole of life as well.
Ὠιδῆς ἐπιτερποῦς καὶ ὀρχήσεως καὶ παγκρατίου καταφρονήσεις, ἐὰν τὴν μὲν ἐμμελῆ φωνὴν καταμερίσῃς εἰς ἕκαστον τῶν φθόγγων καὶ καθ’ ἕνα πύθῃ σεαυτοῦ, εἰ τούτου ἥττων εἶ· διατραπήσῃ γάρ· ἐπὶ δὲ ὀρχήσεως τὸ ἀνάλογον ποιήσας καθ’ ἑκάστην κίνησιν ἢ σχέσιν, τὸ δ’ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ παγκρατίου. ὅλως οὖν, χωρὶς ἀρετῆς καὶ τῶν ἀπ’ ἀρετῆς, μέμνησο ἐπὶ τὰ κατὰ μέρος τρέχειν καὶ τῇ διαιρέσει αὐτῶν εἰς καταφρόνησιν ἰέναι, τὸ δ’ αὐτὸ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν βίον ὅλον μετάφερε.
11.3.1 What a soul is that which is ready, if it must now be released from the body, either to be quenched, or scattered, or to persist! But let this readiness come from its own judgment, not from sheer obstinacy, as with
the Christians, but reasoned, and with dignity, and so as to persuade another also, without theatrics.
Οἵα ἐστὶν ἡ ψυχὴ ἡ ἕτοιμος, ἐὰν ἤδη ἀπολυθῆναι δέῃ τοῦ σώματος καὶ ἤτοι σβεσθῆναι ἢ σκεδασθῆναι ἢ συμμεῖναι. τὸ δὲ ἕτοιμον τοῦτο ἵνα ἀπὸ ἰδικῆς κρίσεως ἔρχηται, μὴ κατὰ ψιλὴν παράταξιν ὡς οἱ
Χριστιανοί, ἀλλὰ λελογισμένως καὶ σεμνῶς καὶ ὥστε καὶ ἄλλον πεῖσαι, ἀτραγῴδως.
11.4.1 Have I done something social? Then I have benefited myself. Let this be ever ready to meet you, and nowhere leave off.
Πεποίηκά τι κοινωνικῶς· οὐκοῦν ὠφέλημαι. τοῦτο ἵνα ἀεὶ πρόχειρον ἀπαντᾷ, καὶ μηδαμοῦ παύου.
11.5.1 What is your art? To be good. And how is this well achieved except from principles—some about the nature of the Whole, some about the particular constitution of man?
Τίς σου ἡ τέχνη; ἀγαθὸν εἶναι. τοῦτο δὲ πῶς καλῶς γίνεται ὴ ἐκ θεωρημάτων, τῶν μὲν περὶ τῆς τοῦ ὅλου φύσεως, τῶν δὲ περὶ τῆς ἰδίας τοῦ ἀνθρώπου κατασκευῆς.
11.6.1 First, tragedies were brought in as reminders of what happens, and that these things are by nature so to come about, and that you must not be vexed on the larger stage by the things that charm you on the stage. For you see that they must be carried through thus, and that even those who cry out "Alas, Cithaeron!" bear them. And the playwrights say some useful things, such as, above all, this: "But if I and my children have been neglected by the gods, this too has its reason." And again: "There is no need to rage at things." And: "To reap life like a ripe ear of corn."
Πρῶτον αἱ τραγῳδίαι παρήχθησαν ὑπομνηστικαὶ τῶν συμβαινόντων καὶ ὅτι ταῦτα οὕτως πέφυκε γίνεσθαι καὶ ὅτι, οἷς ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ψυχαγωγεῖσθε, τούτοις μὴ ἄχθεσθε ἐπὶ τῆς μείζονος σκηνῆς· ὁρᾶτε γὰρ ὅτι οὕτως δεῖ ταῦτα περαίνεσθαι καὶ ὅτι φέρουσιν αὐτὰ καὶ οἱ κεκραγότες· ʽἰὼ Κιθαιρών.ʼ καὶ λέγεται δέ τινα ὑπὸ τῶν τὰ δράματα ποιούντων χρησίμως· οἷόν ἐστιν ἐκεῖνο μάλιστα· εἰ δ’ ἠμελήθην ἐκ θεῶν καὶ παῖδ’ ἐμώ, ἔχει λόγον καὶ τοῦτο· καὶ πάλιν· τοῖς πράγμασιν γὰρ οὐχὶ θυμοῦσθαι· καί· βίον θερίζειν ὥστε κάρπιμον στάχυν·
11.6.2 And so on. After tragedy the Old Comedy was brought in, having an instructive frankness, and by its very plain speaking not unprofitably reminding men of freedom from conceit; to some such end Diogenes too took up these things. After this consider for what the Middle Comedy, and then the New, was taken up—which little by little slipped away into the ingenuity of mere imitation. That some useful things are said even by these is not unknown; but to what end did the whole design of such poetry and dramaturgy look?
καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα. μετὰ δὲ τὴν τραγῳδίαν ἡ ἀρχαία κωμῳδία παρήχθη, παιδαγωγικὴν παρρησίαν ἔχουσα καὶ τῆς ἀτυφίας οὐκ ἀχρήστως δι’ αὐτῆς τῆς εὐθυρρημοσύνης ὑπομιμνῄσκουσα· πρὸς οἷόν τι καὶ Διογένης ταυτὶ παρελάμβανε. μετὰ ταύτην ἡ μέση κωμῳδία καὶ λοιπὸν ἡ νέα πρὸς τί ποτε παρείληπται, ἣ κατ’ ὀλίγον ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκ μιμήσεως φιλοτεχνίαν ὑπερρύη, ἐπίστησον. ὅτι μὲν γὰρ λέγεται καὶ ὑπὸ τούτων τινὰ χρήσιμα οὐκ ἀγνοεῖται, ἀλλὰ ἡ ὅλη ἐπιβολὴ τῆς τοιαύτης ποιήσεως καὶ δραματουργίας πρὸς τίνα ποτὲ σκοπὸν ἀπέβλεψεν;
11.7.1 How clearly it strikes one that there is no other condition of life so fitted for philosophizing as this in which you now happen to be.
Πῶς ἐναργὲς προσπίπτει τὸ μὴ εἶναι ἄλλην βίου ὑπόθεσιν εἰς τὸ φιλοσοφεῖν οὕτως ἐπιτήδειον ὡς ταύτην, ἐν ᾗ νῦν ὢν τυγχάνεις.
11.8.1 A branch cut off from the branch next to it cannot but be cut off from the whole plant as well. So too a man, severed from a single man, has fallen away from the whole community. Now a branch another cuts off; but a man cuts himself off from his neighbor, by hating and turning away, and does not know that he has at the same time severed himself from the whole commonwealth. Yet there is this gift of Zeus, who established fellowship: it is in our power to grow together again with the one next to us, and again become completers of the whole. But, if it happens often, such division makes the part that withdraws hard to unite and hard to restore. And, in general, the branch that grew with the tree from the first and shared its breath is not like the one grafted in again after being cut off, whatever the gardeners may say.
Κλάδος τοῦ προσεχοῦς κλάδου ἀποκοπεὶς οὐ δύναται μὴ καὶ τοῦ ὅλου φυτοῦ ἀποκεκόφθαι. οὕτω δὴ καὶ ἄνθρωπος ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ἀποσχισθεὶς ὅλης τῆς κοινωνίας ἀποπέπτωκε. κλάδον μὲν οὖν ἄλλος ἀποκόπτει· ἄνθρωπος δὲ αὐτὸς ἑαυτὸν τοῦ πλησίον χωρίζει μισήσας καὶ ἀποστραφείς, ἀγνοεῖ δὲ ὅτι καὶ τοῦ ὅλου πολιτεύματος ἅμα ἀποτέτμηκεν ἑαυτόν. πλὴν ἐκεῖνό γε δῶρον τοῦ συστησαμένου τὴν κοινωνίαν Διός· ἔξεστι γὰρ ἡμῖν πάλιν συμφῦναι τῷ προσεχεῖ καὶ πάλιν τοῦ ὅλου συμπληρωτικοῖς γενέσθαι. πλεονάκις μέντοι γινόμενον τὸ κατὰ τὴν τοιαύτην διαίρεσιν δυσένωτον καὶ δυσαποκατάστατον τὸ ἀποχωροῦν ποιεῖ. ὅλως τε οὐχ ὅμοιος ὁ κλάδος ὁ ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς συμβλαστήσας καὶ σύμπνους συμμείνας τῷ μετὰ τὴν ἀποκοπὴν αὖθις ἐγκεντρισθέντι, ὅ τι ποτὲ λέγουσιν οἱ φυτουργοί. Ὁμοθαμνεῖν μέν, μὴ ὁμοδογματεῖν δέ.
11.9.1 As those who stand in your way as you advance according to right reason will not be able to turn you from sound action, so let them not knock you out of kindly feeling toward them; but guard yourself equally in both—not only in steadfast judgment and action, but also in gentleness toward those who try to hinder you or are otherwise troublesome. For to be harsh with them is a weakness, just as to abandon the action and give way in dismay; for both alike are deserters—the one who flinches, and the one who is estranged from his natural kinsman and friend.
Οἱ ἐνιστάμενοι προιόντι σοι κατὰ τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον ὥσπερ ἀπὸ τῆς ὑγιοῦς πράξεως ἀποτρέψαι σε οὐ δυνήσονται, οὕτως μηδὲ τῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς εὐμενείας ἐκκρουέτωσαν, ἀλλὰ φύλασσε σεαυτὸν ἐπ’ ἀμφοτέρων ὁμοίως, μὴ μόνον ἐπὶ τῆς εὐσταθοῦς κρίσεως καὶ πράξεως, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς κωλύειν ἐπιχειροῦντας ἢ ἄλλως δυσχεραίνοντας πρᾳότητος. καὶ γὰρ τοῦτο ἀσθενές, τὸ χαλεπαίνειν αὐτοῖς, ὥσπερ τὸ ἀποστῆναι τῆς πράξεως καὶ ἐνδοῦναι καταπλαγέντα· ἀμφότεροι γὰρ ἐπίσης λειποτάκται, ὁ μὲν ὑποτρέσας, ὁ δὲ ἀλλοτριωθεὶς πρὸς τὸν φύσει συγγενῆ καὶ φίλον.
11.10.1 "No nature is inferior to art," for the arts imitate natures. And if this is so, the most perfect and comprehensive of all natures could not fall short of the skill of art. Now all arts make the lower for the sake of the higher; so too the common Nature. And here, then, is the origin of justice, and from it the remaining virtues subsist; for the just will not be preserved if we either care for indifferent things, or are easily deceived, rash, and changeable.
ʽΟὐκ ἔστι χείρων οὐδεμία φύσις τέχνηςʼ καὶ γὰρ αἱ τέχναι τὰς φύσεις μιμοῦνται. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, ἡ πασῶν τῶν ἄλλων τελεωτάτη καὶ περιληπτικωτάτη φύσις οὐκ ἂν ἀπολείποιτο τῆς τεχνικῆς εὐμηχανίας. πᾶσαι δέ γε τέχναι τῶν κρειττόνων ἕνεκεν τὰ χείρω ποιοῦσιν· οὐκοῦν καὶ ἡ κοινὴ φύσις. καὶ δὴ ἔνθεν μὲν γένεσις δικαιοσύνης, ἀπὸ δὲ ταύτης αἱ λοιπαὶ ἀρεταὶ ὑφίστανται· οὐ γὰρ τηρηθήσεται τὸ δίκαιον, ἐὰν ἤτοι διαφερώμεθα πρὸς τὰ μέσα ἢ εὐεξαπάτητοι καὶ προπτωτικοὶ καὶ μεταπτωτικοὶ ὦμεν.
11.11.1 If the things whose pursuit and avoidance trouble you do not come to you, but in a way you yourself go to them, then let your judgment about them be still, and they too will stay quiet, and you will be seen neither pursuing nor fleeing.
Εἰ μὲν Οὐκ ἔρχεται ἐπὶ σὲ τὰ πράγματα ὧν αἱ διώξεις καὶ φυγαὶ θορυβοῦσί σε, ἀλλὰ τρόπον τινὰ αὐτὸς ἐπ̓ ἐκεῖνα ἔρχῃ· τὸ γοῦν κρῖμα τὸ περὶ αὐτῶν ἡσυχαζέτω κἀκεῖνα μενεῖ ἀτρεμοῦντα καὶ οὔτε διώκων οὔτε φεύγων ὀφθήσῃ.
11.12.1 The sphere of the soul keeps its own form when it neither stretches out toward anything, nor shrinks inward, nor is scattered, nor sinks down, but shines with a light by which it sees the truth of all things and the truth in itself.
Σφαῖρα ψυχῆς αὐτοειδής, ὅταν μήτε ἐκτείνηται ἐπί τι μήτε ἔσω συντρέχῃ μήτε σπειρᾶται μήτε συνιζάνῃ, ἀλλὰ φωτὶ λάμπηται ᾧ τὴν ἀλήθειαν ὁρᾷ τὴν πάντων καὶ τὴν ἐν αὑτῇ.
11.13.1 Will someone despise me? Let him see to it. But I will see to it that I be found doing or saying nothing worthy of contempt. Will he hate me? Let him see to it. But I am kindly and well-disposed to all, and ready to show even this very man what he overlooks—not reproachfully, nor as making a show that I endure him, but sincerely and kindly, like that famous
Phocion, if he was not pretending. For such must one’s inner self be, and a man must be seen by the gods to be disposed toward nothing with resentment, and to make no tragedy of his suffering. For what evil is there for you, if you yourself now do what is proper to your nature, and accept what is now in season for the nature of the Whole—a man stretched toward whatever may bring about the common good?
Καταφρονήσει μού τις; ὄψεται. ἐγὼ δὲ ὄψομαι ἵνα μή τι καταφρονήσεως ἄξιον πράσσων ἣ λέγων εὑρίσκωμαι. μισήσει; ὄψεται. ἀλλὰ ἐγὼ εὐμενὴς καὶ εὔνους παντὶ καὶ τούτῳ αὐτῷ ἕτοιμος τὸ παρορώμενον δεῖξαι, οὐκ ὀνειδιστικῶς οὐδὲ ὡς κατεπιδεικνύμενος ὅτι ἀνέχομαι, ἀλλὰ γνησίως καὶ χρηστῶς, οἷος ὁ
Φωκίων ἐκεῖνος, εἴ γε μὴ προσεποιεῖτο. τὰ ἔσω γὰρ δεῖ τοιαῦτα εἶναι καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν θεῶν βλέπεσθαι ἄνθρωπον πρὸς μηδὲν ἀγανακτικῶς διατιθέμενον μηδὲ δεινοπαθοῦντα. τί γάρ σοι κακόν, εἰ αὐτὸς νῦν ποιεῖς τὸ τῇ φύσει σου οἰκεῖον καὶ δέχῃ τὸ νῦν τῇ τῶν ὅλων φύσει εὔκαιρον, ἄνθρωπος τεταμένος πρὸς τὸ γίνεσθαι δι’ ὅτου δὴ τὸ κοινῇ συμφέρον;
11.14.1 Despising one another, they flatter one another; and wishing to surpass one another, they bow down to one another.
Ἀλλήλων καταφρονοῦντες ἀλλήλοις ἀρεσκεύονται καὶ ἀλλήλων ὑπερέχειν θέλοντες ἀλλήλοις ὑποκατακλίνονται.
11.15.1 How rotten and counterfeit is the man who says, "I have chosen to deal plainly with you." What are you doing, man? This need not be announced beforehand. It will show of itself; it ought to be written on the forehead; the voice rings with it at once, it shines out at once in the eyes, as the beloved at once recognizes everything in the lover’s glance. The simple and good man ought, in short, to be like one who smells rank, so that whoever stands by him, the moment he approaches, perceives it whether he will or no. But studied simplicity is a stiletto. Nothing is more shameful than the friendship of wolves; above all, flee that. The good, simple, kindly man has these things in his eyes, and they do not escape notice.
Ὡς σαπρὸς καὶ κίβδηλος ὁ λέγων· ἐγὼ προῄρημαι ἁπλῶς σοι προσφέρεσθαι. τί ποιεῖς, ἄνθρωπε; τοῦτο οὐ δεῖ προλέγειν. αὐτὸ φανήσεται· ἐπὶ τοῦ μετώπου γεγράφθαι ὀφείλει· εὐθὺς ἡ φωνὴ τοιοῦτον ἠχεῖ, εὐθὺς ἐν τοῖς ὄμμασιν ἐξέχει, ὡς τῶν ἐραστῶν ἐν τῷ βλέμματι πάντα εὐθὺς γνωρίζει ὁ ἐρώμενος. τοιοῦτον ὅλως δεῖ τὸν ἁπλοῦν καὶ ἀγαθὸν εἶναι, οἶον γράσωνα, ἵνα ὁ παραστὰς ἅμα τῷ προσελθεῖν, θέλει οὐ θέλει, αἴσθηται. ἐπιτήδευσις δὲ ἁπλότητος σκάλμη ἐστίν. οὐδέν ἐστιν αἴσχιον λυκοφιλίας· πάντων μάλιστα τοῦτο φεῦγε. ὁ ἀγαθὸς καὶ ἁπλοῦς καὶ εὐμενὴς ἐν τοῖς ὄμμασιν ἔχουσι ταῦτα καὶ οὐ λανθάνει.
11.16.1 To live most nobly—this power is in the soul, if one is indifferent to things indifferent. And one will be indifferent if one looks at each of them in its parts and as a whole, remembering that none of them implants in us an opinion about itself, nor comes to us; rather, they stand still, and it is we who beget the judgments about them, and, as it were, write them within ourselves—though it is in our power not to write, and, if it should slip in unnoticed, at once to wipe it out. And such attention will be for a little while, and then life will cease. But what difficulty is there, after all, in these things being as they are? If they are according to nature, rejoice in them, and let them be easy for you; but if contrary to nature, seek what is according to your own nature, and hasten to it, even if it brings no glory; for every man is forgiven who seeks his own good.
Κάλλιστα διαζῆν, δύναμις αὕτη ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ, ἐὰν πρὸς τὰ ἀδιάφορά τις ἀδιαφορῇ. ἀδιαφορήσει δέ, ἐὰν ἕκαστον αὐτῶν θεωρῇ διῃρημένως καὶ ὁλικῶς καὶ μεμνημένος ὅτι οὐδὲν αὐτῶν ὑπόληψιν περὶ αὐτοῦ ἡμῖν ἐμποιεῖ οὐδὲ ἔρχεται ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς, ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἀτρεμεῖ, ἡμεῖς δέ ἐσμεν οἱ τὰς περὶ αὐτῶν κρίσεις γεννῶντες καὶ οἷον γράφοντες ἐν ἑαυτοῖς, ἐξὸν μὲν μὴ γράφειν, ἐξὸν δέ, κἄν που λάθῃ, εὐθὺς ἐξαλεῖψαι· ὅτι ὀλίγου χρόνου ἔσται ἡ τοιαύτη προσοχὴ καὶ λοιπὸν πεπαύσεται ὁ βίος. τί μέντοι δύσκολον ἄλλως ἔχειν ταῦτα; εἰ μὲν γὰρ κατὰ φύσιν ἐστί, χαῖρε αὐτοῖς καὶ ῥᾴδια ἔστω σοι· εἰ δὲ παρὰ φύσιν, ζήτει τί ἐστί σοι κατὰ τὴν σὴν φύσιν καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦτο σπεῦδε, κἂν ἄδοξον ᾖ· παντὶ γὰρ συγγνώμη τὸ ἴδιον ἀγαθὸν ζητοῦντι.
11.17.1 Whence each thing has come, and out of what materials each is composed, and into what it changes, and what it will be when changed, and how it will suffer no evil.
Πόθεν ἐλήλυθεν ἕκαστον καὶ ἐκ τίνων ἕκαστον ὑποκειμένων καὶ εἰς τί μεταβάλλει καὶ οἷον ἔσται μεταβαλὸν καὶ ὡς οὐδὲν κακὸν πείσεται.
11.18.1 First, what my relation is to them, and that we have come to be for one another’s sake; and, on another reckoning, that I was born to stand at their head, as the ram of the flock or the bull of the herd. And go back, beginning from this: if not atoms, then Nature governs the Whole; and if so, the lower are for the sake of the higher, and these for one another.
Καὶ Πρῶτον, τίς ἡ πρὸς αὐτούς μοι σχέσις καὶ ὅτι ἀλλήλων ἕνεκεν γεγόναμεν καὶ καθ’ ἕτερον λόγον προστησόμενος αὐτῶν γέγονα ὡς κριὸς ποίμνης ἢ ταῦρος ἀγέλης. ἄνωθεν δὲ ἔπιθι ἀπὸ τοῦ· εἰ μὴ ἄτομοι, φύσις ἡ τὰ ὅλα διοικοῦσα· εἰ τοῦτο, τὰ χείρονα τῶν κρειττόνων ἕνεκεν, ταῦτα δὲ ἀλλήλων. Δεύτερον δέ, ὁποῖοί τινές εἰσιν ἐπὶ τῆς τραπέζης, ὲν τῷ κλιναρίῳ, τἄλλα· μάλιστα δέ, οἵας ἀνάγκας δογμάτων κειμένας ἔχουσι· καὶ αὐτὰ δὲ ταῦτα, μεθ’ οἵου τύφου ποιοῦσιν.
11.18.2 Third, that, if they do these things rightly, one must not be vexed; and if not rightly, plainly it is unwillingly and in ignorance. For every soul is robbed against its will—as of the truth, so also of dealing with each according to his worth. At any rate, they take it ill to be called unjust, thankless, grasping, and, in a word, wrongdoers toward their neighbors.
Τρίτον, ὅτι, εἰ μὲν ὀρθῶς ταῦτα ποιοῦσιν, οὐ δεῖ δυσχεραίνειν· εἰ ὀ οὐκ ὀρθῶς, δηλονότι ἄκοντες καὶ ἀγνοοῦντες. πᾶσα γὰρ ψυχὴ ἄκουσα στέρεται, ὥσπερ τοῦ ἀληθοῦς, οὕτως καὶ τοῦ κατ’ ἀξίαν ἑκάστῳ προσφέρεσθαι. ἄχθονται γοῦν ἀκούοντες ἄδικοι καὶ ἀγνώμονες καὶ πλεονέκται καὶ καθάπαξ ἁμαρτητικοὶ περὶ τοὺς πλησίον. Τέταρτον, ὅτι καὶ αὐτὸς πολλὰ ἁμαρτάνεις καὶ ἄλλος τοιοῦτος εἷ· καὶ εἴ τινων δὲ ἁμαρτημάτων ἀπέχῃ, ἀλλὰ τήν γε ἕξιν ἐποιστικὴν ἔχεις, εἰ καὶ διὰ δειλίαν ἢ δοξοκοπίαν ἢ τοιοῦτό τι κακὸν ἀπέχῃ τῶν ὁμοίων ἁμαρτημάτων.
11.18.3 Fifth, that you have not even grasped whether they are doing wrong; for many things are done by way of management, and in general one must learn many things first before one can pronounce with certainty about another’s action.
Πέμπτον, ὅτι οὐδὲ εἰ ἁμαρτάνουσι κατείληφας· πολλὰ γὰρ κατ’ οἰκονομίαν γίνεται καὶ ὅλως πολλὰ δεῖ πρότερον μαθεῖν, ἵνα τις περὶ ἀλλοτρίας πράξεως καταληπτικῶς τι ἀποφήνηται. Ἕκτον, ὅτι, ὅταν λίαν ἀγανακτῇς ἢ καὶ δυσπαθῇς, ἀκαριαῖος ὁ ἀνθρώπειος βίος καὶ μετ’ ὀλίγον πάντες ἐξετάθημεν. Ἕβδομον, ὅτι οὐχ αἱ πράξεις αὐτῶν ἐνοχλοῦσιν ἡμῖν· ἐκεῖναι γάρ εἰσιν ἐν τοῖς ἐκείνων ἡγεμονικοῖς· ἀλλὰ αἱ ἡμέτεραι ὑπολήψεις. ἆρον γοῦν καὶ θέλησον ἀφεῖναι τὴν ὡς περὶ δεινοῦ κρίσιν καὶ ἀπῆλθεν ἡ ὀργή. πῶς οὖν ἀρεῖς; λογισάμενος ὅτι οὐκ αἰσχρόν· ἐὰν γὰρ μὴ μόνον ᾖ τὸ αἰσχρὸν κακόν, ἀνάγκη καὶ σὲ πολλὰ ἁμαρτάνειν καὶ λῃστὴν καὶ παντοῖον γενέσθαι.
11.18.4 Eighth, how much heavier are the angers and griefs over such things than the very things at which we are angry and grieved.
Ὄγδοον, ὅσῳ χαλεπώτερα ἐπιφέρουσιν αἱ ὀργαὶ καὶ λῦπαι αἱ ἐπὶ τοῖς τοιούτοις, ἤπερ αὐτά ἐστιν ἐφ’ οἷς ὀργιζόμεθα καὶ λυπούμεθα. Ἔνατον, ὅτι τὸ εὐμενὲς ἀνίκητον, ἐὰν γνήσιον ᾖ καὶ μὴ σεσηρὸς μηδὲ ὑπόκρισις. τί γάρ σοι ποιήσει ὁ ὑβριστικώτατος, ἐὰν διατελῇς εὐμενὴς αὐτῷ καί, εἰ οὕτως ἔτυχε, πρᾴως παραινῇς καὶ μεταδιδάσκῃς εὐσχολῶν παρ’ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρὸν ὅτε κακοποιεῖν σε ἐπιχειρεῖ· ʽμή, τέκνον· πρὸς ἄλλο πεφύκαμεν. ἐγὼ μὲν οὐ μὴ βλαβῶ, σὺ δὲ βλάπτῃ, τέκνον.ʼ καὶ δεικνύναι εὐαφῶς καὶ ὁλικῶς ὅτι τοῦτο οὕτως ἔχει, ὅτι οὐδὲ μέλισσαι αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν οὐδ’ ὅσα συναγελαστικὰ πέφυκε. δεῖ δὲ μήτε εἰρωνικῶς αὐτὸ ποιεῖν μήτε ὀνειδιστικῶς, ἀλλὰ φιλοστόργως καὶ ἀδήκτως τῇ ψυχῇ καὶ μὴ ὡς ἐν σχολῇ μηδὲ ἵνα ἄλλος παραστὰς θαυμάσῃ, ἀλλ’ ἤτοι πρὸς μόνον καὶ ἐὰν ἄλλοι τινὲς περιεστήκωσι.
11.18.5 Remember these nine heads as gifts received from the
Muses, and begin at last to be a man while you live. But guard equally against flattering them and against being angry with them; for both are unsocial and lead to harm. And have ready, in your fits of anger, that to be enraged is not manly, but that gentleness and mildness, as they are more human, so too are more manly; he who has these has a share of strength and sinew and courage, not he who is indignant and discontented. For in proportion as this is nearer to freedom from passion, so much the nearer to strength. As grief is the mark of weakness, so too is anger; for both alike are wounded and have given way.
Τούτων τῶν ἐννέα κεφαλαίων μέμνησο ὡς παρὰ τῶν
Μουσῶν δῶρα εἰληφὼς καὶ ἄρξαι ποτὲ ἄνθρωπος εἶναι, ἕως ζῇς. φυλακτέον δὲ ἐπίσης τῷ ὀργίζεσθαι αὐτοῖς τὸ κολακεύειν αὐτούς· ἀμφότερα γὰρ ἀκοινώνητα καὶ πρὸς βλάβην φέρει. πρόχειρον δὲ ἐν ταῖς ὀργαῖς ὅτι οὐχὶ τὸ θυμοῦσθαι ἀνδρικόν, ἀλλὰ τὸ πρᾷον καὶ ἥμερον ὥσπερ ἀνθρωπικώτερον, οὕτως καὶ ἀρρενικώτερον καὶ ἰσχύος καὶ νεύρων καὶ ἀνδρείας τούτῳ μέτεστιν, οὐχὶ τῷ ἀγανακτοῦντι καὶ δυσαρεστοῦντι· ὅσῳ γὰρ ἀπαθείᾳ τοῦτο οἰκειότερον, τοσούτῳ καὶ δυνάμει. ὥσπερ τε ἡ λύπη ἀσθενοῦς, οὕτως καὶ ἡ ὀργή· ἀμφότεροι γὰρ τέτρωνται καὶ ἐνδεδώκασιν.
11.18.6 And, if you will, take a tenth gift too from the
Leader of the Muses: that to expect the bad not to do wrong is madness, for it craves the impossible. But to allow that they are such toward others, while expecting them to do no wrong toward you, is senseless and tyrannical.
Εἰ δὲ βούλει, καὶ δέκατον παρὰ τοῦ
Μουσηγέτου δῶρον λάβε, ὅτι τὸ μὴ ἀξιοῦν ἁμαρτάνειν τοὺς φαύλους μανικόν· ἀδυνάτου γὰρ ἐφίεται. τὸ δὲ συγχωρεῖν ἄλλοις μὲν εἶναι τοιούτους, ἀξιοῦν δὲ μὴ εἰς σὲ ἁμαρτάνειν, ἄγνωμον καὶ τυραννικόν.
11.19.1 There are four turnings of the ruling faculty especially to be watched against continually, and, when you detect them, to be wiped out, saying to yourself in each case: this image is not necessary; this is destructive of fellowship; this you are about to say not from yourself—and to say what is not from oneself, count among the most absurd of things. The fourth is that for which you will reproach yourself: it is the mark of the more divine part in you being defeated and bowed down to the meaner and mortal portion, the body and its rough or smooth motions.
Τέσσαρας μάλιστα τροπὰς τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ παραφυλακτέον διηνεκῶς καὶ ἐπειδὰν φωράσῃς ἀπαλειπτέον, ἐπιλέγοντα ἐφ’ ἑκάστου οὕτως· τοῦτο τὸ φάντασμα οὐκ ἀναγκαῖον· τοῦτο λυτικὸν κοινωνίας· τοῦτο οὐκ ἀπὸ σαυτοῦ μέλλεις λέγειν· τὸ γὰρ μὴ ἀφ’ ἑαυτοῦ λέγειν ἐν τοῖς ἀτοπωτάτοις νόμιζε. τέταρτον δέ ἐστι, καθὸ σεαυτῷ ὀνειδιεῖς, ὅτι τοῦτο ἡττωμένου ἐστὶ καὶ ὑποκατακλινομένου τοῦ ἐν σοὶ θειοτέρου μέρους τῇ ἀτιμοτέρᾳ καὶ θνητῇ μοίρᾳ, τῇ τοῦ σώματος καὶ ταῖς τούτου τραχείαις ἢ λείαις κινήσεσιν.
11.20.1 Your breath, and all the fiery part that is mixed in you, though by nature they tend upward, nonetheless, obedient to the ordering of the Whole, are held fast here in the compound. And all the earthy and the moist in you, though they tend downward, are nonetheless raised up and stand in a station not their own by nature. So even the elements obey the Whole, when they are stationed somewhere by force, remaining until from there again the signal for dissolution be given.
Τὸ μὲν πνευμάτιόν σου καὶ τὸ πυρῶδες πᾶν, ὅσον ἐγκέκραται, καίτοι φύσει ἀνωφερῆ ὄντα, ὅμως πειθόμενα τῇ τῶν ὅλων διατάξει παρακρατεῖται ἐνταῦθα ἐπὶ τοῦ συγκρίματος. καὶ τὸ γεῶδες δὲ τὸ ἐν σοὶ πᾶν καὶ τὸ ὑγρόν, καίτοι κατωφερῆ ὄντα, ὅμως ἐγήγερται καὶ ἕστηκε τὴν οὐχ ἑαυτῶν φυσικὴν στάσιν. οὕτως ἄρα καὶ τὰ στοιχεῖα ὑπακούει τοῖς ὅλοις, ἐπειδάν που καταταχθῇ σὺν βίᾳ, μένοντα μέχρις ἂν ἐκεῖθεν πάλιν τὸ ἐνδόσιμον τῆς διαλύσεως σημήνῃ.
11.20.2 Is it not, then, a terrible thing that only your intelligent part should be disobedient and resent its station? Yet nothing forced is laid upon it, but only what is according to its nature; and still it does not bear it, but is carried the opposite way. For the motion toward acts of injustice and license, toward angers and griefs and fears, is nothing but a departing from nature. And when the ruling faculty is discontented with anything that befalls, then too it deserts its station; for it is framed for holiness and reverence toward the gods no less than for justice. For these too are of the kind of good fellowship—nay, older than acts of justice.
οὐ δεινὸν οὖν μόνον τὸ νοερόν σου μέρος ἀπειθὲς εἶναι καὶ ἀγανακτεῖν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ χώρᾳ; καίτοι οὐδέν γε βίαιον τούτῳ ἐπιτάσσεται, ἀλλὰ μόνα ὅσα κατὰ φύσιν ἐστὶν αὐτῷ· οὐ μέντοι ἀνέχεται, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐναντίαν φέρεται. ἡ γὰρ ἐπὶ τὰ ἀδικήματα καὶ τὰ ἀκολαστήματα καὶ τὰς ὀργὰς καὶ τὰς λύπας καὶ τοὺς φόβους κίνησις οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ ἀφισταμένου τῆς φύσεως. καὶ ὅταν δέ τινι τῶν συμβαινόντων δυσχεραίνῃ τὸ ἡγεμονικόν, καταλείπει καὶ τότε τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χώραν· πρὸς ὁσιότητα γὰρ καὶ θεοσέβειαν κατεσκεύασται οὐχ ἧττον ἢ πρὸς δικαιοσύνην. καὶ γὰρ ταῦτα ἐν εἴδει ἐστὶ τῆς εὐκοινωνησίας, μᾶλλον δὲ πρεσβύτερα τῶν δικαιοπραγημάτων.
11.21.1 "He who has not always one and the same aim in life cannot himself be one and the same throughout his whole life." What has been said does not suffice unless you add this too: what that aim ought to be. For just as the opinion of all the things that the majority somehow reckon good is not uniform, but only that of certain ones—that is, the common goods—so too one must set up the aim as the social and civic one. For he who directs all his own impulses toward this will render all his actions alike, and thereby be always the same.
ʽὯι μὴ εἶς καὶ ὁ αὐτός ἐστιν ἀεὶ τοῦ βίου σκοπός, οὗτος εἷς καὶ ὁ αὐτὸς δι’ ὅλου τοῦ βίου εἶναι οὐ δύναται.ʼ οὐκ ἀρκεῖ τὸ εἰρημένον, ἐὰν μὴ κἀκεῖνο προσθῇς, ὁποῖον εἶναι δεῖ τοῦτον τὸν σκοπόν. ὥσπερ γὰρ οὐχ ἡ πάντων τῶν ὁπωσοῦν τοῖς πλείοσι δοκούντων ἀγαθῶν ὑπόληψις ὁμοία ἐστίν, ἀλλ’ ἡ τῶν τοιῶνδέ τινων, τουτέστι τῶν κοινῶν, οὕτω καὶ τὸν σκοπὸν δεῖ τὸν κοινωνικὸν καὶ πολιτικὸν ὑποστήσασθαι. ὁ γὰρ εἰς τοῦτον πάσας τὰς ἰδίας ὁρμὰς ἀπευθύνων πάσας τὰς πράξεις ὁμοίας ἀποδώσει καὶ κατὰ τοῦτο ἀεὶ ὁ αὐτὸς ἔσται.
11.22.1 The mountain mouse and the house mouse, and the latter’s panic and scurrying.
Τὸν μῦν τὸν ὀρεινὸν καὶ τὸν κατοικίδιον καὶ τὴν πτοίαν τούτου καὶ διασόβησιν.
11.23.1 Socrates used to call the opinions of the many Lamiae—bugbears to frighten children.
Σωκράτης καὶ τὰ τῶν πολλῶν δόγματα Λαμίας ἐκάλει, παιδίων δείματα.
11.24.1 The
Lacedaemonians, at their shows, set out the benches in the shade for their guests, while they themselves sat down wherever they could.
Λακεδαιμόνιοι τοῖς μὲν ξένοις ἐν ταῖς θεωρίαις ὑπὸ τῇ σκιᾷ τὰ βάθρα ἐτίθεσαν, αὐτοὶ δὲ οὗ ἔτυχεν, ἐκαθέζοντο.
11.25.1 Socrates, to
Perdiccas, on his not coming to him: "That I may not," he said, "perish by the most wretched of deaths"—that is, that I may not, having received a good turn, be unable to return it.
Τῷ
Περδίκκᾳ ὁ Σωκράτης περὶ τοῦ μὴ ἔρχεσθαι παρ’ αὐτόν· ʽἵνα, ἔφη, μὴ τῷ κακίστῳ ὀλέθρῳ ἀπόλωμαι,ʼ τουτέστι, μὴ εὖ παθῶν οὐ δυνηθῶ ἀντευποιῆσαι.
11.26.1 In the writings of the
Epicureans there stood this precept: continually to call to mind one of the men of old who practiced virtue.
Ἐν τοῖς τῶν
Ἐπικουρείων γράμμασι παράγγελμα ἔκειτο συνεχῶς ὑπομιμνῄσκεσθαι τῶν παλαιῶν τινος τῶν ἀρετῇ χρησαμένων.
11.27.1 The
Pythagoreans: at dawn to look up to the sky, that we may be reminded of those that ever accomplish their work in the same way and after the same manner, and of their order, and purity, and nakedness; for there is no veil over a star.
Οἱ
Πυθαγόρειοι· ἕωθεν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀφορᾶν, ἵν’ ὑπομιμνῃσκώμεθα τῶν ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ ὡσαύτως τὸ ἑαυτῶν ἔργον διανυόντων καὶ τῆς τάξεως καὶ τῆς καθαρότητος καὶ τῆς γυμνότητος· οὐδὲν γὰρ προκάλυμμα ἄστρου.
11.28.1 What a figure was Socrates, girt in a sheepskin, when
Xanthippe had taken his cloak and gone out; and what he said to his companions, who in shame drew back when they saw him so dressed.
Οἷος ὁ Σωκράτης τὸ κῴδιον ὑπεζωσμένος, ὅτε ἡ
Ξανθίππη λαβοῦσα τὸ ἱμάτιον ἔξω προῆλθε, καὶ ἃ εἶπεν ὁ Σωκράτης τοῖς ἑταίροις αἰδεσθεῖσι καὶ ἀναχωρήσασιν, ὅτε αὐτὸν εἶδον οὕτως ἐσταλμένον.
11.29.1 In writing and reading you will not lead before you have been led. Much more is this so in life.
Ἐν τῷ γράφειν καὶ ἀναγινώσκειν οὐ πρότερον ἄρξεις πρὶν ἀρχθῇς. τοῦτο πολλῷ μᾶλλον ἐν τῷ βίῳ.
11.30.1 You were born a slave; you have no part in reason.
Δοῦλος πέφυκας, οὐ μέτεστί σοι λόγου.
11.31.1 And my dear heart laughed within.
Ἐμὸν δ’ ἐγέλασσε φίλον κῆρ.
11.32.1 And they will revile virtue, casting harsh words upon it.
Μέμψονται δ’ ἀρετὴν χαλεποῖς βάζοντες ἔπεσσιν.
11.33.1 To seek a fig in winter is madness; such is he who seeks his child when it is no longer granted.
Σῦκον χειμῶνος ζητεῖν μαινομένου· τοιοῦτος ὁ τὸ παιδίον ζητῶν, ὅτε οὐκέτι δίδοται.
11.34.1 While kissing your child, Epictetus used to say, you should murmur within: "Tomorrow, perhaps, you will die." "These are ill-omened words." "Nothing ill-omened," he said, "that signifies some natural work; or else it is ill-omened to speak of the ears of corn being reaped."
Καταφιλοῦντα τὸ παιδίον δεῖ, ἔλεγεν ὁ Ἐπίκτητος, ἔνδον ἐπιφθέγγεσθαι· αὔριον ἴσως ἀποθανῇ.—δύσφημα ταῦτα.—οὐδὲν δύσφημον, ἔφη, φυσικοῦ τινος ἔργου σημαντικόν· ἢ καὶ τὸ τοὺς στάχυας θερισθῆναι δύσφημον.
11.35.1 Unripe grape, ripe grape, raisin—all are changes, not into what is not, but into what is not yet.
Ὄμφαξ, σταφυλή, σταφίς, πάντα μεταβολαί, οὐκ εἰς τὸ μὴ ὄν, ἀλλὰ εἰς τὸ νῦν μὴ ὄν.
11.36.1 "There is no robber of the will"—the saying of Epictetus.
Λῃστὴς προαιρέσεως οὐ γίνεται· τὸ τοῦ Ἐπικτήτου.
11.37.1 "One must find an art," he said, "concerning assent, and in the field of the impulses keep watchful attention, that they be made with reservation, that they be social, that they be according to worth; and to hold off from desire altogether, and to use aversion toward none of the things not in our power."
Τέχνην, ἔφη, δεῖ περὶ τὸ συγκατατίθεσθαι εὑρεῖν καὶ ἐν τῷ περὶ τὰς ὁρμὰς τόπῳ τὸ προσεκτικὸν φυλάσσειν, ἵνα μεθ’ ὑπεξαιρέσεως, ἵνα κοινωνικαί, ἵνα κατ’ ἀξίαν, καὶ ὀρέξεως μὲν παντάπασιν ἀπέχεσθαι, ἐκκλίσει δὲ πρὸς μηδὲν τῶν οὐκ ἐφ’ ἡμῖν χρῆσθαι.
11.38.1 "The contest, then," he said, "is not over a trifle, but over being mad or not."
Οὐ περὶ τοῦ τυχόντος οὖν, ἔφη, ἐστὶν ὁ ἀγών, ἀλλὰ περὶ τοῦ μαίνεσθαι ἢ μή.
11.39.1 Socrates used to say: "What do you want? To have the souls of rational beings, or of irrational?" "Of rational." "Of what rational beings—sound or base?" "Sound." "Why, then, do you not seek them?" "Because we have them." "Why, then, do you fight and quarrel?"
Ὁ Σωκράτης ἔλεγε· τί θέλετε; λογικῶν ψυχὰς ἔχειν ἢ ἀλόγων;—λογικῶν.—τίνων λογικῶν; ὑγιῶν ἢ φαύλων;—ὑγιῶν.—τί οὖν οὐ ζητεῖτε;—ὅτι ἔχομεν.—τί οὖν μάχεσθε καὶ διαφέρεσθε;
The final book reads like a summing-up.
Marcus reduces the whole discipline to a few things held together: judge rightly with the mind, act for the common good, and accept what the whole sends. He returns one last time to the brevity of life and to departing graciously — for the power that dismisses you is gracious too — comparing a human life to an actor's part, complete whether it runs three acts or five. With the last section, the notebook simply ends, mid-thought, as a private record should.
12.1.1 All those things you pray to attain by a roundabout course, you can have now, if you do not grudge them to yourself. That is, if you leave all the past behind, entrust the future to Providence, and direct the present alone toward holiness and justice. Holiness, that you may love what is apportioned to you, for Nature brought it to you and you to it; justice, that you may speak the truth freely and without evasion, and act according to law and according to worth. And let nothing hinder you—not another’s wickedness, nor opinion, nor any voice, nor even the sensations of the flesh grown about you; for what suffers will see to that.
Πάντα ἐκεῖνα, ἐφ’ ἃ διὰ περιόδου εὔχῃ ἐλθεῖν, ἤδη ἔχειν δύνασαι, ἐὰν μὴ σαυτῷ φθονῇς. τοῦτο δέ ἐστιν, ἐὰν πᾶν τὸ παρελθὸν καταλίπῃς καὶ τὸ μέλλον ἐπιτρέψῃς τῇ προνοίᾳ καὶ τὸ παρὸν μόνον ἀπευθύνῃς πρὸς ὁσιότητα καὶ δικαιοσύνην. ὁσιότητα μέν, ἵνα φιλῇς τὸ ἀπονεμόμενον· σοὶ γὰρ αὐτὸ ἡ φύσις ἔφερε καὶ σὲ τούτῳ· δικαιοσύνην δέ, ἵνα ἐλευθέρως καὶ χωρὶς περιπλοκῆς λέγῃς τε τἀληθῆ καὶ πράσσῃς τὰ κατὰ νόμον καὶ κατ’ ἀξίαν· μὴ ἐμποδίζῃ δέ σε μήτε κακία ἀλλοτρία μήτε ὑπόληψις μήτε φωνὴ μηδὲ μὴν αἴσθησις τοῦ περιτεθραμμένου σοι σαρκιδίου· ὄψεται γὰρ τὸ πάσχον.
12.1.2 If, then, whenever you come to your departure, leaving all else behind, you honor your ruling faculty alone and the divine within you, and fear not that you will one day cease to live, but rather that you have never yet begun to live according to nature, you will be a man worthy of the kosmos that begot you, and will cease to be a stranger in your own fatherland, and to wonder at the daily happenings as though unexpected, and to hang upon this and that.
ἐὰν οὖν, ὅτε δήποτε πρὸς ἐξόδῳ γένῃ, πάντα τὰ ἄλλα καταλιπὼν μόνον τὸ ἡγεμονικόν σου καὶ τὸ ἐν σοὶ θεῖον τιμήσῃς καὶ μὴ τὸ παύσεσθαί ποτε τοῦ ζῆν φοβηθῇς, ἀλλὰ τό γε μηδέποτε ἄρξασθαι κατὰ φύσιν ζῆν, ἔσῃ ἄνθρωπος ἄξιος τοῦ γεννήσαντος κόσμου καὶ παύσῃ ξένος ὢν τῆς πατρίδος καὶ θαυμάζων ὡς ἀπροσδόκητα τὰ καθ’ ἡμέραν γινόμενα καὶ κρεμάμενος ἐκ τοῦδε καὶ τοῦδε.
12.2.1 God sees all ruling faculties bare of their material vessels and husks and dross; for with his own intellect alone he touches only those things that have flowed from himself and been channeled into these. And if you too accustom yourself to do this, you will rid yourself of much distraction. For he who does not look to the flesh wrapped about him will surely not busy himself gazing at clothing and house and reputation and all such trappings and stage-scenery.
Ὁ θεὸς πάντα τὰ ἡγεμονικὰ γυμνὰ τῶν ὑλικῶν ἀγγείων καὶ φλοιῶν καὶ καθαρμάτων ὁρᾷ· μόνῳ γὰρ τῷ ἑαυτοῦ νοερῷ μόνων ἅπτεται τῶν ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ εἰς ταῦτα ἐρρυηκότων καὶ ἀπωχετευμένων. ἐὰν δὲ καὶ σὺ τοῦτο ἐθίσῃς ποιεῖν, τὸν πολὺν περισπασμὸν σεαυτοῦ περιαιρήσεις· ὁ γὰρ μὴ τὰ περικείμενα κρεᾴδια ὁρῶν, ἦ πού γε ἐσθῆτα καὶ οἰκίαν καὶ δόξαν καὶ τὴν τοιαύτην περιβολὴν καὶ σκηνὴν θεώμενος, ἀσχολήσεται.
12.3.1 Three things you are composed of: a little body, a little breath, mind. Of these, the others are yours only insofar as you must take care of them; but the third alone is properly your own. If you separate from yourself—that is, from your understanding—all that others do or say, and all that you yourself have done or said, and all that troubles you as still to come, and all that belongs, unchosen, to the body wrapped about you or the breath grown with it, and all that the eddy whirling outside you sweeps along, so that your intelligent power, lifted clear of the chain of fate, may live pure and free by itself, doing what is just, willing what befalls, and speaking the truth—
Τρία ἐστὶν ἐξ ὧν συνέστηκας· σωμάτιον, πνευμάτιον, νοῦς. τούτων τἄλλα μέχρι τοῦ ἐπιμελεῖσθαι δεῖν σά ἐστι, τὸ δὲ τρίτον μόνον κυρίως σόν. ὃ ἐὰν χωρίσῃς ἀπὸ σεαυτοῦ, τουτέστιν ἀπὸ τῆς σῆς διανοίας, ὅσα ἄλλοι ποιοῦσιν ἢ λέγουσιν ἢ ὅσα αὐτὸς ἐποίησας ἢ εἶπας καὶ ὅσα ὡς μέλλοντα ταράσσει σε καὶ ὅσα τοῦ περικειμένου σοι σωματίου ἢ τοῦ συμφύτου πνευματίου ἀπροαίρετα πρόσεστιν καὶ ὅσα ἡ ἔξωθεν περιρρέουσα δίνη ἑλίσσει, ὥστε τῶν συνειμαρμένων ἐξῃρημένην καὶ καθαρὰν τὴν νοερὰν δύναμιν ἀπόλυτον ἐφ’ ἑαυτῆς ζῆν, ποιοῦσαν τὰ δίκαια καὶ θέλουσαν τὰ συμβαίνοντα καὶ λέγουσαν τἀληθῆ·
12.3.2 if, I say, you separate from this ruling faculty the things attached to it by passion, and the things of time beyond or behind, and make yourself such as
Empedocles’ "sphere, rounded, rejoicing in its circling rest," and practice to live only what you live—that is, the present—then you will be able to pass the time remaining until death untroubled, kindly, and at peace with your own daimon.
ἐὰν χωρίσῃς, φημί, τοῦ ἡγεμονικοῦ τούτου τὰ προσηρτημένα ἐκ προσπαθείας καὶ τοῦ χρόνου τὰ ἐπέκεινα ἢ τὰ παρῳχηκότα, ποιήσῃς τε σεαυτόν, οἷος ὁ
Ἐμπεδόκλειος σφαῖρος κυκλοτερὴς μονίῃ περιηγέι γαίων, μόνον τε ζῆν ἐκμελετήσῃς ὃ ζῇς, τουτέστι τὸ παρόν· δυνήσῃ τό γε μέχρι τοῦ ἀποθανεῖν ὑπολειπόμενον ἀταράκτως καὶ εὐμενῶς καὶ ἵλεως τῷ σαυτοῦ δαίμονι διαβιῶναι.
12.4.1 I have often wondered how it is that each man loves himself above all, yet sets his own opinion of himself below that of others. At any rate, if a god or a wise teacher stood by and bade him entertain or conceive nothing in himself that he would not at once utter aloud, he could not endure it for a single day. So much more do we respect what our neighbors will think of us than what we ourselves think.
Πολλάκις ἐθαύμασα πῶς ἑαυτὸν μὲν ἕκαστος μᾶλλον πάντων φιλεῖ, τὴν δὲ ἑαυτοῦ περὶ αὑτοῦ ὑπόληψιν ἐν ἐλάττονι λόγῳ τίθεται ἢ τὴν τῶν ἄλλων. ἐὰν γοῦν τινα θεὸς ἐπιστὰς ἢ διδάσκαλος ἔμφρων κελεύσῃ μηδὲν καθ’ ἑαυτὸν ἐνθυμεῖσθαι καὶ διανοεῖσθαι ὃ μὴ ἄμα καὶ γεγωνίσκων ἐξοίσει, οὐδὲ πρὸς μίαν ἡμέραν τοῦτο ὑπομενεῖ. οὕτως τοὺς πέλας μᾶλλον αἰδούμεθα, τί ποτε περὶ ἡμῶν φρονήσουσιν, ἢ ἑαυτούς.
12.5.1 How is it that the gods, who have arranged all things well and with love for men, overlooked this one thing—that some men, truly good, who made, as it were, the most covenants with the divine, and through holy works and rites became most familiar with it, should, once dead, never come to be again, but be utterly quenched? But if indeed this is so, be sure that, had it been right to be otherwise, they would have made it so; for if it were just, it would also be possible, and if according to nature, Nature would have brought it. From its not being so—if it is not so—be assured that it ought not to be so. For you see for yourself that, in asking this, you are arguing a case of justice with god; and we would not so reason with the gods unless they were most good and most just. And if so, they would not have overlooked anything in the ordering of the world unjustly and unreasonably neglected.
Πῶς ποτε πάντα καλῶς καὶ φιλανθρώπως διατάξαντες οἱ θεοὶ τοῦτο μόνον παρεῖδον, τὸ ἐνίους τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ πάνυ χρηστοὺς καὶ πλεῖστα πρὸς τὸ θεῖον ὥσπερ συμβόλαια θεμένους καὶ ἐπὶ πλεῖστον δι’ ἔργων ὁσίων καὶ ἱερουργιῶν συνήθεις τῷ θείῳ γενομένους, ἐπειδὰν ἅπαξ ἀποθάνωσι, μηκέτι αὖθις γίνεσθαι, ἀλλ’ εἰς τὸ παντελὲς ἀπεσβηκέναι; τοῦτο δὲ εἴπερ ἄρα καὶ οὕτως ἔχει, εὖ ἴσθι ὅτι, εἰ ὡς ἑτέρως ἔχειν ἔδει, ἐποίησαν ἄν· εἰ γὰρ δίκαιον ἦν, ἦν ἃν καὶ δυνατόν, καὶ εἰ κατὰ φύσιν, ἤνεγκεν ἂν αὐτὸ ἡ φύσις. ἐκ δὴ τοῦ μὴ οὕτως ἔχειν, εἴπερ οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει, πιστούσθω σοι τὸ μὴ δεῆσαι οὕτως γίνεσθαι· ὁρᾷς γὰρ καὶ αὐτὸς ὅτι τοῦτο παραζητῶν δικαιολογῇ πρὸς τὸν θεόν· οὐκ ἂν δ’ οὕτως διελεγόμεθα τοῖς θεοῖς, εἰ μὴ ἄριστοι καὶ δικαιότατοί εἰσιν. εἰ δὲ τοῦτο, οὐκ ἄν τι περιεῖδον ἀδίκως καὶ ἀλόγως ἠμελημένον τῶν ἐν τῇ διακοσμήσει.
12.6.1 Practice even the things you have given up on. For the left hand, idle at most tasks for want of habit, yet holds the bridle more firmly than the right; for it is habituated to that.
Ἔθιζε καὶ ὅσα ἀπογινώσκεις. καὶ γὰρ ἡ χεὶρ ἡ ἀριστερὰ πρὸς τὰ ἄλλα διὰ τὸ ἀνέθιστον ἀργὸς οὖσα τοῦ χαλινοῦ ἐρρωμενέστερον ἢ ἡ δεξιὰ κρατεῖ· τοῦτο γὰρ εἴθισται.
12.7.1 In what state death should overtake one, in body and in soul; the brevity of life; the gulf of time behind and before; the feebleness of all matter.
Ὁποῖον δεῖ καταληφθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ θανάτου καὶ σώματι καὶ ψυχῇ· τὴν βραχύτητα τοῦ βίου· τὴν ἀχάνειαν τοῦ ὀπίσω καὶ πρόσω αἰῶνος· τὴν ἀσθένειαν πάσης ὕλης.
12.8.1 To behold the causes of things stripped of their husks; the ends to which actions refer; what pain is, what pleasure, what death, what fame; who it is that is the cause of his own distraction; how no one is hindered by another; that all is opinion.
Γυμνὰ τῶν φλοιῶν θεάσασθαι τὰ αἰτιώδη· τὰς ἀναφορὰς τῶν πράξεων· τί πόνος· τί ἡδονή· τί θάνατος· τί δόξα· τίς ὁ ἑαυτῷ ἀσχολίας αἴτιος· πῶς οὐδεὶς ὑπ’ ἄλλου ἐμποδίζεται· ὅτι πάντα ὑπόληψις.
12.9.1 In the use of doctrines you must be like the pancratiast, not the gladiator; for the latter lays aside the sword he uses, and is killed, while the former always has his hand, and need only clench it.
Ὅμοιον δ’ εἶναι δεῖ ἐν τῇ τῶν δογμάτων χρήσει παγκρατιαστῇ, οὐχὶ μονομάχῳ· ὁ μὲν γὰρ τὸ ξίφος ᾧ χρῆται ἀποτίθεται καὶ ἀναιρεῖται· ὁ δὲ τὴν χεῖρα ἀεὶ ἔχει καὶ οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἢ συστρέψαι αὐτὴν δεῖ.
12.10.1 See things as they are, dividing them into matter, cause, reference.
Τοιαῦτα τὰ πράγματα ὁρᾶν, διαιροῦντα εἰς ὕλην, αἴτιον, ἀναφοράν.
12.11.1 How great a power a man has to do nothing but what god is about to praise, and to accept all that god apportions to him! What follows from nature.
Ἡλίκην ἐξουσίαν ἔχει ἄνθρωπος μὴ ποιεῖν ἄλλο ἢ ὅπερ μέλλει ὁ θεὸς ἐπαινεῖν, καὶ δέχεσθαι πᾶν ὃν νέμῃ αὐτῷ ὁ θεός. τὸ ἑξῆς τῇ φύσει.
12.12.1 The gods are not to be blamed; for they do no wrong, willingly or unwillingly. Nor are men; for they do nothing not unwillingly. So no one is to be blamed.
Μήτε θεοῖς μεμπτέον· οὐδὲν γὰρ ἑκόντες ἢ ἄκοντες ἁμαρτάνουσι· μήτε ἀνθρώποις· οὐδὲν γὰρ οὐχὶ ἄκοντες. ὥστε οὐδενὶ μεμπτέον.
12.13.1 How laughable and how strange is the man who is astonished at anything that happens in life.
Πῶς γελοῖος καὶ ξένος ὁ θαυμάζων ὁτιοῦν τῶν ἐν τῷ βίῳ γινομένων.
12.14.1 Either the necessity of fate and an order not to be transgressed, or a Providence that may be appeased, or a confusion of chance without a ruler. If, then, an inviolable necessity, why do you resist? But if a Providence that admits of being appeased, make yourself worthy of help from the divine. But if an ungoverned confusion, be glad that, in such a surge, you have within yourself a ruling mind; and if the surge sweeps you away, let it sweep off the poor flesh, the breath, the rest; for the mind it will not carry off.
Ἤτοι ἀνάγκη εἱμαρμένης καὶ ἀπαράβατος τάξις ἢ πρόνοια ἱλάσιμος ἢ φυρμὸς εἰκαιότητος ἀπροστάτητος. εἰ μὲν οὖν ἀπαράβατος ἀνάγκη, τί ἀντιτείνεις; εἰ δὲ πρόνοια ἐπιδεχομένη τὸ ἱλάσκεσθαι, ἄξιον σαυτὸν ποίησον τῆς ἐκ τοῦ θείου βοηθείας. εἰ δὲ φυρμὸς ἀνηγεμόνευτος, ἀσμένιζε ὅτι ἐν τοιούτῳ κλύδωνι αὐτὸς ἔχεις ἐν σαυτῷ τινα νοῦν ἡγεμονικόν, κἂν παραφέρῃ σε ὁ κλύδων, παραφερέτω τὸ σαρκίδιον, τὸ πνευμάτιον, τἄλλα· τὸν γὰρ νοῦν οὐ παροίσει.
12.15.1 Shall the light of a lamp shine, and not lose its brightness, until it is quenched—and shall the truth and justice and temperance in you be quenched before the end?
ἢ τὸ μὲν τοῦ λύχνου φῶς, μέχρι σβεσθῇ, φαίνει καὶ τὴν αὐγὴν οὐκ ἀποβάλλει· ἡ δὲ ἐν σοὶ ἀλήθεια καὶ δικαιοσύνη καὶ σωφροσύνη προαποσβήσεται;
12.16.1 Concerning the man who has given the impression that he has done wrong: "But how do I know this is a wrong? And even if he did wrong, he has condemned himself"—and so this is like tearing one’s own face.
Ἐπὶ τοῦ φαντασίαν παρασχόντος ὅτι ἥμαρτε· τί δαὶ οἶδα εἰ τοῦτο ἁμάρτημα; εἰ δὲ καὶ ἥμαρτεν, ὅτι κατέκρινεν αὐτὸς ἑαυτόν, καὶ οὕτως ὅμοιον τοῦτο τῷ καταδρύπτειν τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ὄψιν. Ὅτι ὁ μὴ θέλων τὸν φαῦλον ἁμαρτάνειν ὅμοιος τῷ μὴ θέλοντι τὴν συκῆν ὀπὸν ἐν τοῖς σύκοις φέρειν καὶ τὰ βρέφη κλαυθμυρίζεσθαι καὶ τὸν ἵππον χρεμετίζειν καὶ ὅσα ἄλλα ἀναγκαῖα. τί γὰρ πάθῃ τὴν ἕξιν ἔχων τοιαύτην; εἰ οὖν γοργὸς εἶ, ταύτην θεράπευσον.
12.17.1 If it is not fitting, do not do it; if it is not true, do not say it. For let your impulse be ever to see, in the whole, what that very thing is that produces the impression on you, and to unfold it, dividing it into the cause, the material, the reference, and the time within which it must cease.
Εἰ μὴ καθήκει, μὴ πράξῃς· εἰ μὴ ἀληθές ἐστι, μὴ εἴπῃς. ἡ γὰρ ὁρμή σου ἔστω ιη′ εἰς τὸ πᾶν ἀεὶ ὁρᾶν, τί ἐστιν αὐτὸ ἐκεῖνο τὸ τὴν φαντασίαν σοι ποιοῦν, καὶ ἀναπτύσσειν διαιροῦντα εἰς τὸ αἴτιον, εἰς τὸ ὑλικόν, εἰς τὴν ἀναφοράν, εἰς τὸν χρόνον, ἐντὸς οὗ πεπαῦσθαι αὐτὸ δεήσει.
12.19.1 Perceive at last that you have within you something better and more divine than the things that produce the passions and, in a word, that pull your strings. What is my mind now? Is it fear? Is it suspicion? Is it craving? Is it anything else of the kind?
Αἴσθου ποτὲ ὅτι κρεῖττόν τι καὶ δαιμονιώτερον ἔχεις ἐν σαυτῷ τῶν τὰ πάθη ποιούντων καὶ καθάπαξ τῶν νευροσπαστούντων σε. τί μου νῦν ἐστιν ἡ διάνοια; μὴ φόβος; μὴ ὑποψία; μὴ ἐπιθυμία; μὴ ἄλλο τι τοιοῦτον;
12.20.1 First, do nothing at random, nor without reference to an end. Second, refer your action to no other end than the social one.
Πρῶτον τὸ μὴ εἰκῇ μηδὲ ἄνευ ἀναφορᾶς. δεύτερον τὸ μὴ ἐπ’ ἄλλο τι ἢ ἐπὶ τὸ κοινωνικὸν τέλος τὴν ἀναγωγὴν ποιεῖσθαι.
12.21.1 That in a little while you will be no one, nowhere, and so will none of the things you now see, nor any of those now living; for all things are by nature to change and turn and perish, that others may come to be in succession.
Ὅτι μετ’ οὐ πολὺ οὐδεὶς οὐδαμοῦ ἔσῃ οὐδὲ τούτων τι ἃ νῦν βλέπεις οὐδὲ τούτων τις τῶν νῦν βιούντων· ἅπαντα γὰρ μεταβάλλειν καὶ τρέπεσθαι καὶ φθείρεσθαι πέφυκεν, ἵνα ἕτερα ἐφεξῆς γίνηται.
12.22.1 That all is opinion, and opinion is in your power. Take away the opinion, then, when you will, and, as for one who has rounded the headland, there is calm—all steady, and a waveless bay.
Ὅτι πάντα ὑπόληψις καὶ αὕτη ἐπὶ σοί. ἆρον οὖν ὅτε θέλεις τὴν ὑπόληψιν καὶ ὥσπερ κάμψαντι τὴν ἄκραν γαλήνη, σταθερὰ πάντα καὶ κόλπος ἀκύμων.
12.23.1 Any single activity whatever, ceasing in its season, suffers no evil in that it has ceased; nor does the one who did the act suffer any evil in that very respect, that it has ceased. Likewise, then, the whole, made up of all the activities—which is life—if it cease in season, suffers no evil in that very respect, that it has ceased; nor is he who has, in season, brought this series to an end ill-disposed. The season and the limit Nature gives—sometimes one’s own, as in old age, but always the Nature of the Whole, by the changing of whose parts the whole kosmos abides ever young and in its prime. And all that is advantageous to the Whole is ever good and in season. The ending of life, then, is no evil to each man, since it is also no disgrace, being unchosen and not unsocial; rather it is a good, since it is in season for the Whole, and advantageous, and borne along with it. For he is god-borne who is carried in the same direction as god, and borne by his judgment toward the same things.
Μία καὶ ἡτισοῦν ἐνέργεια κατὰ καιρὸν παυσαμένη οὐδὲν κακὸν πάσχει, καθὸ πέπαυται· οὐδὲ ὁ πράξας τὴν πρᾶξιν ταύτην κατ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο, καθὸ πέπαυται, κακόν τι πέπονθεν. ὁμοίως οὖν τὸ ἐκ πασῶν τῶν πράξεων σύστημα, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ὁ βίος, ἐὰν ἐν καιρῷ παύσηται, οὐδὲν κακὸν πάσχει κατ’ αὐτὸ τοῦτο, καθὸ πέπαυται· οὐδὲ ὁ καταπαύσας ἐν καιρῷ τὸν εἱρμὸν τοῦτον κακῶς διετέθη. τὸν δὲ καιρὸν καὶ τὸν ὅρον δίδωσιν ἡ φύσις, ποτὲ μὲν καὶ ἡ ἰδία, ὅταν ἐν γήρᾳ, πάντως δὲ ἡ τῶν ὅλων, ἧς τῶν μερῶν μεταβαλλόντων νεαρὸς ἀεὶ καὶ ἀκμαῖος ὁ σύμπας κόσμος διαμένει. καλὸν δὲ ἀεὶ πᾶν καὶ ὡραῖον τὸ συμφέρον τῷ ὅλῳ. ἡ οὖν κατάπαυσις τοῦ βίου ἑκάστῳ οὐ κακὸν μὲν ὅτι οὐδὲ αἰσχρόν, εἴπερ καὶ ἀπροαίρετον καὶ οὐκ ἀκοινώνητον· ἀγαθὸν δὲ εἴπερ τῷ ὅλῳ καίριον καὶ συμφέρον καὶ συμφερόμενον. οὕτως γὰρ καὶ θεοφόρητος ὁ φερόμενος κατὰ ταὐτὰ θεῷ καὶ ἐπὶ ταὐτὰ τῇ γνώμῃ φερόμενος.
12.24.1 These three things you must have ready to hand: in what you do, that it be neither at random nor otherwise than as
Justice herself would have acted; concerning what befalls from outside, that it is either by chance or by Providence—and neither chance is to be blamed nor Providence accused. Second: what each thing is, from seed to ensoulment and from ensoulment to the giving back of the soul, and out of what it is composed, and into what it dissolves. Third: that if, suddenly lifted on high, you could look down on human affairs and their manifold variety, you would despise them, seeing at the same time how great a throng of beings of the air and aether dwell around; and that, however often you were lifted up, you would see the same things—uniform, short-lived. In these is our conceit.
Τρία ταῦτα δεῖ πρόχειρα ἔχειν· ἐπὶ μὲν ὧν ποιεῖς, εἰ μήτε εἰκῇ μήτε ἄλλως ἢ ὡς ἂν ἡ
Δίκη αὐτὴ ἐνήργησεν· ἐπὶ δὲ τῶν ἔξωθεν συμβαινόντων, ὅτι ἤτοι κατ’ ἐπιτυχίαν ἢ κατὰ πρόνοιαν· οὔτε δὲ τῇ ἐπιτυχίᾳ μεμπτέον οὔτε τῇ προνοίᾳ ἐγκλητέον. δεύτερον τό· ὁποῖον ἕκαστον ἀπὸ σπέρματος μέχρι ψυχώσεως καὶ ἀπὸ ψυχώσεως μέχρι τοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀποδοῦναι καὶ ἐξ οἵων ἡ σύγκρισις καὶ εἰς οἷα ἡ λύσις. τρίτον, εἰ ἄφνω μετέωρος ἐξαρθεὶς κατασκέψαιο τὰ ἀνθρώπεια καὶ τὴν πολυτροπίαν, ὅτι καταφρονήσεις συνιδὼν ἅμα καὶ ὅσον τὸ περιοικοῦν ἐναερίων καὶ ἐναιθερίων· καὶ ὅτι, ὁσάκις ἂν ἐξαρθῇς, ταὐτὰ ὄψῃ, τὸ ὁμοειδές, τὸ ὀλιγοχρόνιον. ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ τῦφος.
12.25.1 Throw out opinion; you are saved. Who, then, prevents you from throwing it out?
Βάλε ἔξω τὴν ὑπόληψιν· σέσωσαι. τίς οὖν ὁ κωλύων ἐκβάλλειν;
12.26.1 When you are troubled at anything, you have forgotten that all things come to be according to the nature of the Whole; and that the wrong done is another’s; and besides, that all that happens always so happened and will happen and now happens everywhere; and how great is the kinship of man with the whole human race—for it is a fellowship not of a little blood or seed, but of mind. And you have forgotten that each man’s mind is god and has flowed from there; that nothing is anyone’s own, but the little child and the little body and the little soul itself have come from there; that all is opinion; and that each man lives only the present, and loses only this.
Ὅταν δυσφορῇς ἐπί τινι, ἐπελάθου τοῦ, ὅτι πάντα κατὰ τὴν τῶν ὅλων φύσιν γίνεται, καὶ τοῦ, ὅτι τὸ ἁμαρτανόμενον ἀλλότριον, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις τοῦ, ὅτι πᾶν τὸ γινόμενον οὕτως ἀεὶ ἐγίνετο καὶ γενήσεται καὶ νῦν πανταχοῦ γίνεται· τοῦ, ὅση ἡ συγγένεια ἀνθρώπου πρὸς πᾶν τὸ ἀνθρώπειον γένος· οὐ γὰρ αἱματίου ἢ σπερματίου, ἀλλὰ νοῦ κοινωνία. ἐπελάθου δὲ καὶ τοῦ, ὅτι ὁ ἑκάστου νοῦς θεὸς καὶ ἐκεῖθεν ἐρρύηκεν· τοῦ, ὅτι οὐδὲν ἴδιον οὐδενός, ἀλλὰ καὶ τὸ τεκνίον καὶ τὸ σωμάτιον καὶ αὐτὸ τὸ ψυχάριον ἐκεῖθεν ἐλήλυθεν· τοῦ, ὅτι πάνθ’ ὑπόληψις· τοῦ, ὅτι τὸ παρὸν μόνον ἕκαστος ζῇ καὶ τοῦτο ἀποβάλλει.
12.27.1 Continually call to mind those who were vexed exceedingly at something, those who reached the height of great fame or calamities or enmities or fortunes of any kind; then stop and ask: where now is all that? Smoke and ash, a tale, or not even a tale. And let all such examples fall together upon you:
Fabius Catullinus on his estate,
Lusius Lupus in his gardens,
Stertinius at
Baiae,
Tiberius on
Capri,
Velius Rufus—and, in sum, every striving after anything with self-conceit. And how cheap is all that men strain after; and how much more philosophical it is, on the material given, to show oneself just, temperate, and following the gods, plainly. For the conceit that is smug about its very freedom from conceit is the hardest of all to bear.
Συνεχῶς ἀναπολεῖν τοὺς ἐπί τινι λίαν ἀγανακτήσαντας, τοὺς ἐν μεγίσταις δόξαις ἢ συμφοραῖς ἢ ἔχθραις ἢ ὁποιαισοῦν τύχαις ἀκμάσαντας· εἶτα ἐφιστάνειν· ποῦ νῦν πάντα ἐκεῖνα; καπνὸς καὶ σποδὸς καὶ μῦθος ἢ οὐδὲ μῦθος. συμπροσπιπτέτω δὲ καὶ τὸ τοιοῦτο πᾶν, οἷον·
Φάβιος Κατουλλῖνος ἐπ’ ἀγροῦ καὶ
Λούσιος Δοῦπος ἐν τοῖς κήποις καὶ
Στερτίνιος ἐν
Βαίαις καὶ
Τιβέριος ἐν
Καπρίαις καὶ
Οὐήλιος Ῥοῦφος καὶ ὅλως ἡ πρὸς ὁτιοῦν μετ’ οἰήσεως διαφορά· καὶ ὡς εὐτελὲς πᾶν τὸ κατεντεινόμενον καὶ ὅσῳ φιλοσοφώτερον τὸ ἐπὶ τῆς δοθείσης ὕλης ἑαυτὸν δίκαιον, σώφρονα, θεοῖς ἑπόμενον ἀφελῶς παρέχειν· ὁ γὰρ ὑπὸ ἀτυφίᾳ τῦφος τυφόμενος πάντων χαλεπώτατος.
12.28.1 To those who ask: "Where, then, have you seen the gods, or whence have you grasped that they exist, that you so revere them?" First, they are visible even to the eyes. And besides, I have not seen my own soul either, and yet I honor it. So too with the gods: from the experience of their power, time and again, I grasp that they are, and I revere them.
Πρὸς τοὺς ἐπιζητοῦντας· ποῦ γὰρ ἰδὼν τοὺς θεοὺς ἢ πόθεν κατειληφὼς ὅτι εἰσὶν οὕτως σέβεις; πρῶτον μὲν καὶ ὄψει ὁρατοί εἰσιν· ἔπειτα μέντοι οὐδὲ τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν ἐμαυτοῦ ἑώρακα καὶ ὅμως τιμῶ· οὕτως οὖν καὶ τοὺς θεούς, ἐξ ὧν τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτῶν ἑκάστοτε πειρῶμαι, ἐκ τούτων ὅτι τε εἰσὶ καταλαμβάνω καὶ αἰδοῦμαι.
12.29.1 The salvation of life is to see each thing as a whole, what it is—what its material, what its cause; with the whole soul to do what is just and speak the truth. What remains but to enjoy life, joining one good to another so as to leave not the smallest gap between?
Σωτηρία βίου ἕκαστον δι’ ὅλου αὐτὸ τί ἐστιν ὁρᾶν, τί μὲν αὐτοῦ τὸ ὑλικόν, τί δὲ τὸ αἰτιῶδες· ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς τὰ δίκαια ποιεῖν καὶ τἀληθῆ λέγειν. τί λοιπὸν ἢ ἀπολαύειν τοῦ ζῆν συνάπτοντα ἄλλο ἐπ’ ἄλλῳ ἀγαθόν, ὥστε μηδὲ τὸ βραχύτατον διάστημα ἀπολείπειν;
12.30.1 One light of the sun, though it be divided by walls, mountains, a myriad other things. One common substance, though it be divided among a myriad bodies, each of its own quality. One soul, though it be divided among a myriad natures and individual bounds. One intelligent soul, though it seem to be parceled out. Now the other parts of the things named—breaths, say, and material substrates—are without sensation and without kinship to one another; yet even these the unifying principle and the tendency toward the same hold together. But the mind reaches out especially toward its own kind, and joins with it, and the social feeling is not cut off.
Ἓν φῶς ἡλίου, κἂν διείργηται τοίχοις, ὄρεσιν, ἄλλοις μυρίοις. μία οὐσία κοινή, κἂν διείργηται ἰδίως ποιοῖς σώμασι μυρίοις. μία ψυχή, κἂν φύσεσι διείργηται μυρίαις καὶ ἰδίαις περιγραφαῖς. μία νοερὰ ψυχή, κἂν διακεκρίσθαι δοκῇ. τὰ μὲν οὖν ἄλλα μέρη τῶν εἰρημένων, οἷον πνεύματα καὶ ὑποκείμενα, ἀναίσθητα καὶ ἀνοικείωτα ἀλλήλοις· καίτοι κἀκεῖνα τὸ ἑνοῦν συνέχει καὶ τὸ ἐπὶ τὰ αὐτὰ βρῖθον. διάνοια δὲ ἰδίως ἐπὶ τὸ ὁμόφυλον τείνεται καὶ συνίσταται καὶ οὐ διείργεται τὸ κοινωνικὸν πάθος.
12.31.1 What do you seek? To go on breathing? But to perceive? To have impulse? To grow? To leave off again? To use the voice? To think? Which of these seems to you worth longing for? But if each is contemptible, advance to the last—to follow reason and god. Yet to honor these things, to be vexed if death will deprive one of them, fights against that.
Τί ἐπιζητεῖς; τὸ διαπνεῖσθαι; ἀλλὰ τὸ αἰσθάνεσθαι; τὸ ὁρμᾶν; τὸ αὔξεσθαι; τὸ λήγειν αὖθις; τὸ φωνῇ χρῆσθαι; τὸ διανοεῖσθαι; τί τούτων πόθου σοι ἄξιον δοκεῖ; εἰ δὲ ἕκαστα εὐκαταφρόνητα, πρόιθι ἐπὶ τελευταῖον τὸ ἕπεσθαι τῷ λόγῳ καὶ τῷ θεῷ. ἀλλὰ μάχεται τὸ τιμᾶν ταῦτα, τὸ ἄχθεσθαι εἰ διὰ τοῦ τεθνηκέναι στερήσεταί τις αὐτῶν.
12.32.1 How small a part of the boundless and gaping gulf of time is parceled out to each! For most swiftly it vanishes into the everlasting. How small a part of the whole substance, how small of the whole soul! On how small a clod of the whole earth do you creep! Pondering all this, picture nothing great except to do as your nature leads, and to suffer as the common Nature brings.
Πόστον μέρος τοῦ ἀπείρου καὶ ἀχανοῦς αἰῶνος ἀπομεμέρισται ἑκάστῳ· τάχιστα γὰρ ἐναφανίζεται τῷ ἀιδίῳ· πόστον δὲ τῆς ὅλης οὐσίας· πόστον δὲ τῆς ὅλης ψυχῆς· ἐν πόστῳ δὲ βωλαρίῳ τῆς ὅλης γῆς ἕρπεις. πάντα ταῦτα ἐνθυμούμενος μηδὲν μέγα φαντάζου ἢ τό, ὡς μὲν ἡ σὴ φύσις ἄγει ποιεῖν, πάσχειν δὲ ὡς ἡ κοινὴ φύσις φέρει.
12.33.1 How does the ruling faculty use itself? For in this is everything. The rest, whether subject to choice or not, are corpses and smoke.
Πῶς ἑαυτῷ χρῆται τὸ ἡγεμονικόν; ἐν γὰρ τούτῳ τὸ πᾶν ἐστι. τὰ δὲ λοιπὰ ἢ προαιρετικά ἐστιν ἢ ἀπροαίρετα, νεκρὰ καὶ καπνός.
12.34.1 Most rousing toward contempt of death is that even those who judge pleasure a good and pain an evil have nonetheless despised it.
Πρὸς θανάτου καταφρόνησιν ἐγερτικώτατον ὅτι καὶ οἱ τὴν ἡδονὴν ἀγαθὸν καὶ τὸν πόνον κακὸν κρίνοντες ὅμως τούτου κατεφρόνησαν.
12.35.1 To him for whom only the timely is good, to whom it is all one to render more right actions according to reason or fewer, and to whom it makes no difference whether he has beheld the kosmos for a longer or a shorter time—to him not even death is terrible.
Ὧι τὸ εὔκαιρον μόνον ἀγαθὸν καὶ ᾧ τὸ πλείους κατὰ λόγον ὀρθὸν πράξεις ἀποδοῦναι τῷ ὀλιγωτέρας ἐν ἴσῳ ἐστὶ καὶ ᾧ τὸν κόσμον θεωρῆσαι πλείονι ἢ ἐλάσσονι χρόνῳ οὐ διαφέρει, τούτῳ οὐδὲ ὁ θάνατος φοβερόν.
12.36.1 Man, you have been a citizen in this great city; what difference does it make to you whether for five years or three? For what accords with the laws is equal for each. What is terrible, then, if it is no tyrant nor unjust judge that sends you from the city, but Nature, who brought you in—just as a manager dismisses an actor from the stage whom he had engaged? "But I have not played the five acts, only three." Well said; but in life three acts are the whole play. For the perfect end is fixed by him who was then the cause of your composition, and now of your dissolution; and you are the cause of neither. Depart, then, graciously; for he who dismisses you is gracious too.
Ἄνθρωπε, ἐπολιτεύσω ἐν τῇ μεγάλῃ ταύτῃ πόλει· τί σοι διαφέρει, εἰ πέντε ἔτεσιν ἢ τρισί; τὸ γὰρ κατὰ τοὺς νόμους ἴσον ἑκάστῳ. τί οὖν δεινόν, εἰ τῆς πόλεως ἀποπέμπει σε οὐ τύραννος οὐδὲ δικαστὴς ἄδικος, ἀλλ’ ἡ φύσις ἡ εἰσαγαγοῦσα, οἷον εἰ κωμῳδὸν ἀπολύοι τῆς σκηνῆς ὁ παραλαβὼν στρατηγός;—ἀλλ’ οὐκ εἶπον τὰ πέντε μέρη, ἀλλὰ τὰ τρία.—καλῶς εἶπας· ἐν μέντοι τῷ βίῳ τὰ τρία ὅλον τὸ δρᾶμά ἐστι. τὸ γὰρ τέλειον ἐκεῖνος ὁρίζει ὁ τότε μὲν τῆς συγκρίσεως. νῦν δὲ τῆς διαλύσεως αἴτιος· σὺ δὲ ἀναίτιος ἀμφοτέρων. ἄπιθι οὖν ἵλεως· καὶ γὰρ ὁ ἀπολύων ἵλεως.